| 
			  
			  
			  
			
			
			 by Alfred Lambremont Webre
 
			2001 
			from
			
			ExopoliticsBlogs Website 
			
 
			  
			PART I  
			Earth Changes, Prophecy & Environmental Weapons 
			  
			We now have the evidence upon which to 
			hypothesize that the Asian Tsunami of December 26, 2004 (Boxing Day) 
			may have been caused by gravity waves which accompanied a gamma ray 
			burst caused by the explosion of a Neutron Star in the Constellation 
			Saggitarius, some 45,000 light years from Earth.  
			  
			The article also summarizes analysis of 
			whether the December 26, 2004 event may be an indicator that a 
			cyclical 
			Galactic Superwave event, recurrent every 13,000 and 26,000 
			years, is overdue and may occur precipitously in the near term 
			future.  
			  
			The Mayan Calendar's current TUN, or 
			organic unit of Galactic time, ends on
			
			December 21, 2012.
 According to one analyst,
 
				
				"both our species' recent history 
				and that of the crust of our planet, have been both gradual and 
				catastrophic. However, the catastrophes are of first and most 
				immediate concern, since they relate to periodic "superwaves" or 
				volleys of cosmic rays from the Galactic Center itself. The 
				Galactic Center is an incredibly superdense region only about as 
				big as the sphere enclosing Jupiter's orbit: it is about 23,000 
				light-years away in the constellation of Sagittarius." 
			Others analyze the 13,000 and 26,000 
			year cycles of the Galactic Superwaves in the context of spiritual 
			and prophetic texts.  
			  
			Under the
			
			Mayan Calendar, this TUN, or 
			organic unit of Galactic time is scheduled to end and a new TUN is 
			scheduled to begin on December 21, 2012. According to the 
			"Prophetic" frame of perception, the December 26-27, 2005 Gravity 
			Wave/Tsunami was a Warning that humanity should move out of a 
			permanent warfare economy into a peaceful, sustainable, cooperative, 
			Universe-oriented Space Age society, seeking to integrate with 
			Universe society. 
 This observor writes:
 
				
				"What could be coming from the sky 
				to earth that the Star People are symbolized above being in 
				between?  
			There is only one thing, that even 
			Plato said descends from the heavens after long periods of time 
			like a pestilence. It has a modern name, given by the scientist that 
			has researched this phenomena, Dr 
			
			Paul LaViolette. 
			  
			It is called: A Galactic Superwave. 
				
				"Stanford had said years back: But 
				there shall come a sign that is a warning. This is related also, 
				in part, to the energization of the ionosphere of the earth. In 
				it, or related to it, there shall appear an "apparition" that 
				will symbolize the way in which men have turned to materialism 
				and to selfishness - in a sense, to death.    
				It shall symbolize the choice that 
				is represented in that recorded of old, "In this day I stand 
				between the living and the dead."    
				That may be seen of all men. Still, 
				by jaded mind, science shall be inclined to dismiss it as 
				natural events and phenomena. But it shall be symbolic, in a 
				sense, of the judgment of the earth, of the karmas, the 
				retribution to come in the earth, that is mind created. So then, 
				science misses the point behind the event?"  
			
 
 PREFACE to the 
			2000 Edition
 
 Earth Changes, Psychic Prediction, & Electromagnetic (EM) Warfare - 
			Using the disciplines of catastrophic geology, seismology, 
			vulcanology, parapsychology, and public interest policy analysis, 
			futurist Alfred Webre develops a new field theory 
			explaining how millennial prophecies of cataclysm might be fulfilled 
			- not by earth system mechanics, but by the deployment of a new 
			generation of EM weapons.
 
 
				
				Earth Sciences & Psychic PredictionCatastrophic geology, seismology, vulcanology, and astronomy do 
				not forecast cataclysmic scale earth events (massive tectonic 
				shifts, subsidence or rising of new land masses from the ocean, 
				turning of the earth on its axis). Yet high psychics , with 
				confirmed records of accuracy, predict these very cataclysmic 
				events. Assuming these psychics were accessing accurate 
				precognitive information, what might be an alternative mechanism 
				that could cause cataclysmic earth events?
 
 
				Electromagnetic (EM) weapons
 Electromagnetic (EM) weapons are a possible trigger of 
				cataclysmic earth events. EM fields can superheat the 
				ionosphere, devastating magnetic bands around the earth, and in 
				turn causing massive disruption of the earth’s Tectonic plates. 
				A January 17, 1995 earthquake in Kobe, Japan may have been 
				triggered by clandestine deployment of EM weapons. EM strategic 
				warfare includes weather, climate and earth event warfare. 
				Researchers have reported the use of EM weapons in 
				anti-population mind-control operations over major cities.
 
 
				Prophetic Traditions
 Human prophets such as Michel de Notredame (1503-1566), known as 
				Nostradamus, and prophetic traditions, ranging from the Mayan 
				calendar, to indigenous First Nations prophecy converges on 
				cataclysmic earth changes accompanying a transition of earth 
				into a millennial society. Analysis of Nostradamus prophecy 
				reveals that "terrible new weapons," with characteristics 
				similar to EM weapons, caused the cataclysmic earth changes he 
				foresaw.
 
 
				Extraterrestrial Intelligence
 The threat of cataclysmic earth changes caused by secret EM 
				warfare is not occurring in a vacuum. Extraterrestrial 
				intelligence (ETI for short) may be signaling a positive 
				initiative to integrate us into interplanetary society. However, 
				a clandestine command and control network and mentality on our 
				planet appears to be waging clandestine mass psychological 
				warfare (psywar) against the ETI initiative. EM weapons, 
				developed for use against ETI overflights, may also be part of 
				this war to block humanity from participating in the ETI 
				initiative.
 
 
				How to Avoid Coming Earth Changes
 A key to human success is deconstruction of the clandestine 
				network promoting warfare against the human population. EM 
				weapons and the anti-ETI war require deception and secrecy.
 
			EARTH CHANGES proposes a public, 
			mobilized, decade-long human effort to curb EM weapons, as well as 
			our open community participation with ETI in our integration into 
			organized universe society.  
			  
			EARTH CHANGES identifies deployment of 
			electromagnetic (EM) weapons as a possible cause of cataclysmic 
			millennial earth changes predicted by psychics and prophetic 
			tradition. No near term cataclysmic earth activity is forecast by 
			the earth sciences. However, EM weapons can devastate the ionosphere 
			and magnetic bands around the earth, causing cataclysmic upheaval in 
			the earth’s tectonic plates.  
			  
			EARTH CHANGES explores a dramatic new 
			approach to avoid prophesized cataclysm by curbing the development 
			of EM warfare.
 
 
 
 Chapter One - 
			Earth Changes
 
 Here I share with you a radical vision about 
			Gaia, the living being 
			Earth.
 
			  
			Massive Earth changes have been prophesized for our 
			generations by modern psychics and the prophets of tradition since 
			time immemorial. The predicted Earth changes include cataclysmic 
			earthquakes around the world, emergence of new land masses, and the 
			subsidence of existing land masses - including entire nations - 
			under deep waters of the seas. 
			Cataclysmic Earth changes may or may not come to pass, we do not 
			know enough about the future to say with certainty. The density and 
			vulnerability of modern human society make it likely that future 
			earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis, weather events and 
			climate shifts may cause vast trauma and damage to stricken towns, 
			cities, settlements, economies.
 
			Yet the predictive capabilities of the Earth sciences (catastrophic 
			geology; seismology; vulcanology; climatology) give little 
			indication that Earth changes of cataclysmic proportions are about 
			to occur on Earth.
 
			Earth science analysis reveals no trend, evidence, or sign that 
			cataclysmic Earth changes are about to occur. A trend analysis of 
			the full database of the United States Geological Service and the 
			National Earthquake Information Service does not reveal that large 
			scale Earth changes are at hand.
 
			There may be higher casualty tolls and property damage in 
			earthquakes of the last two decades of the century, yes. That may be 
			because of higher population density, vulnerability of 
			infrastructure, and substandard construction. As a January 1999 
			Richter 6.0 earthquake in Colombia taught us, it is the human 
			factors - social chaos and rebellion; mass looting; failures of 
			government planning and organization - that cause the consequential 
			damages in modern earthquakes.
 
 
			So just how, where and when are prophesized cataclysmic Earth 
			changes supposed to occur? 
			Let me state the possibility - succinctly. Earth changes of 
			cataclysmic scale could occur with the reversal or distortion of the 
			Sun’s magnetic field at the end of a 26,000-year cycle predicted by 
			the Mayan calendar for a time window around December 22, 2012.
 
			Human environmental weapons - based on electromagnetic (EM) energy - 
			could significantly help trigger these prophesized earth changes.
 
 Along with earth changes, the Mayan prophecies foresee an era of 
			cosmic consciousness, accompanying our solar system’s entering into 
			synchrony with electromagnetic beam-waves emanating from the core 
			("Sun") of our Galaxy. The 26,000-year cycle of galactic 
			electromagnetic beams is both the physical agency of prophesied 
			Earth changes, and the psychic vehicle for humanity’s conscious 
			evolution.
 
 Cataclysmic Earth changes could occur if the gigantic tectonic 
			plates that form a constantly moving jigsaw puzzle on the surface of 
			the Earth were suddenly to shift. If the tectonic shifts were 
			massive enough, new landmasses could appear on the surface of the 
			Earth; other landmasses could subside into the oceans; massive 
			volcanism could happen.
 
			Most Earth scientists would say that cataclysmic Earth changes could 
			never happen in our modern era, although they may have happened in 
			the past.
 
			  
			One theory is that the 
			
			K-T event of 65 millions years ago 
			occurred because of a collision by a meteorite with Earth. Under 
			this theory, the K-T collision created a global dust screen that 
			ultimately killed most large life forms, including the dinosaurs. 
			Other theorists claim the K-T event was caused by gigantic 
			volcanism, with the same evolutionary result - extinction. 
			Whether the K-T event was utter coincidence or the product of a 
			living, intelligent universe, the result remains the same. Massive 
			Earth changes were an evolutionary intervention, an extinction-level 
			event for the dinosaurs and other life, drastically changing the 
			course of evolution on Earth.
 
			We come full circle to psychic predictions and traditional 
			prophecies about Earth changes, occurring in Earth’s transition to a 
			new era. There is no sign in the trends of Earth science that Earth 
			changes of cataclysmic proportions will occur in our age.
 
			So are the precognitions of high psychics such as 
			Edgar Cayce and 
			
			Nostradamus simply empty, meaningless or wrong?
 
			Are the multiple prophetic traditions, ranging from Old and New 
			Testament prophets to ancient indigenous peoples simply groundless 
			and misguided?
 In a word, no.
 
			If we look to the Earth sciences alone to give us direction and 
			answers about possible cataclysmic Earth changes, we are looking to 
			the wrong sources.
 We should be looking to the para-science of the Mayan calendar.
 
			We should be looking to the weapons and strategies of environmental 
			warfare, theoretically outlawed by a 1977 United Nations treaty, and 
			in fact, now the leading edge of strategic warfare. We should be 
			looking into the science of advanced Environmental warfare - 
			electromagnetic weapons; weather and climate warfare. These are 
			perversions, in some deep way, of the pure Earth sciences.
 
			We should be looking at the environmental impacts of electromagnetic 
			(EM) weapons on the ecology of the Earth.
 
			All-out spasm warfare by environmental weapons can in fact trigger 
			changes in the Earth’s ecology that could result in Earth changes of 
			cataclysmic proportions. Environmental weapons can impact the 
			Earth’s magnetic fields that in delicate balance mediate the slow 
			movements of Earth’s tectonic plates. These movements could be of a 
			magnitude and character to throw Earth’s tectonic plates into 
			massive, chaotic movements, and thus to bring about Earth changes of 
			unprecedented scale.
 
			The new generation of electromagnetic weapons is now in early 
			development. Yet even the current pilot environmental weapon 
			projects in such disparate geographical locations as Australia and 
			Alaska, have, by some responsible observers, brought massive 
			earthquakes and created weather anomalies. As their development 
			advances, under the seal of military secrecy, these weapons may 
			achieve ecological impacts of such scale as to trigger the type of 
			Earth changes that the modern psychic and traditional prophets have 
			foretold.
 
			Mixing K-T extinction level events, psychic precognition of Earth 
			changes, and electromagnetic weapons systems may strike you as 
			unmitigated catastrophism, far-fetched and unrelated in any 
			meaningful way.
 
			So let’s restate the hypothesis: Environmental weapons, if 
			unchecked, can potentially and ultimately trigger Earth changes of 
			the magnitude of an extinction level event, thus fulfilling the 
			psychic prophecies and traditions that predict Earth changes for our 
			age. Environmental weapons may accelerate the Earth-changes 
			potential of prophesized, vast distortions of the Sun’s 
			electromagnetic fields.
 
 A quarter century ago, in The Age of Cataclysm , I predicted 
			large-scale Earth changes in our near term planetary future. Mine 
			was one of a half-dozen or so then contemporary books on the 
			impending Earth catastrophe. Its original vision of Earth changes 
			was based on the evidence of the Earth sciences, as well as the 
			paranormal sciences. I concluded our generation might experience 
			Earth changes of cataclysmic proportions.
 
			So let’s revisit our original peering into the future of the Earth, 
			re-examining its sources and its vision in light of the evidence on 
			intervening years. Our new conclusions may in many ways be more 
			challenging than the old.
 
			We now know - which we did not know then - that a new generation of 
			secret electromagnetic (EM) weapons systems could trigger Earth 
			changes of catastrophic dimensions. One of the weapons can turn the 
			Earth’s ionosphere into a virtual global strategic weapon. If 
			mankind does carry out war using these new weapons, catastrophic 
			Earth changes can be triggered, and our present civilization and 
			ecology decimated.
 
			  
			On the other hand, if these weapons are 
			recognized as even more destructive than nuclear weapons, there is a 
			chance to build a consensus and international agreements banning 
			their use. The choice is up to our species, collectively. A change 
			of consciousness among human civilization away from conflict and 
			toward cooperation and oneness may be literally necessary for 
			survival. 
			One central source of the original vision of future Earth changes 
			was the Earth sciences. The Earth sciences show that our planet and 
			its resident species have evolved in key aspects through 
			catastrophic change; and that catastrophic change is certainly 
			possible in our age.
 
			We now know of the K-T event, holding that the extinction of the 
			dinosaurs was caused by a greenhouse effect brought on by global 
			volcanic activity, or by the impact of a meteor along the southern 
			Gulf of Mexico, approximately 65 millions years ago. The clouds of 
			dust from the impact of the meteor cloud spread around the Earth for 
			the next several years, killing off vegetation, and the dinosaur 
			species. So cataclysm can happen on this planet, and has affected 
			the planet and the evolution of species in the past.
 
			Since my original vision, the Earth sciences have now advanced in 
			their ability to predict and evaluate potential future catastrophic 
			events.
 
			The Earth sciences predicts that at least one near K-T level event 
			could potentially happen in the year 2028.
 
			If you think the Earth sciences provide stable, foolproof 
			predictions about the possibility of a cataclysmic collision with a 
			meteor, witness the scientific flip-flopping about 
			
			Asteroid 
			1997FX-11.
 
			  
			My point is not that these able scientists are wrong 
			about Asteroid 1997FX-11. Rather, the scientific dialogue, and 
			initial media confusion around the "discovery" of 1997FX-11 
			illustrate that cataclysmic Earth changes are possible in our time, 
			and predictions of cataclysmic Earth events may pop up into our 
			planning horizons unexpectedly, suddenly, causing confusion in its 
			wake. 
			On March 11, 1998, Dr. Brian G. Marsden observed that there 
			was a very real possibility that Asteroid 1997FX-11 might collide 
			with Earth.
 
				
				"Asteroid Close-Encounter in 2028""Mile-wide Asteroid to Pass Closer 
				than Moon's Orbit in 2028"
 by Brian G. Marsden, NASA
 11 March 1998
 
				"Recent orbit 
				computations on an asteroid discovered last December indicate it 
				is virtually certain that it will pass within the moon's 
				distance of the Earth a little more than 30 years from now. The 
				chance of an actual collision is small, but one is not entirely 
				out of the question.
 
				"The asteroid, known as 1997 XF11, was discovered by Jim Scotti 
				in the course of the Spacewatch program at the University of 
				Arizona. This program utilizes modern electronic technology on a 
				36-inch telescope at Kitt Peak that was built 77 years ago.
 
				"After the discovery observations on December 6, observations 
				made by two Japanese amateur astronomers during the following 
				two weeks showed that the minimum distance between the orbits of 
				1997 XF11 and the Earth was very small. Given also that the 
				object was quite large as Earth-approaching asteroids go, 
				perhaps one mile across, it was added to the list of 
				"potentially hazardous objects" (PHAs) that need to be 
				monitored, lest they are destined to come dangerously close to 
				the Earth over the course of the next several centuries. There 
				are currently 108 PHAs.
 
				"As astronomers continued to gather data on 1997 XF11, it slowly 
				began to become apparent that there would be a particularly 
				close approach to the Earth in October 2028. A computation from 
				observations spanning 60 days suggested that the miss distance 
				would be 500 thousand miles. This distance may seem large in 
				human terms, but it was less than had previously been predicted 
				in advance for any other known asteroid during the foreseeable 
				future.
 
				"Observations made on March 3 and 4 by Peter Shelus with a 
				30-inch telescope at the McDonald Observatory in western Texas 
				extended the observed arc of 1997 XF11 to 88 days. This time, 
				the orbit computation indicated a miss distance of only 30 
				thousand miles from the center of the Earth; the Earth's radius 
				is about 4 thousand miles. The time of encounter would be around 
				1:30 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time on Thursday, October 26, 2028. 
				That evening the object should be visible with the naked eye. In 
				Europe, where it would be dark by that time, the object should 
				be a splendid sight as it moves from northwest to southeast 
				across the sky over a couple of hours.
 
				"There is still some uncertainty to the computation. On the one 
				hand, it is possible that 1997 XF11 will come scarcely closer 
				than the moon. On the other hand, the object could come 
				significantly closer than 30 thousand miles. Further 
				observations are necessary in order to refine the figures. It is 
				also possible that prediscovery observations of 1997 XF11 can be 
				located on archival photographs. Particularly favorable 
				opportunities for recording the object would have occurred in 
				1990, 1983, 1976, 1971 and 1957. Ephemeredes for these times are 
				available.
 
				"It is hoped that continuing observations will be made during 
				the next few months. The object is starting to move into the 
				dusk and to fade week by week. Nevertheless, it should be quite 
				accessible for a while with large telescopes, which in addition 
				to helping establish whether a collision in 2028 is possible, 
				could usefully provide more definite information about the 
				object's size.
 
				"Further observations of 1997 XF11 should be possible with 
				moderate-sized telescopes equipped with electronic sensors early 
				in the year 2000. A better opportunity will occur in late 2002, 
				when the object should be detectable with quite modest 
				telescopes. On that occasion the closest approach will be on 
				Halloween, but the miss distance will be a safe 6 million 
				miles."
 
			Yet, on March 12, 1998, just one day 
			after this very sobering assessment of a collision of 1997FX-11 with 
			planet Earth, Dr. Donald K. Yeomans and Dr. Paul W. Chodas, 
			scientists at Jet Propulsion Laboratory concluded just the opposite 
			- that there was zero chance 1997FX-11 would collide with Earth. 
				
				"Jet Propulsion LaboratoryCalifornia Institute of Technology
 National Aeronautics and Space Administration
 Pasadena, Calif. 91109. Phone (818) 354-5011
 http://www.jpl.nasa.gov
 March 12, 1998
 
 "Asteroid Will Miss Earth by "Comfortable Distance" in 2028"
 
				"Asteroid 1997 XF11 will pass well beyond the Moon's distance 
				from Earth in October 2028 with a zero probability of impacting 
				the planet, according to astronomers at NASA's Jet Propulsion 
				Laboratory, Pasadena, CA.
 
				"The asteroid "is predicted to pass at a rather comfortable 
				distance of about 600,000 miles (about 960,000 kilometers) in 
				2028," reported Dr. Donald K. Yeomans and Dr. Paul W. Chodas, 
				JPL scientists who specialize in computing the predicted orbits 
				of comets, asteroids, planets and other bodies in the solar 
				system.
 
				"Data on the asteroid from March 1990 (well before its discovery 
				in December 1997) was integrated into the orbit calculations by 
				Yeomans and Chodas to arrive at the distance the asteroid will 
				pass Earth. The 1990 observations of the object were found today 
				in the Palomar Planet Crossing Asteroid Survey conducted at 
				Caltech's Palomar Observatory, by JPL's Eleanor Helin and Ken 
				Lawrence and by Brian Roman, formerly of JPL.
 
				"Even prior to the discovery of the earlier Palomar 
				observations, however, Yeomans and Chodas had determined that 
				the impact probability would be zero. The new calculations 
				further underscore that conclusion, they said."
 
			So what was the truth about Asteroid 
			1997FX-11? Would 1997FX-11 collide with Earth, causing perhaps 
			untold damage to our civilization? Or were reports of 1997FX-11 a 
			false alarm, there being no scientific probability that cataclysmic 
			Earth changes would result? 
			Being the curious type when it comes to Earth changes, I e-mailed 
			Dr. Chodas at the Jet Propulsion Laboratory
 
				
				"Dear Brian G. Marsden & Dr. Donald 
				K. Yeomans -
 "We would very much appreciate clarification as to the two 
				statements, re: 1997XF11 on:
 http://www.meteorite.org/xf11.htm
 
 "Dr. Marsden's is dated March 11, 1998 and indicates that this 
				body may come within moon's orbit of Earth in 2028.
 
 "Another NASA-JPL statement, dated March 12, 1998, indicates 
				that 1997XF11 will come within 600,000 of Earth, with no 
				possibility of collision.
 
 "Which statement is operative? Or are both operative, with Dr. 
				Marsden's the minority opinion?"
 
			Dr. Chodas wrote me back. The mystery 
			was no mystery at all.  
			  
			On March 12, 1998, calculations had 
			become available for the first time, which assured that there was 
			virtually no chance of mega-collision between FX-11 and Earth. 
				
				"Using the data available on March 
				11, 1998, there was a 'possibility' that 1997 XF11 would come 
				within one lunar distance of the Earth in 2028, and Dr. 
				Marsden's statement of that day announced this result.  
				  
				Our 
				calculations confirmed Dr. Marsden's result, but we did not 
				agree that passage within this distance was "virtually certain", 
				as Dr. Marsden stated. Our calculations performed that day 
				indicated further that there was virtually *no chance* that the 
				asteroid would hit the Earth, which was in disagreement with the 
				implication in Dr. Marsden's statement that an impact was a 
				distinct possibility.
 "On March 12, new data became available which allowed much more 
				precise calculations of the orbital trajectory. Using this data, 
				Dr. Yeomans and I determined that the asteroid would pass the 
				Earth at the comfortable distance of about 600,000 miles in 
				2028, and we issued a statement which stated this result.
 
				  
				Dr. Marsden arrived at essentially the same conclusion that day. All 
				new data since March 12 confirms the 600,000 mile miss distance, 
				and all parties now agree that there is virtually no chance that 
				the asteroid will collide with Earth in 2028.
 "Paul Chodas"
 
			I have no quarrel with the prediction 
			that 1997FX –11 will probably not collide with Earth.  
			  
			It may not create our first cataclysmic 
			collision in possibly 65 million years, our modern K-T event. 
			However, there are symbolic parallels between the K-T event causing 
			extinction of the dinosaurs and the 1997FX-11, a potential 
			extinction challenge for humans. But in the absence of other data, I 
			take scientists’ word for it that Earth and 1997FX-11 will not 
			collide. 
			I am saying that the curious case of 1997FX-11 teaches us many 
			things about the possibility of cataclysmic Earth changes in our 
			era. 1997FX-11 is a scientific "close call". We learn, then, that 
			cataclysmic Earth changes are indeed possible.
 
			With just a few changes in trajectory, FX-11 could have become our 
			modern day version of the K-T event, notwithstanding 1997FX-11 was 
			1/6 the size of the K-T meteor. Dinosaurs did not have polluting 
			nuclear energy, nuclear weapons, and vulnerable coastal human 
			settlements as we humans do now - with the accompanying 
			consequential damages. Of course we would have had to try various 
			science fiction, questionable alternatives to avoid the cataclysm of 
			1997FX-11 - like nuclear warheads aimed at the meteorite.
 
			We also learn that even where a cataclysmic Earth collision 
			threatens, reasonable scientific minds can differ as to large cosmic 
			and Earth events, such as 1997FX-11. The predictive capabilities of 
			the Earth sciences are developing.
 
			There is, however, a large margin of error in the Earth sciences as 
			to predicting and evaluating large-scale events. In the case of 
			1997FX-11, the meteor’s size was estimated at 1/6th the size of the 
			meteor that had extincted the dinosaurs; the potential effects of an 
			Earth collision could be cataclysmic. Yet we had no stable 
			scientific prediction as to 1997FX-11’s trajectory for several 
			months.
 
			An underlying premise of the Age of Cataclysm has been vindicated by 
			events in the intervening years - specifically by the 1997FX-11 
			scare.
 
			  
			The over-all significance of the 
			1997FX-11 episode: sudden and unexpected cataclysmic Earth Changes 
			cannot be ruled out. And the Earth sciences may not necessarily 
			currently possess the predictive technology to let us know with 
			certainty when and where specific potential cataclysmic Earth 
			changes may take place. 
			  
			Well, if cataclysmic Earth changes have 
			happened in the distant past and can happen at any time in the near 
			or distant future, let’s address a second core premise of our 
			original vision. 
				
					
					
					Will cataclysmic Earth changes 
					happen in our era and, if so, when?
					
					And, what if the triggers for 
					cataclysmic Earth changes do not lie in collisions with 
					celestial bodies, which astronomical science can predict so 
					well?
					
					What if the trigger for 
					cataclysmic Earth changes is a hyper-secret weapons system 
					that can throw the ionosphere and plate tectonics of the 
					Earth into imbalance? 
			In the case of environmental weapons, 
			because the very triggers of Earth changes are military secrets, it 
			could well be that the Earth sciences would be totally incapable of 
			predicting changes.  
			  
			Earth scientists are by and large 
			totally ignorant of these systems. A few have evaluated 
			environmental weapons’ effect on the ecology of Earth. Many of these 
			scientists are open-minded. Others are consultants employed by the 
			military, and have already engaged in the cover-up of their effects 
			on the ionosphere and associated Earth systems. 
			Earth science did, in fact, make a bone fide attempt to predict the 
			danger of cataclysm in the 1997FX-11 episode. It may not be an 
			unbiased intervention, however, on their part, to evaluate Earth 
			changes triggered by environmental weapons.
 
			Earth sciences research projects in the United States of America are 
			largely funded by US government agencies. It is unlikely that Earth 
			sciences research that could potentially cripple an entire new 
			generation of secret strategic weapons will be meaningfully funded.
 
			  
			The influential Washington Post, as recently as 1998, continued to 
			report on 
			the HAARP weapons system, under its military 
			disinformation cover story, that HAARP was only a research project 
			on the Aurora Borealis.  
			The short-term picture does not look very good that the Earth 
			sciences establishment: unless it is mobilized and reconstructed 
			with an awareness of Environmental warfare, it will not be able to 
			come to our aid and evaluate the risk of Earth changes triggered by 
			global war with electromagnetic weapons.
 
 
			And what if the over-all electromagnetic field predisposing 
			cataclysmic Earth changes is caused by a cyclical reversal of the 
			Sun’s magnetic field, based on a galactic activity cycle that is 
			26,000 years long? 
			The Earth sciences do not yet know how to evaluate such a 
			possibility.
 
 That knowledge is now found within the Mayan calendar and other 
			advanced tools of ancient civilizations which based their science 
			not on the Sun, but on the Galaxy. Earth sciences have only a 
			rudimentary understanding of the galactic density waves that are 
			responsible, for example, for the creation of our Sun. Science is no 
			where near the sophisticated understanding of the cyclically based 
			behavior of Galactic beam-waves that the Maya evidently had.
 
 The supportive evidence for coming Earth changes in my original 
			vision was sourced not only in the Earth sciences, but also in the 
			science of consciousness and parapsychology.
 
			The original vision documented the Earth sciences trends and 
			potential for destructive earthquakes, tsunami, and volcanic 
			eruption destroying or damaging human settlements around the world. 
			Since the original vision, the science of earthquake prediction has 
			improved; we now know that active faults still threaten densely 
			populated areas of the world, all along active tectonic plates.
 
			With increased seismicity and vulnerable urbanization in 
			earthquake-prone regions, major earthquakes could catastrophically 
			destroy cities in China, Japan, and South America, the western and 
			eastern United States, Canada, and parts of Europe. Moreover, known 
			high risk, seismic areas that experience earthquakes could result in 
			the damage or destruction of nuclear weapons facilities or nuclear 
			power plants; releasing radioactivity into the air and escalating 
			into even higher levels of catastrophe.
 
			  
			Risk assessments of these scenarios have 
			been made within the confines of the Earth sciences, and 
			environmental impact assessments. 
			But somehow, these possible catastrophes, each destructive to human 
			life, families, dwellings, economies, and each predictable by the 
			Earth sciences, do not seem cataclysmic i.e., Earth Changes of a 
			species order of magnitude, affecting the future of the human 
			species itself.
 
			So where did the Age of Cataclysm look for its evidence that 
			cataclysmic Earth changes could occur in our lifetimes?
 
 The original vision sourced information from the then emerging 
			science of parapsychology, paraphysics, and consciousness. The 
			intervening years have deepened our understanding of the nature of 
			human consciousness. Reality is provably multi-dimensional and one 
			can accurately know things outside of the three-dimensional world we 
			perceive with our senses.
 
			  
			Some recent scientific models hold that 
			humans subconsciously and psychically continually scan for 
			information from the future and the past. Those humans who have a 
			provable and reliable access to information about the future or the 
			past we call "psychics." Psychics have the ability of precognition, 
			or knowing of events before they occur in our dimension of time. 
			The vision of cataclysmic Earth changes was based, in part, on 
			predictions made by psychics who had a high track record for 
			accurate predictions in other realms, such as healing or politics.
 
			The principal psychic used was Edgar Cayce, who left behind a 
			detailed set of predictions about Earth changes. Cayce envisioned an 
			era of cataclysmic Earth changes many of which he specifically 
			predicts. Each of the predicted changes is plausible scientifically. 
			The order of magnitude of the predicted changes is what is startling 
			and puzzling.
 
			On the North American continent, Cayce predicts the destruction of 
			cities on the West Coast (Los Angeles and San Francisco), and the 
			emptying of the Great Lakes into the Gulf of Mississippi, and the 
			destruction of New York. In Asia, he predicts the falling of Japan 
			into the ocean, and the dispersal of its population. In Europe he 
			predicts that England will largely likewise be submerged by the sea, 
			and that earthquakes will destroy Northern Europe.
 
			  
			As a culmination, 
			Cayce predicts that the Earth will turn on its axis, so that 
			formerly frigid areas are tropical. 
			Each of these predictions is seismically and geologically plausible; 
			and comparable Earth changes of this magnitude have happened in the 
			past. What has remained a puzzle is what causes these cataclysmic 
			events, and when might they occur.
 
			Would cataclysm be brought on a sudden, unexpected meteor, like 
			1997FX-11, on a collision course with Earth? Well, it appears that a 
			possible close collision by a meteor in 2028 has been averted. 
			Barring changes, the meteor will pass more than 600,000 miles from 
			Earth, twice the distance to our moon.
 
			Would cataclysm be caused by a sudden massive change in the tectonic 
			plates, brought on by processes within the Earth system itself? 
			There is no scientific indication now that such a massive shift 
			within the Earth is in the making; one of such magnitude as to swing 
			Earth’s tectonic plates as to imbalance the Earth so that it would 
			shift on its very axis.
 
 Where does this leave the vision of a coming age of cataclysm?
 
 What if we were to look for the cause of possible Earth changes, not 
			in nature, but in mankind itself? What if mankind, through some 
			perversion of technology, could accidentally or intentionally 
			destroy a crucial balance of the ecology and set into motion the 
			very Earth changes that would destroy human civilization?
 As we now can surmise, the forces of nature may not at all trigger 
			the coming Earth changes. The Earth changes may be caused by the 
			technology of mankind itself.
 
			Once again, let us state the answer to the puzzle of psychic 
			prophecy of Earth changes.
 
			  
			The answer to the puzzle: Coming Earth 
			changes may be triggered by a human misuse of technology. Edgar 
			Cayce and the other psychics who foresaw an era of cataclysmic Earth 
			changes were telling us of changes that are brought about by a 
			misapplication of human technology, not by the triggering processes 
			of the Earth itself or meteors on a collision course with Earth. 
			The psychics and the prophets were generally looking at outcomes - 
			earthquakes and Earth changes - and not at causes - 
			
			Environmental 
			weapons.
 
			If mankind itself is the cause of coming Earth changes, we can 
			expect to find further insight and confirmation of this possibility, 
			as before, both from the Earth sciences and from realm of 
			precognition. This new insight and information was not available to 
			the original vision, and only came into being in the 1990s.
 
 
			Yet the new information provides a crucial piece in understanding 
			why, how and when Earth changes may occur in our era.
 So let’s proceed to evaluate the possible environmental impacts of a 
			new generation of secret electromagnetic (EM) strategic weapons. 
			Environmental weapons, now replacing nuclear arsenals as the weapons 
			systems of the future, if misapplied, may be the trigger of the 
			process of cataclysmic Earth changes.
 
			Electromagnetic weapons are based upon creating charged 
			electromagnetic energy, of varying frequencies according to use, and 
			directing onto a target of choice. Some of the early weapons systems 
			have use extremely low frequency (ELF) waves, and have been used for 
			population control at a distance.
 
 
			The 
			
			Woodpecker series of ELF weapons 
			programs by the former Soviet Union in the 1970s directed ELF waves 
			at key brain-wave rhythms at US West Coast cities such as Eugene, 
			Oregon, with the objectives of inducing mind-altering fear or ill 
			health effects in the population. 
			Since then, these tactical electromagnetic weapons have grown into 
			strategic weapons systems, capable of monitoring global missile 
			activity; inducing population control in continent-size areas, and 
			causing destructive effects against an enemy target ultimately at 
			the scale of nuclear weapons. Electromagnetic weapons systems are 
			becoming the strategic weapon of the future, replacing nuclear 
			weapons for a number of perceived reasons.
 
			  
			All major players on the global weapons 
			scene are developing environmental weapons systems. Weapons systems 
			are developed either by individual nations, or by cooperatives of 
			nations. 
			One prominent electromagnetic weapons system of the US is HAARP (for 
			High-frequency Active Aural Research Project), located in a remote 
			region of Alaska. Started under official cover as "a study of the 
			aurora borealis," HAARP is, in fact, a secret attempt to make the 
			ionosphere into a strategic weapon itself. The results could be 
			cataclysmic.
 
			HAARP is intended to super-heat the ionosphere by using impulses of 
			electromagnetic energy. The concept is to turn the ionosphere, a 
			600-mile thick band of electrons surrounding the Earth, into a 
			global antenna for detecting missile and other hostile activity 
			anywhere on Earth. According to some critics, HAARP can also be used 
			as a global population control weapon, directing electromagnetic 
			impulses at target population on certain brain-wave frequencies to 
			induce fear, apathy, and other mind-states.
 
			Environmental impact and Earth sciences analysis of HAARP indicates 
			that this weapon system may set off the very sort of processes in 
			the delicate atmospheric and magnetic ecology of the Earth that 
			could induce large-scale Earth changes.
 
			  
			These include super-heating of the 
			ionosphere and consequent twisting and distortion of electromagnetic 
			fields surrounding the Earth. The twisting of Earth’s 
			electromagnetic fields may induce a tilt in the surface Earth 
			tectonic processes, inducing tectonic shifts and earthquakes. The 
			electromagnetic energy could also induce resonant frequencies in the 
			upper Earth, triggering earthquakes. 
			Although HAARP is, as the 20th century closes, in its development 
			and testing stages, in some ways, HAARP is like the Manhattan 
			Project undertaken by the Allies in World War II to develop nuclear 
			weapons. HAARP has been undertaken in extreme secrecy, in the name 
			of future security. The difference between the two is that the 
			secrecy around HAARP is designed to keep the world’s populations 
			ignorant of the next generation of weapons.
 
			  
			For if world public opinion were to know 
			of the drastic consequences of a war fought with electromagnetic 
			weapons, it is likely that the same grass-roots forces which threw 
			cruise missiles out of Europe would stop HAARP as well.
 There is a core body of precognitive material that solidly links 
			mankind’s use of electromagnetic weapons to coming Earth changes. 
			Both the paranormal and the Earth sciences support an analysis that 
			the new generation of electromagnetic weapons may cause large scale 
			and cataclysmic Earth changes.
 
			The precognitive material in question is derived from the quatrains 
			of Michel de Notredame (1503-1566), known as Nostradamus. An 
			erudite, complex, man who lived his adult life as adviser and 
			physician to the King and Queen of France, Nostradamus composed a 
			series of prophetic quatrains. These quatrains were often couched in 
			coded language in order to avoid the censorship of the Inquisition, 
			of which he was a target.
 
			  
			The quatrains were expressions of 
			precognitive visions Nostradamus had in his private study. Some of 
			the quatrains are remarkable, as when he actually names Louis 
			Pasteur, his accomplishments, and subsequent discrediting several 
			hundred years before Pasteur’s birth. 
			The focus of Nostradamus’ quatrains is principally his precognition 
			of human politics, power and war. One whole section of the quatrains 
			relates to the Twentieth Century. Certain quatrains may foretell the 
			rise of Adolph Hitler, whom he refers to as the "second antichrist", 
			or global totalitarian leader. Other quatrains psychically predict 
			the rise of Napoleon Bonaparte, referred to as the "first 
			antichrist".
 
			  
			These quatrains also foretell a period of Earth changes 
			and war in the late twentieth and early twenty-first century, 
			referred to as the "times of trouble." 
			In one remarkable, psychically channeled interpretation of the 
			Nostradamus quatrains, the channeled entity is allegedly Nostradamus 
			himself, amplifying on the inner meanings of his own prophecies. The 
			interpretation emphasizes that the times of trouble are to occupy 
			roughly the first three decades of the twenty-first century, and may 
			be characterized by social unrest, famine, mass death, and global 
			warfare by sides battling for and against a "third antichrist." This 
			interpretation appears to be consistent with Nostradamus quatrains.
 
			The times of trouble may also be, according to the quatrains, a time 
			of cataclysmic Earth changes, in which the map of the globe will 
			hardly be recognizable by those of us alive now.
 
			In almost each and every instance of a quatrain that relates to 
			Earth changes, Nostradamus indicates new and terrible weapons, and 
			the miscalculations as to the impact on the environment that they 
			will bring about.
 
			Time appears to be a component of varying accuracy in psychically 
			predicted Earth events. For example, some of the dates which psychic 
			Edgar Cayce assigns to major Earth changes have already passed. One 
			useful hypothesis is to think in terms of generations of twenty-five 
			years or so, rather than specific years.
 
 
			In this sense, the generation which 
			experiences the times of trouble Nostradamus foresees corresponds 
			roughly in time and magnitude with the period of Earth changes 
			described by Edgar Cayce. Both describe New York being destroyed in 
			a war. Both Nostradamus and Edgar Cayce describe the same magnitude 
			of cataclysmic Earth changes as one outcome of this period. 
			While Edgar Cayce does not specify what the cause of Earth changes 
			will be, Nostradamus does. It is the effect of new and terrible 
			weapons that trigger the Earth changes. The Earth sciences critique 
			of electromagnetic weapons including HAARP shows that operation of 
			the weapons may trigger large-scale Earth changes.
 
			Does science and psychic prediction converge in Earth changes 
			triggered by environmental weapons?
 
 Both public interest science and psychic prediction may telling us 
			that, if Environmental weapons are deployed in global, 
			anti-population wars, cataclysmic Earth changes may be triggered, 
			and effect the future of the human species as a whole.
 
			The Nostradamus quatrains also may have an underlying positive 
			message. The message is that humanity can actually choose the future 
			it wants. We can choose as a species to have a suicidal global war. 
			By the same token, we can choose an alternative future. We can stop 
			electromagnetic weapons; we can engender the grass-roots support 
			against war and conflict; we can bypass a suicidal stage of warfare 
			among mankind.
 
			In a way, the Edgar Cayce and Nostradamus precognitions of Earth 
			changes and global conflict function as a warning, of a future that 
			could come if mankind does not shift away from conflict to a 
			consciousness of the oneness of creation.
 
			What we are beginning to learn here bears repeating, because it may 
			be cognitively dissonant to what one normally hears, in public 
			policy circles, in psychic circles, in media, even in military 
			circles.
 
			Coming Earth changes may be avoided by stopping the development and 
			use of electromagnetic weapons. Or, as a positivist would say, if we 
			develop and use environmental weapons, we may trigger Earth changes, 
			and this must be avoided.
 
			Halting Environmental weapons, and forestalling Earth changes, means 
			raising grass-roots consciousness of the consequences of global 
			Environmental warfare. Stopping the development and use of 
			electromagnetic weapons will require holding public and military 
			decision-makers accountable.
 
			There are inexorable forces of nature at work, which in the end may 
			moot these attempted interventions by human military organizations 
			to make war utilizing the Earth’s basic bio-systems as weapons. 
			Surprise! Starting in the time-window of 1998-2001, the Earth is 
			coming into alignment with the core of the Galaxy - the center of 
			its giant spiral arms.
 
			  
			The Galactic core is a pulsating 
			electromagnetic for the organism that is the Milky Way galaxy, 
			dominating it in the same manner as our Sun dominates our solar 
			system. 
			This galactic alignment is a prelude to Mayan end-cycle due to occur 
			in a time-window around December 22, 2012 AD. For the first time in 
			26,000 years Earth now moves into the electromagnetic energy fields 
			of the galactic beam-waves. It was these galactic beams that gave 
			birth to our Sun 4.55 billion years ago. The same Galactic beams may 
			trigger gross disturbances or a reversal of the Sun’s magnetic 
			fields.
 
			  
			In turn, these magnetic disturbances on 
			the Sun may twist and distort the electromagnetic fields of the 
			Earth, causing a tilt of the Earth’s surface and tectonic plates - 
			and cataclysmic Earth changes. 
			The prophesized Mayan age of Earth changes and of new cosmic 
			consciousness may start, imploding the very structure of a 
			war-fixated human civilization.
 
 
			  
			Chapter Two - 
			Parapsychology and Earth Sciences
 
 Let’s get grounded now.
 
			  
			Grounded in our understanding of the 
			delicate balances that hold together the interactive bands of 
			atmosphere and moving surfaces of our planet. The same scientific 
			insights that developed electromagnetic weapons also tell how 
			environmental weapons might throw our Earth out of kilter. 
			I am not an Earth scientist, but perhaps the ability to create and 
			manipulate chains of logic is common both to generic analytical 
			thinking and the science of our planet. Or maybe systems thinking 
			trains the mind in the marshalling of arguments, the creation of 
			legal briefs in the guise of scientific argument. I tell myself I am 
			carrying forward in a classic tradition, rushing in where your 
			ordinary geologist or seismologist might fear to tread.
 
			Earth science is really all about systems thinking. Think of the 
			Earth as a single system, a functioning spaceship carrying us round 
			and round in space, and it will be easier for your mind. Just like a 
			spaceship, each Earth system - atmosphere, tectonic plates, magnetic 
			bands - interacts and depends upon the other.
 
 
			It used to be scientific gospel, back in 
			Sir Charles Lyell’s time (a father of modern geology who lived in 
			1797-1875), that Earth was so large and geologic evolution so 
			gradual that Earth cataclysm never took place. That gospel is no 
			longer held to be scientific truth. Now we have come to accept that 
			geologic cataclysm has happened and may happen in the future. 
			Not only that, modern Earth sciences have even gotten into the 
			cosmic cause-and-effect game. Case in point - the apparent 
			correlation between storms on the surface of the Sun, and wars, 
			accidents, revolutions, and earthquakes on Earth. Case in point - 
			how drilling oil wells and detonating underground atomic bombs has 
			apparently caused earthquakes. Case in point - how weather 
			modification caused by electromagnetic fields have apparently 
			triggered earthquakes.
 
 
			Yes, changes in any one part of the 
			Earth system can yield changes in another part of the system; 
			changes that may be way out of line compared to the magnitude of the 
			original cause. If one abuses the control systems of a spaceship, 
			conceivably the spaceship could become terminally unstable and be 
			lost, along with all its crew. 
			This spaceship example is an analogy of the abuse that 
			electromagnetic weapons work on the control systems of our spaceship 
			Earth.
 
 Worst case scenario?
 
			  
			Electromagnetic energy of environmental weapons 
			systems twists and distorts the ionosphere and electromagnetic 
			fields of the Earth. In turn, the Earth surface structures tilt, 
			causing thrusting pressure onto the massive tectonic plates on the 
			Earth’s surface. The moving jigsaw puzzle of tectonic plates becomes 
			unstable. Earthquakes occur, and in the extreme case, entire 
			landmasses shift upward and downward into the oceans. A "new", 
			devastated Earth comes into being. 
			Why do we not hear about this more in the public discourse?
 
			That’s not an easy question to answer.
 
 A complete answer involves taking your mind simultaneously into 
			areas that the mind normally does not visit simultaneously:
 
				
					
					
					modern 
			Earth science
					
					psychic prediction
					
					traditional prophecy
					
					public 
			interest counter-intelligence
					
					military weapons development
					
					extraterrestrial intelligence 
			If any one’s mind should understandably balk at the surface 
			weirdness of this exercise, please know that the 
			counter-evolutionary forces of Earth do monitor and visit all of 
			these disciplines and more.  
			  
			That is to develop an understanding and 
			perpetrate the misunderstandings necessary to maintain what appears 
			to be a state of permanent planetary war.
 Over the last several decades, the Earth sciences have developed our 
			comprehension of 
			
			Earth dynamics. This is particularly true as 
			regards to the emerging science of earthquake prediction, and plate 
			tectonics - how movements in the large tectonic plates that make up 
			the Earth’s surface cause earthquakes.
 
			The revolution in the Earth sciences is comparable to the revolution 
			in quantum physics earlier this century. Science has now developed 
			models of the Earth’s behavior that permit the analysis of Earth’s 
			cycles over geologic ages, as well as the prediction of future Earth 
			events and trends.
 
			Earth sciences have furthered our knowledge of the workings of plate 
			tectonics. Plate tectonics recognizes that the surface of the Earth 
			is composed of twenty or so large inverted curved plates, causing 
			the continents to drift and the ocean floors to constantly renew 
			themselves. The science of plate tectonics has led to the 
			integration of Earth science sub-groups which were formerly 
			independent disciplines: catastrophic geology, geophysics, 
			paleontology, geochemistry, hydrology, geodesy, oceanography, 
			geography, and seismology.
 
			Plate tectonic theory provides strong evidence of a single 
			relatively recent landmass composed of South America, Africa, India, 
			Australia, and Antarctica.
 
			  
			The primitive continent - known as 
			Gondwanaland - existed as recently as 150 million years ago, these 
			modern continents fitting together like a giant jigsaw puzzle. 
			Eventually, with the breakup of Gondwanaland into five drifting 
			continents, came the formation of mountain ranges and land bridges. 
			The Himalayas, for example, are thought to be the result of a 
			collision of the Indian subcontinent - then drifting eastward on a 
			single tectonic plate - with Asia. 
			Plate tectonic theory has restructured our views about how the 
			Earth’s landmasses and oceans developed, and about the evolution and 
			migration of numerous forms of plant and animal life. Importantly, 
			the study of plate tectonics has given us a deeper understanding of 
			the origins and mechanisms of earthquakes - potentially the most 
			catastrophic of Earth disturbances.
 
			Changes in the Earth’s inner dynamics and in its climate systems 
			are, the Earth sciences tell us, the product of vast and continual 
			interactions among natural forces. The forces include major 
			celestial bodies - the Sun, the Moon, and the planets - that in 
			their shifting juxtapositions exert strains on the Earth’s mass, its 
			ocean, and its atmosphere.
 
			Within the sphere formed by the Earth and its atmosphere, there is 
			also continual interplay. Tectonic plates on the surface of the 
			Earth shift and cause strain to build within the mass of the Earth. 
			This strain seeks outlet, expending itself as earthquake or volcanic 
			eruption. Volcanic eruptions can, in turn, spew vast quantities of 
			dust into the atmosphere, cloaking the light of the Sun and causing 
			climatic distortion, and create large areas of drought or flood 
			about the surface of the Earth.
 
			Earthquakes have historically been among the most devastating 
			levelers of humankind and its settlements. The losses in Asian 
			Earthquakes, some occurring long before industrial society, are 
			legendary:
 
				
					
					
					830,000 dead in Shensi, China in 1556
					
					300,000 dead in 
			Calcutta, India in 1737
					
					180,000 dead in Kansu, China in 1920
					
					143,000 dead in Tokyo and Yokohama, Japan in 1923 
			Other regions 
			have also suffered devastation in major Earthquakes:  
				
					
					
					60,000 dead in 
			Lisbon, Portugal in 1755
					
					75,000 dead in Messina, Italy in 1908
					
					66,794 dead in Huaraz, Peru in 1970 
			In North America, the United States has experienced a number of 
			major earthquakes in the course of the past 300 years.  
			  
			Some major 
			earthquakes have occurred in the Northeast, Midwest, and Southeast, 
			not areas normally associated with earthquakes. In 1663, an 
			earthquake felt over two million square miles, occurred in the New 
			York-St. Lawrence area. Major earthquakes occurred in Boston, 
			Massachusetts in 1755; along the Mississippi valley in 1811 and 
			1812; at Charleston, South Carolina in 1886. In the seismically 
			active West, major earthquakes occurred in California in 1857, 1872, 
			and 1906. 
			With the exception of the 1906 San Francisco Earthquake, the United 
			States has been fortunate in escaping major death tolls from 
			earthquakes. Major earthquakes have taken place in the sparsely 
			settled areas of the last two centuries, and at times of day that 
			minimized danger to human lives. Were the same geographic areas to 
			experience major earthquakes today, the loss to human life and 
			property could well be catastrophic.
 
			Although its dominant theories trace their origins to classical 
			Greece, seismology - the study of earthquakes - is a relatively 
			young science. With the introduction of quantitative methods, 
			seismology has concentrated on understanding the mechanisms of 
			earthquakes, and on development of reliable earthquake prediction.
 
 
			Most natural earthquakes find their 
			source in the accumulation of strain in the Earth’s interior. This 
			strain is the result of the slow convective movement of the massive 
			tectonic plates covering its surface. Earthquakes may be caused by 
			
			dilatancy - massive cracking of interior rock within the Earth in 
			response to the accumulation of tectonic strain. The energy release 
			by an earthquake reflects an abrupt easing of accumulated strain. 
			Shear waves within the Earth and compression waves along the surface 
			of the Earth accompany the earthquake. 
			The processes building up to an earthquake may take centuries. There 
			are identifiable precursors on which modern earthquake prediction 
			models are based.
 
 Some of the models focus on dilatancy - the network of cracking in 
			subterranean rock which appears well before the triggering of an 
			earthquake.
 
 The precursory period before an earthquake is accompanied by a 
			number of observable changes in several phenomena that accompany 
			dilatancy. There are specific deformations in the tilt of the 
			Earth’s surface; increases in the electrical conductivity of the 
			ground, and marked changes in the chemical composition of ground 
			water in an earthquake area. Other seismic indicators - the velocity 
			of local Earth waves, the level of subliminal trembling of the 
			Earth, the configuration of interior Earth stresses - follow 
			measurable patterns prior to an earthquake.
 
			Together these factors can give a relatively precise indication of 
			the time and intensity of a coming earthquake. Generally, the 
			greater the magnitude of a coming earthquake, the larger the warning 
			time for the earthquake. A minor earthquake may be known days or 
			weeks in advance. A major earthquake may be predicted years in 
			advance, within a range of time.
 
			  
			The earthquake prediction 
			techniques are far from perfected. In a retroactive application of 
			the prediction technique, scientists found that they could have 
			successfully predicted the destructive 1971 San Fernando, California 
			Earthquake three and a half years in advance, had the prediction 
			method been available to them. 
			Most of the planet’s earthquakes are concentrated along a small 
			number of belts corresponding roughly to the boundaries between the 
			huge tectonic plates forming the surface of the Earth. The 
			collisions and convective motions of tectonic plates give rise to 
			the stresses producing earthquakes.
 
			  
			The largest of the seismic hot zones, 
			the Circum-Pacific belt, includes the entire rim of the Pacific 
			Ocean, from South America through Central America, western North 
			America, to Japan and the Philippine Islands. Another major 
			Earthquake belt cuts through the Himalayas and the Mediterranean to 
			the Azores in the Atlantic Ocean. A third Earthquake belt cuts 
			through the Mid-Atlantic Ridge to the Antarctic and around the 
			southern tip of Africa into the Indian Ocean. 
			Many of the countries along the seismic belts are highly vulnerable 
			to major earthquakes. Japan, for example, lies at the boundary of 
			two massive tectonic plates, one of which is being thrust under the 
			other. The entire country is crisscrossed with active earthquake 
			faults. Most of the landmasses along the Circum-Pacific are 
			similarly vulnerable to major earthquake activity, from South 
			America up through Central America and the western coast of North 
			America (the United States, Canada, and Alaska).
 
			  
			Of particular concern is a possible 
			future catastrophic earthquake in California. 
			The exact time, duration and intensity of large-scale earthquakes, 
			such as a future catastrophic California Earthquake are not yet 
			predictable. Some estimates of the possible impact of such a 
			catastrophic earthquake have run as high as 1,000,000 dead, if the 
			earthquake were to originate between San Francisco and Los Angeles 
			and devastate both cities. Other estimates foresee the possible loss 
			of human life at between 10,360 and 100,000 dead.
 
			Deep-focus earthquakes tend to strike the interior of a landmass or 
			nation.
 
 For example, the major earthquakes that have historically occurred 
			in the eastern part of the United States are thought to be caused by 
			strain accumulated along the junction of the Pacific Ocean plate and 
			the North American plate. Increased strain in the faults along the 
			coast of California in turn may tend to aggravate inner Earth 
			strains in the eastern United States.
 
			A standard seismic risk map of the United States lists the following 
			states as areas of maximum seismic risk and vulnerability to 
			earthquake
 
				
					
					
					West: California, Nevada, 
					northwest Washington State
					
					Central:  
						
						
						Area 1 - Montana, Wyoming, 
						Idaho, and Utah
						
						Area 2 - Missouri, 
						Tennessee, Illinois, and Kentucky
					
					East: Charleston, SC; Boston, 
					Mass; and the New York-St. Lawrence area. 
			One assessment concludes that the 
			potential for damage to property and loss of life is as great in the 
			eastern United States, as on its West Coast.  
			  
			The crust of the landmass of the eastern 
			United States is relatively rigid. Earthquakes of a high magnitude 
			would be felt over a wider area than along its western coast, where 
			the Earth’s crust is heavily fractured. 
			For example,
 
				
					
					
					In the eastern North American land mass, the St. 
			Lawrence Earthquake of 1663 (Mercalli intensity 12) was felt all 
			over eastern Canada and northeastern United States. 
					
					The Canadian 
			Earthquake of 1870 (Mercalli intensity 8) was felt over 1,000,000 
			square miles. 
					
					The Missouri Earthquake of 1811 (Mercalli intensity 
			12) was felt over an area of 2,000,000 square miles. 
					
					The Charleston, SC Earthquake of 1886 (Mercalli 
			intensity 10) was felt over the area of 2,000,000 square miles. 
					
					
					By 
			contrast, the largest western Earthquake, the San Francisco 
			Earthquake of 1906 (Mercalli intensity 11) was felt over 375,000 
			miles. 
			Earth sciences have also taught us much 
			about volcanoes.  
			  
			The amount of energy released in a single large 
			volcanic eruption is staggering. The 1983 Krakatua eruption in the 
			South Pacific released approximately 10 to the 25th ergs of energy, 
			more than the average total energy released by all earthquakes 
			around the globe in a single year, spewing volcanic dust into the 
			atmosphere. A fourfold increase in the present concentration of 
			volcanic dust in the atmosphere could decrease temperatures by 3 to 
			5 degrees Celsius, and could bring about an Ice Age if 
			concentrations persisted for a number of years. 
			One major finding is that volcanic activity appears to have a 
			substantial effect on the Earth’s climate. In past epochs, major 
			shifts in climate have been the result of volcanic dust speed into 
			the atmosphere by volcanic eruptions. One alternative theory for the 
			K-T extinction event 65 million years ago is that high volcanic 
			activity brought about a greenhouse effect on the planet, causing 
			the extinction of the dinosaurs.
 
			Volcanic eruptions spew large amounts of dust into the upper 
			atmosphere. The dust enters a network of atmospheric wind current, 
			and is distributed around the Earth. These dust particles in turn 
			act as a screen reflecting incoming sunlight back into space, 
			lowering the average temperature of the Earth. As the dust particles 
			gradually drift to the surface of the Earth, they tend to seed 
			rainfall in the process.
 
 Do the Earth sciences give any evidence that cataclysmic Earth 
			changes may be upon us?
 
			  
			Twenty-five years ago, my original 
			cataclysmic vision concluded that the Earth was then experiencing an 
			increase in major earthquakes and volcanic activity, itself often a 
			precursor of earthquake. Examination of recent and current trends in 
			Earthquakes and volcanic activity does not confirm evidence of 
			cataclysmic earth changes - in the form of rising and subsiding 
			landmasses, shifting Earth axes or magnetic pole reversals. 
			The irony is that this lack of evidence is not due to the advanced 
			state of the Earth sciences. It is due, rather, to its blinders - 
			science cannot begin to consider that galactic cycles and 
			environmental warfare may be the cause of coming Earth changes, much 
			less measure risk and vulnerability analysis.
 
			There is mixed evidence to show that the Earth experienced an 
			increase in earthquakes and volcanic activity during the twelve-year 
			period 1987-1998. The annual number of great or major earthquakes 
			during these years was about the same as the average annual number 
			of great or major earthquakes observed since 1900. If anything, the 
			annual number of great and major earthquakes during 1987-1998 was 
			probably lower than the century’s average.
 
			Ominously, nuclear testing, with its release of highly charged 
			electromagnetic energy into the atmosphere, may be a prime cause of 
			increased seismic activity. Nuclear weapons, thus, can be considered 
			an environmental weapon, and at least one country has tried tectonic 
			(earthquake) warfare using nuclear weapons as the seismic trigger.
 
			The seismic track record is mixed, as the twin causes of Earth 
			changes - galactic solar activity and environmental weapons - are 
			just coming into significant play as the 21st Century begins.
 
			Now let’s look at the global frequency of earthquakes occurring 
			since 1900. We have had an average of one great earthquake, of 
			Richter 8.0 or higher, every year since 1900.
 
			  
			During the period 
			1987-1998, the Earth experienced an incidence of great earthquakes 
			only two-thirds this large.  
			  
			Likewise, we have had an average of 18 
			major earthquakes, of Richter 7.0 - 7.9, every year since 1900. 
			During the twelve years 1987-1998, the Earth experienced 13.2 major 
			earthquakes each year. Even the annual number of light earthquakes, 
			Richter 4.0-4.9, experienced during 1987-1998 (5088) is lower than 
			the annual average since 1900 (6200). 
			There have been devastating major earthquakes during this period, to 
			be sure. One of these was the 1989 Earthquake in the San Francisco 
			Bay area.
 
 Next, let us examine the trends in earthquakes over longer cycles 
			and periods of time. Perhaps we are on the verge of a major cycle of 
			earthquakes or Earth changes that we cannot discern from a twelve 
			year period, but which we can discover by going back into recorded 
			earthquake history.
 
			If we analyze earthquake magnitudes and earthquake trend data in 
			each of the ten earthquake data bases published by the United States 
			Geological Service and National Earthquake Information Service, it 
			does not appear that cataclysmic Earth changes are likely to occur 
			in our era.
 
			Digging further, if we examine each of these historical earthquake 
			databases, we do not find a significant increase in the number of 
			earthquakes around the end of the Twentieth Century and the 
			beginning of the Twenty-First Century as compared to other times. 
			There may be larger cycles in the occurrence of earthquakes. Some 
			cycles of earthquakes may, for example, be influenced or triggered 
			by large-scale conjunctions of the planets and other celestial 
			bodies. Cataclysmic earthquakes may have occurred in past geological 
			time.
 
			But from the Earth sciences evidence available to us, there is no 
			indication that large-scale Earth changes may be upon us in the near 
			term future.
 
 Is this because cataclysmic Earth changes are not possible?
			No.
 
			  
			It is because the predictive model that modern Earth science 
			uses is functionally blind to galactic cycles and to human 
			interventions like environmental warfare that can trigger Earth 
			events. 
			True, the Earth sciences may be forecasting a number of great 
			earthquakes in the near-term future, which, if they occurred, could 
			be catastrophic. The earthquake that comes to mind is the "Great 
			Earthquake" expected sometime in the future in California. The Earth 
			sciences know that this earthquake will probably occur.
 
			  
			The exact timing, location and magnitude 
			are not known at present. This Great Earthquake may occur in the 
			near term future; it may occur a century or more in the future. 
			While the Earth sciences do predict specific catastrophic 
			earthquakes, the sciences do not predict cataclysmic Earth changes: 
			disappearances of continents and nations under the sea; the Earth’s 
			axis shifting. According to the Earth sciences, if future great 
			earthquakes do occur, they may certainly be catastrophic if the 
			worst case scenarios are played out. The Earth sciences do not 
			predict a series of cataclysmic events, involving massive Earth 
			changes.
 
			Let us turn now to trends in volcanic eruptions. In past geological 
			epochs, volcanic activity and a resulting greenhouse effect may have 
			been responsible for large-scale species becoming extinct on the 
			planet. There is no indication from the Earth sciences that Earth 
			changes brought about by volcanic activity will occur on the planet 
			in the near term future.
 
			Let’s look at the record of major volcanic eruptions since 1500 AD. 
			A trend analysis does not reveal imminent Earth changes brought 
			about by increased volcanic activity. The casualties at the most 
			recent deadly eruption were brought about by a failure of the 
			central government of Colombia to warn the town of Nevado del Ruiz 
			when it knew eruption was imminent.
 
			  
			Casualties at the other two recent 
			eruptions, Mount St. Helens, Washington and Mount Pinatubo, 
			Philippines were relatively low. The highest death toll, that caused 
			by Mount Tambora in 1815, Indonesia, came about by starvation in the 
			aftermath of the eruption. 
			We can also examine all volcanic eruptions of a Volcanic Explosivity 
			Index (VEI) greater than 5.0 which have occurred in the last 10,000 
			years to see if some trend indicating coming Earth changes can be 
			found.
 
			In Europe, the last volcanic eruption of major magnitude was 
			Vesuvius in 79 AD, which decimated Pompeii. In the South Pacific and 
			Melanesia-Australia, the last major eruptions were in 1725 and 1905 
			on Samoa. In Indonesia, the last major eruption was in 1883, in 
			Krakatau. In Japan, the last major eruption was in 1914. In the 
			Philippines, the only major volcanic eruption in the last 10,000 
			years was Mt. Pinatubo.
 
			  
			In Russia, the last major volcanic 
			eruption was in 1975. In North America, the last major eruption was 
			in 1980, Mt. St. Helens, Washington. In Mexico, the last major 
			eruption was in 1982 in El Chichon. In South America, the last major 
			eruption was in Chile in 1991 at Cerro Hudson. In Iceland the last 
			major eruption was in 1753. 
			From the data, there were two major volcanic eruptions on the planet 
			in 1991 - Mt Pinatubo in the Philippines and Cerro Hudson in Chile. 
			On a 10,000 year cycle, two 5.0 volcanic eruptions in a single year 
			may be interpreted as a possible upturn in global volcanic activity, 
			at least of major eruptions. There is no pattern in the record, 
			which indicates we are on the verge of volcanism of cataclysmic 
			proportions.
 
			Why do not the Earth sciences forecast cataclysmic volcanism for the 
			near term future? Because at least two potential causes of 
			cataclysmic Earth changes brought about by volcanism are totally 
			outside the universe of possible events considered by the Earth 
			sciences. These potential causes are cyclical, violent galactic 
			disruptions of the solar magnetic field, and human environmental 
			warfare.
 
			True again, the Earth sciences have forecast major volcanic 
			eruptions that may have catastrophic consequences if they do occur. 
			For example, there are premonitory signs that a volcanic eruption of 
			Mt. Vesuvius in Italy may well occur. Vesuvius’ erupting could cause 
			catastrophic damage and death toll to Naples, whose suburbs have 
			spread dangerously close to the volcano's slopes.
 
			The volcanic eruptions forecast by Earth sciences, however, do not 
			approach cataclysmic Earth changes in scale.
 
 As we discussed, celestial bodies (termed "near Earth objects") have 
			in past geologic cycles caused catastrophic Earth changes - 
			asteroids, meteorites, or comets - colliding with Earth. The 
			archetypal example may have been the K-T event, which may have been 
			caused when an asteroid 6 miles across impacted in the southern Gulf 
			of Mexico. We do not know if the K-T event, which resulted in the 
			extinction of the dinosaurs, was caused by asteroid impact, or 
			volcanic activity and consequent greenhouse effect of the planet.
 
			But no celestial collisions appear to be on the horizon now, though 
			admittedly a dangerous near Earth object could be discovered at any 
			moment. For a brief moment, it appeared that asteroid 1997 XF11, 
			about a mile across, would come within 30,000 miles of the Earth’s 
			center in the year 2028, raising the probability of a collision with 
			Earth. Current scientific opinion holds, however, that there is 
			"virtually" no chance of 1997FX-11 colliding with Earth.
 
			Of course, the chances of Earth colliding with near Earth objects 
			continue to be high and unpredictable. We have just seen how the 
			Earth sciences do not show evidence of impending Earth changes on 
			the planet.
 
			So why should we be worried about cataclysmic Earth changes at all?
 
 I do not mean the catastrophic natural disasters that are within the 
			norm we have experienced over, say, the last 10,000 years. As to 
			natural disasters we have come to normally expect, communities and 
			governments in varying degrees support disaster preparedness and 
			planning; emergency disaster relief; and the development of Earth 
			sciences’ ability to predict Earthquake, volcanic, and tsunamis.
 
			The Earth sciences inform us that we do not appear to be at the 
			verge of cataclysmic Earth changes. Earth sciences predict only 
			natural disasters along the norm we have historically experienced. 
			These can have devastating social consequences if our 
			infrastructure, our governments, and our social order are not 
			prepared.
 
			So where do we get the information that cataclysmic Earth changes 
			may happen in our age?
 
 We must repair to edge-of-the-envelope, out-of-the-box thinking 
			about coming cataclysm.
 
 For knowledge about possible Earth changes, we must go to the 
			paranormal sciences - parapsychology and precognition. Specifically, 
			we can examine sets of predictions about cataclysmic Earth changes 
			made by psychics of proven accuracy.
 
			Precognitive information is accurate information about future events 
			which persons of psychic ability obtain other than by reason or 
			sensory experience. Precognitive information about Earth changes has 
			traditionally been shunned in modern Earth sciences and in public 
			policy formulation. This oversight may be the result of social or 
			personal taboos against psychic information; through ignorance that 
			psychic knowledge about Earth changes even exists; or because 
			scientists or policy makers assume psychic information to be 
			unreliable.
 
			The scientific validity of specific forms of paranormal phenomena is 
			firmly established. Studies of precognition (knowledge about future 
			events), psychokinesis (affecting physical object with the mind), 
			and telepathy (mind to mind communication) have demonstrated the 
			validity of each of these phenomena. Research in the field traces 
			back to Sir Francis Bacon (1561-1626), who was the first in Western 
			science to devise experimental methods for testing paranormal 
			cognition.
 
			  
			Prominent western scientists have 
			devoted part of their work to the study of the paranormal:  
				
					
					
					Charcot 
			and Richet
					
					William James
					
					Henri Bergson
					
					Sigmund Freud
					
					William 
			McDougall
					
					Paul Kammerer
					
					Wolfgang Pauli
					
					Carl Jung 
			There is no 
			rational basis for the scientific taboo against data derived from 
			paranormal sources. 
			Modern research on precognition involves the application of rigorous 
			experimental methods, often by scientists with established 
			reputations in other fields. One series of experiments involves a 
			subject’s accurate prediction of future events whose occurrence is 
			determined by the theoretically unpredictable decay of a radioactive 
			strontium 90 particle.
 
			  
			In a series of 63,066 trials, three 
			subjects made accurate predictions of theoretically unpredictable 
			subatomic particles at a level above change of two billion to one. 
			In a second series of 20,000 trials, three subjects made correct 
			predictions of events that are unpredictable according to the law of 
			physics, at a level of ten billion to one above chance. Experiments 
			like the above are reported in scientific journals. 
			Other experimental research has focused on the personality factors 
			that correlate closely with precognitive ability. In general, 
			individuals who are less defensive about the output of their deeper 
			subconscious exhibit a high degree of precognitive accuracy.
 
			  
			They are capable of meditation 
			relaxation and stilling the mind. Subjects achieve high psychic 
			capacity whose personality pattern most closely fits their ego 
			ideal. One study of hundreds of persons found that the single group 
			with the highest precognitive accuracy was made up of corporation 
			presidents. Within this group, those that had doubled their 
			companies’ profits within the last five years achieved the highest 
			precognitive ability. 
			Two principles can be applied in evaluating the validity of 
			predictions made by psychics outside of experimental conditions, 
			such as those we just reviewed.
 
 The first is the psychic’s track record. If a psychic’s other 
			predictions have been factually verified, there is a higher 
			probability that a psychic's specific precognition is valid. The 
			second has to do with the psychic’s profile. If the psychic’s 
			personality tends to be receptive and non-defensive, there is a 
			significant increase in the accuracy of the psychic’s precognitive 
			abilities.
 
			There is a wide variation in the future context and type of 
			information that psychics will access. Individuals vary widely in 
			what they can predict accurately, and over what time frame. The 
			Earth changes precognitions are from psychics who have a high degree 
			of accuracy where verified, and whose predictions span long periods 
			of time.
 
			Edgar Cayce (1877-1945) fits many of the profile 
			characteristics of a high psychic.
 
			  
			He was a professional psychic who spent 
			his young adulthood as a salesman and photographer in the United 
			States. His adult reading was largely limited to daily passages from 
			bible. By all historical accounts, Cayce was a gentle, selfless, and 
			well-adjusted man, devoted to his family and to a life of quiet 
			meditation. 
			During the last forty-three years of his life, Cayce gave a prolific 
			number of psychic trance readings, which included extensive medical 
			diagnoses and treatments, historical and scientific readings, and 
			predictions about the future.
 
			By the time of his death, he had accumulated over 14,000 readings, 
			approximately 9000 of which, were medical diagnoses and treatments 
			of patients who sought out his aid, and most of whom he never met in 
			person.
 
			In his psychic readings, Cayce maintained a deep meditative trance, 
			during which he would answer questions about the health of a patient 
			requesting a diagnosis, or a person requesting personal or 
			historical information.
 
			Edgar Cayce possessed a high degree of psychic capacity. He 
			exhibited a remarkable rate of factual accuracy in areas subject to 
			easy verification. The overwhelming majority of his medical readings 
			are factually accurate. While in trance, he was capable of handling 
			a reading in foreign languages he did not understand in his waking 
			state.
 
			Cayce clairvoyantly detected errors that his stenographer made in 
			writing down his readings, and corrected them while in trance. In a 
			typical psychic reading, Cayce was given only the name and address 
			of the patient or querent, and he would proceed to describe 
			accurately many details of the persons medical condition, history, 
			personality, circumstances, and future. He was able to exert 
			considerable telepathic influence over the decisions of other 
			persons, a capacity that he used as little as possible.
 
			Cayce’s record of accurate diagnosis and treatment in his medical 
			psychic readings is high, where verifiable. Documented cases of 
			Cayce’s medical inaccuracy have been correlated his failure to 
			maintain a positive, non-defensive attitude toward his patient.
 
			Cayce’s scientific readings include psychic descriptions of geology 
			and Earth processes that were not in accord with the Earth sciences 
			of the times. Recent developments in geology have tended to render 
			Cayce’s geological readings accurate.
 
			Cayce’s historical psychic readings are truly prescient.
 
			  
			One 1937 reading includes a discussion 
			of the Essene community along the Dead Sea during the period 300 BC 
			to 100 AD. The reading predates the discovery of the 
			
			Dead Sea 
			scrolls in 1947, which provided the first historical record of the Essene people.
 In the course of his career, Cayce gave a total of sixty-five Earth 
			event readings concerning past and future geological events. 
			Approximately fifty Earth event readings deal with past events in 
			the Earth’s history, covering Earth events as early as the Pliocene 
			era (10,000,000 BC).
 
			Fifteen of the Cayce Earth event readings concern predictions of 
			future cataclysmic Earth changes, following a premonitory period 
			from 1958 to 2001. The Earth changes presented in the Cayce readings 
			are radically different from the Earth event trends predicted for 
			the near term future by the Earth sciences.
 
 
			One geologist has written that past 
			geological events described by the Cayce readings have been rendered 
			more probable by the revolution in the Earth sciences. 
				
				"Most of the readings on 
				pre-historical subjects were given in the 1920s and 30s and all 
				were on file before 1945. It is thus clear that the majority of 
				the psychic statements antedate all of the striking discoveries 
				made by such youth fields of scientific endeavor as deep-sea 
				research, paleomagnetic research, and research on the absolute 
				age of geologic materials.    
				Whereas the results of recent 
				research sometimes modify, or even overthrow, important concepts 
				of geology, they often have the opposite effect, in relation to 
				the [Cayce] psychic readings, in that they tend to render them 
				more probable." 
			The Cayce Earth changes predictions 
			were given in the 1930s and 40s, toward the latter part of his 
			career, and are a minor segment of his total work.  
			  
			Cayce’s Earth event predictions are 
			given while in trance, and are stenographically recorded. The 
			predictions appear interspersed with other material not related to 
			Earth changes. 
			The Earth changes predictions themselves are of a general nature, 
			outlining the dimensions and location of predicted Earth events. One 
			doorway event is predicted to occur at a specific time. Some 
			predicted Earth events are conditional upon the occurrence of other 
			events. The period that could ultimately bring about cataclysmic 
			events is predicted to begin during the time-window 1958-1998, and 
			accelerate, beginning in 2001. These Earth changes, when they do 
			occur, would culminate in a shift of the axis of the Earth.
 
			The doorway event Cayce predicted to occur at a specific time 
			appears to have happened.
 
			  
			Cayce predicted the discovery in 1968 or 
			1969 in Bimini, Bahamas, of artifacts of 
			
			Atlantis, an advanced 
			civilization destroyed in a series of Earth changes culminating 
			about 10,000 BC. In fact, a 1969 archeological expedition to Bimini 
			guided by the Cayce predictions discovered the ruins of ancient 
			temple structures corresponding to the ancient civilization, 
			presumably part of Atlantis. The ruins were lying in relatively 
			shallow waters. 
			We can now examine the specific transcripts of the Cayce Earth 
			changes predictions, given in trance readings in 1932, 1934, 1936, 
			and 1941.
 
 
				
				1. April 9, 1932:QUESTION: How soon will the 
				changes in the Earth’s activity begin to be apparent?
 
 CAYCE: When there the first breaking up of some conditions in 
				the South Sea (that’s South Pacific to be sure), and those as 
				apparent in the sinking or rising of that that’s almost opposite 
				same, or in the Mediterranean, and the Aetna area, then we may 
				know it has begun.
 
 
				QUESTION: How long before this will begin?
 
 CAYCE: The indications are that some of these have already 
				begun, yet others would say these are only temporary. We would 
				say they have begun. ’36 will see the greater changes apparent, 
				to be sure.
 
 
				QUESTION: Will there be any physical changes in the Earth’s 
				surface in North America? If so, what sections will be affected, 
				and how?
 
 CAYCE: All over the country, we will find many changes in the 
				Earth’s surface of a minor or greater degree. The greater 
				change, as we will find, in America, will be the North Atlantic 
				Seaboard. Watch New York! Connecticut and the like.
 
 
				QUESTION: When will this be?
 
				CAYCE: In this period. As to just when….
 
 
				QUESTION: What, if any changes will take place around Norfolk 
				area, Va.?
 
 CAYCE: No material, that would be effective to the area, other 
				than would eventually become more beneficial - in a port and the 
				like.
 
 
 2. January 19, 1934:
 CAYCE: The Earth will be 
				broken up in many places. The early portion will see a change in 
				the physical aspect of the West Coast of America. There will be 
				open waters appear in the northern portions of Greenland.
   
				There will be new lands seen off the 
				Caribbean Sea, and dry land will appear….South America shall be 
				shaken from the uppermost portion to the end, and in the 
				Antarctic off of Tierra del Fuego, land, and a strait with 
				rushing waters.
 
				3. January 19, 1934:
 CAYCE: As to the changes 
				physical again: The Earth will be broken up in the western 
				portion of America. The greater portion of Japan must go into 
				the sea. The upper portions of Europe will be changed as in the 
				twinkling of an eye. Land will appear off the East Coast of 
				America.
   
				There will be upheavals in the 
				arctic and Antarctic that will make for the eruptions of 
				volcanoes in the Torrid areas, and there will be the shifting 
				then of the poles - so that where there has been those of a 
				frigid or the semitropical will become the more tropical and 
				moss and fern will grow. And these will begin in those periods 
				in ’58 to ’98.
 
				4. August 13, 1941:
 CAYCE: As to the conditions 
				in the geography of the world, of the country - changes here are 
				gradually coming about. No wonder, then, that the entity feels 
				the need, the necessity for change of central location.
   
				For many portions of the East Coast 
				will be disturbed, as well as many portions of the West Coast, 
				as well as the central portion of the U.S. In the next few years 
				lands will appear in the Atlantic as well as the Pacific. And 
				what is the coastline now of many a land will be the bed of the 
				ocean. Even many of the battlefields of the present [August, 
				1941] will be ocean, will be the seas, the bays, the lands over 
				which the new order will carry on their trade with one another. 
				Portions of the now East Coast of New York, or New York City 
				itself, will in the main disappear. This will be another 
				generation, though, here; while the southern portions of 
				Carolina, Georgia - these will disappear. This will be much 
				sooner. The waters of the [Great} Lakes will empty into the 
				Gulf, rather than the waterway over which such discussions have 
				been recently made. It would be well if the waterway were 
				prepared, but not for that purpose for which it is at present 
				being considered.
 
				Then the area where the entity is now located [Virginia Beach] 
				will be among the safety lands, as will be portions of what is 
				now Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois, and much of the southern 
				portion of Canada and the eastern portion of Canada; while the 
				Western land - much of that is to be disturbed - in this land - 
				as, of course, much in other lands. Then, with the knowledge of 
				these - first the principles, then the material changes.
   
				The choice should be made by the 
				entity itself as to location, and especially, as to the active 
				work….
 
				5. August 13, 1941:
 QUESTION: I have for many 
				months felt I should move away from New York City.
 
 CAYCE: This is well, as indicated. There is too much unrest; 
				there will continue to be the character of vibrations that to 
				the body will be disturbing, and eventually those destructive 
				forces there - though these will be in the next generation.
 
 
				6. August 13, 1941:
 QUESTION: Will Los Angeles be 
				safe?
 
				CAYCE: Los Angeles, San Francisco, most all of these will be 
				among those that will be destroyed before New York even.
 
 In addition to the trance Earth changes readings, Edgar Cayce 
				reports having an apparent prophetic dream, on March 3, 1936. 
				The dream occurred while Cayce was returning from Detroit by 
				train to Virginia Beach. He had just successfully concluded 
				court proceedings arising from his arrest in November 1935 for 
				allegedly practicing medicine without a license.
 
 CAYCE (Dream Report): "I had been born again in 2100 AD in 
				Nebraska. The sea apparently covered all the western part of the 
				country, as the city where I lived was on the coast. The family 
				name was a strange one. At an early age as a child I declared 
				myself to be Edgar Cayce who had lived 200 years before.
 
				Scientists, long men with beards, little hair, and thick glasses 
				were called in to observe me. They decided to visit the places 
				where I said I had been born, lived and worked, in Kentucky, 
				Alabama, New York, Michigan, and Virginia. Taking me with them, 
				the group of scientists visited these places in a long, 
				cigar-shaped, metal flying ship which moved at great speed.
 
				Water covered much of Alabama. Norfolk, Virginia had become an 
				immense seaport. New York had been destroyed either by war or an 
				Earthquake and was being rebuilt. Industries were scattered over 
				the countryside. Most houses were of glass.
 
				Many records of my work as Edgar Cayce were discovered and 
				collected. The group returned to Nebraska, taking the records 
				with them."
 
			Let us assume for a moment that the 
			Cayce predictions are accurate as to the scale, if not the details, 
			of coming Earth changes.  
			  
			Two questions immediately arise:  
				
					
					
					What is the timing of these 
					Earth changes?
					
					What is the probable cause that 
					would most easily account for such a cataclysmic scale of 
					Earth changes, and can this cause be avoided? 
			The Earth sciences now tell us that the 
			most probable cause of the global cataclysm described by the Cayce 
			predictions would be a massive coordinated disruption of the system 
			of tectonic plates about the Earth.  
			  
			If the Earth’s tectonic plates were 
			violently all shifted about, a cataclysm of the sort described by 
			Cayce would be the result. Cayce’s over-all description of the 
			cataclysm includes massive Earth shifts taking place along 
			inter-tectonic rims. The cataclysm also includes the appearance and 
			disappearance of large landmasses, likely to be caused by violent 
			tectonic movements. 
			A violent disruption of the tectonic plate system is likely to be 
			caused by one or both of two forces. Forces coming from deep within 
			the Earth could force the tectonic plates upward and against each 
			other. Or, the tectonic plate system could be violently thrown out 
			of balance by a disruption in the delicately balanced forces of the 
			magnetic belts, ionosphere, and other bands of energy that help keep 
			the Earth’s surface in balance.
 
			As we have seen, the Earth sciences are not forecasting a disruption 
			of the scale predicted by Cayce. In other words, on its own, the 
			Earth does not appear to be preparing for cataclysm. We would have 
			to find another proximate cause for the Cayce cataclysm.
 
			Enter here electromagnetic weapons, just now being deployed. One 
			potential environmental impact of electromagnetic weapon systems, 
			such as HAARP, is precisely the disruption of the magnetic bands 
			holding the Earth’s surface in balance.
 
			Put very directly: If electromagnetic weapons become operational, 
			there is the likelihood that they will damage the Earth’s magnetic 
			atmosphere, and thus trigger the cataclysm Cayce foresaw.
 
			Humankind and its weapons are the most likely cause of the 
			cataclysm! The cataclysm can be avoided by stopping the deployment 
			of electromagnetic weapons. It is as simple and straightforward as 
			that.
 
			Now just when in time will this cataclysm occur, if not prevented? 
			Time is a relative concept in the Cayce predictions. For example, 
			Cayce predicted a powerful Earthquake in San Francisco for 1936, 
			when none in fact occurred.
 
			  
			Probably the most useful approach to 
			time is to think of the predictions as describing not precise years, 
			but periods or an era of time; a generation or generations involved 
			in trauma and transformation. Thus, the period 1958 to 1998 is a 
			period during which Earth changes trends become apparent.  
			  
			The period 
			described as 2001 and forward is the period during which the 
			cataclysms or transformations can occur. 
			We have just seen that the most plausible proximate cause of the 
			Earth changes predicted by Edgar Cayce is mankind’s new generation 
			of electromagnetic weapons.
 
			Let us now review the specific predicted Earth changes themselves. 
			Cayce predicts at least specific ten major Earth changes. Each of 
			these is geologically plausible.
 
			  
			Taken together, what Cayce describes as 
			individual Earth changes would be the result of a violent disruption 
			of the Earth’s tectonic plate system. 
				
					
					
					Destructive Earthquake activity 
					along the western coast of the United States.
					
					Disappearance of the southern 
					portions of Carolina and Georgia.
					
					The disappearance of the greater 
					portion of Japan under the sea.
					
					Rapid Earth changes in the upper 
					portion of Europe.
					
					The emptying of the Great Lakes 
					into the Gulf of Mexico.
					
					The rising of new lands along 
					the eastern coast of the United States.
					
					Dramatic Earth changes along the 
					Atlantic Seaboard, including the destruction of New York.
					
					Upheavals of the Earth in the 
					Arctic and Antarctic.
					
					Volcanic eruptions in the torrid 
					zones.
					
					A shift in the axis Earth, and 
					large-scale climatic changes. 
			A geological analysis of each of the 
			predicted Cayce Earth changes concluded that the psychic information 
			was confirmed by the Earth sciences.  
			  
			The analysis noted,  
				
				"It is in the advocation of a very 
				rapid acceleration of this trend that the psychic information 
				departs from the standard geological concept of gradual change." 
			In brief, the geological analysis shows 
			that each of the predicted Cayce Earth changes is plausible. 
				
					
					
					Japan  
					The Cayce psychic information 
					predicts that a substantial section of Japan will become 
					ocean floor. The geological analysis notes the rapid 
					subsidence of substantial portions of the Japanese landmass. 
					 
					  
					This, leading in one case, to the submergence of an entire 
					forest due to the instability of a block of the local Earth 
					crust. The analysis further notes the high seismicity of 
					Japan, and the location of its landmass on active faults.    
					
					Europe and the North Atlantic  
					The psychic information predicts 
					rapid changes in the upper portion of Europe. Geological 
					analysis notes evidence of significant uplift in the 
					landmass in northern Europe.  
					  
					The analysis concludes that the 
					appearance of new landmass in the northern Atlantic, an 
					event predicted by Cayce, would produce a sudden blockage or 
					diversion in the Gulf Stream. The blockage would cut off 
					northern Europe from the warming influence of the Gulf 
					Stream.    
					Moreover, the geological 
					analysis indicates that recent measurements of crustal 
					upwarping in the Canadian Arctic, Spitsbergen, and Greenland 
					show relatively rapid rates of uplift, believed due to 
					unloading by recently vanished or presently melting ice 
					masses.    
					
					The South Pacific 
					Cayce indicates that seismic 
					activity in an area of the South Pacific diametrically 
					opposite Mount Aetna in the Mediterranean will signal that 
					beginning of a significant phase of Earth changes, duration 
					unknown. The geological analysis notes that this area of the 
					South Pacific (longitude175 degrees E and latitude 20 
					degrees S) is an area of great seismicity, easily 
					susceptible to activation.    
					
					The Mediterranean  
					Cayce’s psychic information 
					predicts sinking or rising of land in the Mediterranean. The 
					geological analysis notes the rapid and unexplained drop in 
					the level of waters along the eastern portion of the 
					Mediterranean in the years immediately preceding 1959.    
					
					Eastern U.S. Seaboard 
					The psychic information predicts 
					extensive submerging of the northeastern and southeastern 
					seaboards of the United States. The geological analysis 
					notes the high seismicity of the northeast and the southeast 
					U.S., and the evidence of massive sinking of large areas 
					adjacent to major eastern Earthquakes in the past, notably 
					the New Madrid, Missouri Earthquake of 1811.    
					
					New Land Masses 
					The psychic information predicts 
					the rising of new land masses in the Pacific, Atlantic and 
					Caribbean. The geological analysis notes the not uncommon 
					emergence of new landmasses after an earthquake, in many 
					cases involving a rising or subsidence of several thousand 
					feet. The analysis cites the emergence of landmasses off of 
					Ecuador in 1960, and a tremendous submarine upheaval off 
					Morocco in the Agadir Earthquake of 1960.    
					
					The Great Lakes  
					The Cayce information predicts 
					the emptying of the Great Lakes into the Gulf of Mexico. The 
					geological analysis notes the rapid degree of tilting 
					occurring in the land mass northeast of the Great Lakes, and 
					the consequent southwestward tilting of the lake basins. 
					Even without a seismic disruption, the degree of tilt would 
					cause the emptying of the Great Lakes into the Mississippi 
					drainage system within 1600 years.    
					
					South America  
					The Cayce information predicts 
					severe seismic activity the length of the South American 
					continent. The geological analysis notes the location of 
					South America along the boundary lines of major tectonic 
					plates, and the Circum-Pacific belt. This seismic belt would 
					likely be activated by a major disruption of the tectonic 
					plate system, such as one caused by human electromagnetic 
					weapons, or other causes.    
					
					Antarctica and Tierra del Fuego 
					 
					The Cayce data predict seismic 
					upheavals in Antarctica, the Arctic, and the appearance of 
					land off Tierra del Fuego, South America. The geological 
					analysis notes the occurrence of an extremely rare and large 
					earthquake - the first such ever recorded - in the northern 
					Magellan straits in July 1959. A rare volcanic eruption 
					occurred off the Antarctic in December 1967, the first 
					eruption in the area in 120 years.    
					
					Safety lands  
					The Cayce predictions indicate 
					that portions of Ohio, Indiana, and southern Canada are 
					safety lands that will be relatively stable during the 
					period of upheavals. The geological analysis notes that 
					these areas fall in low seismicity zones. 
			The 
			Cayce material has several other 
			specific Earth changes predictions.
 
			One of these, made in a January 1936 trance session, dealt with the 
			nature of earthquakes, and the interconnectedness of Earth events.
 
 
				
				1. January, 1936QUESTION: What is the primary 
				cause of Earthquakes? Will San Francisco suffer from such a 
				catastrophe this year [1936]? If so, give date, time, and 
				information for the guidance of this body, who has personal 
				property, records and a wife, all of which it wishes safety.
 
 CAYCE: We do not find that this particular district (San 
				Francisco) in the present year will suffer the great material 
				damages that have been experienced heretofore.
 
				While portions of the country will be affected, we find these 
				will be farther east than San Francisco - or those south, where 
				there has not been heretofore the greater activity.
 
				The causes of these, of course, are the movements about the 
				Earth; that is internally - and the cosmic activity or influence 
				of other planetary forces and stars and their relationships 
				produce or bring about the activities of the elemental of the 
				Earth; that is the Earth, the air, the fire, the water - and 
				those combinations that make for the replacements in the various 
				activities.
   
				If there are various activities in 
				the Vesuvius, or Pelee, then the southern coast of California - 
				and the areas between Salt Lake and the southern portions of 
				Nevada - may expect, within the three months following same, an 
				inundation by the Earthquakes. But these, as we find, are to be 
				more in the southern than in the northern hemisphere.
 This Cayce reading is specific as to time factor (three months), 
				and as to the inter-linking of seismic activity in the western 
				United States, and volcanic activity in Mt. Pelee or Mt. 
				Vesuvius. It is unclear what the relation of volcanic activity 
				in Mt. Pelee or Mt. Vesuvius might be to the triggering of 
				Earthquakes and inundation in southern California, Nevada, and 
				Utah might be. A seismic risk map of Nevada and Utah indicates 
				that a belt of relatively high seismicity lies between Salt Lake 
				in Utah and Lake Mead in southern Nevada. Inundations of the 
				area following earthquakes are geologically possible.
 
				The use of specific time frames, such as "three months" in this 
				reading, is relative in the Cayce readings. A specific time 
				means during this general period, or era.
 
				Mt. Pelee in Martinique last erupted in a 5.0 or greater 
				eruption in 1902, resulting in the deaths of all but one of the 
				capital city’s 30,000 inhabitants. Mt. Soufriere, fifty 
				kilometers away on St. Lucia, also erupted in 1902, causing 1565 
				deaths. It also experienced a series of small eruptions in March 
				1972.
   
				Major eruptions on Mt. Vesuvius 
				occurred in 79 AD, 1906, and 1944. Like Pelee, Vesuvius is 
				located in relative proximity to other active volcanoes, Mt. 
				Aetna, and a volcano on Stromboli Island. Disaster preparedness 
				officials are concerned about the high risk of an expected 
				volcanic eruption of Mt. Vesuvius. There is more than a 
				probability of major devastation to parts of Naples and its 
				suburbs. 
				Another time-specific Cayce prediction is that of the shifting 
				of the Earth’s axis as a culmination of the Earth changes.
 
 
				1. August 11, 1936
 QUESTION: What great change 
				or the beginning of what change, if any, is to take place in the 
				Earth in the year 2000 to 2001 AD?
 
 CAYCE: When there is a shifting of the poles. Or a new cycle 
				begins.
 
			In a later reading referring to the pole 
			shift, the Cayce material indicates that 
			
			climatic changes will 
			accompany this axis shift by the planet.    
			Plausibly, it is a physical shift in the 
			Earth’s axis, as climate changes would not accompany shifts in the 
			magnetic poles. 
				
				CAYCE:….so that where there [have] 
				been those of a frigid or the semi-tropical will become the more 
				tropical, and moss and fern will grow. 
			A shift in the axis of the Earth could 
			is geologically plausible, as the result of a violent disruption of 
			the Earth’s tectonic plates, and hence of its land and water masses. 
			 
			  
			A consistent vision emerges from the Cayce Earth changes readings. 
			The specific massive Earth changes his psychic predictions describe 
			are in fact those which could be brought about by a disturbance of 
			the Earth’s tectonic plate system. The culminating Earth change - a 
			shift in the axis of the Earth - would be brought about with the 
			gigantic rearrangement of tectonic plates, landmasses, and oceans.
 
			  
			A geological analysis of the Cayce axis 
			shift prediction indicates that it is consistent with the individual 
			Earth changes predicted, and would be caused by large-scale crustal 
			displacements. 
			Earth scientists have postulated shifts in the Earth’s axis as the 
			most simple and obvious explanation of great climatic changes in 
			past geologic epochs.
 
				
				"The simple and most obvious 
				explanation of great secular changes in climate, and of former 
				prevalence of higher temperatures in northern circumpolar 
				regions, would be found in the assumption that the Earth’s axis 
				of rotation has not always been in the same position, but that 
				it may have changed its position as a result of geological 
				processes, such as extended rearrangement of land and water."
				 
				Julius Hann, Austrian 
				meteorologist. 
			The time frame of this predicted axis 
			shift again remains relative.  
			  
			The reading itself indicates that 2001 
			could be the beginning of a period of Earth changes, a culmination 
			of which is the Earth’s axis shift, and the beginning of a "new 
			cycle."
 Another theme of the Cayce readings is predictions of food shortage 
			that will accompany the period of Earth changes.
 
			  
			One 1944 reading predicted certain areas 
			as food-producers during the period of Earth changes, 
				
				CAYCE: Saskatchewan, the Pampas area 
				of the Argentine…portions of South Africa….these rich areas, 
				with some portions of Montana and Nevada, must feed the world. 
			This theme appeared in various Cayce 
			readings during this period. 
				
				CAYCE: These conditions have not 
				changed. For the hardships for this country have not begun yet, 
				so far as the supply and demand for foods is concerned.
 CAYCE: Anyone who can buy a farm is fortunate; and buy it if you 
				want to grow something and don’t want to grow hungry in some 
				days to come.
 
 CAYCE: All that is for the sustenance of life is produced from 
				the soil. Then there must be a return to the soil. Every man 
				must be in that position that he at least creates, by his 
				activities, that which will sustain the body - from the soil; or 
				where he is supplying same to those activities that bring such 
				experiences into the lives of all.
 
			Let us sum up where our journey into 
			Earth changes has led us so far. We have seen that the Earth 
			sciences do not predict Earth changes of a cataclysmic scale in the 
			near term future. 
			We have seen that psychics like Edgar Cayce can have access to 
			accurate information about the future. We have also seen that the 
			type and scale of Earth changes, envisioned by the Cayce psychic 
			predictions, are geologically plausible.
 
 So, if the Earth changes predicted by Edgar Cayce might occur, how 
			could they be caused, and why is the Earth sciences not predicting 
			them?
 
 
			  
			  
			Chapter Three 
			- Electromagnetic, Environmental Weapons
 
 Environmental weapons are designed to use a specific part of the 
			Earth’s natural system - weather, climate, tectonic movements - as a 
			military weapon, inflicting harm upon a population and economy 
			controlled by a perceived enemy.
 
			  
			
			
			Environmental weapons use highly charged 
			electromagnetic energy, which can activate and manipulate the 
			electromagnetic fields of designated targets as large as the Earth’s 
			ionosphere. Environmental weapons are so designed as to trigger 
			mammoth amounts of natural energy - in an earthquake, or hurricane, 
			or storm - with a relatively low level of electromagnetic energy.
			 
			  
			They can be a kind of Buck Rogers ‘death 
			ray’, and the patents for environmental weapons are based on Nicola 
			Tesla's original patents for a ‘cosmic energy machine’. 
			Environmental weapons can affect weather and climate systems, as 
			well as the moods and consciousness of individuals or an entire 
			city’s population. 
			HAARP is an experimental prototype for environmental 
			weapons, located near Anchorage, Alaska.
 
			  
			HAARP is designed to supercharge and 
			superheat the Earth's ionosphere for warfare: to turn the ionosphere 
			into a global antenna designed to track missiles and enemy 
			movements; to help create weather warfare events such as massive 
			earthquake, drought, or storms in enemy territory. Environmental 
			weapons can also inadvertently trigger large-scale tectonics 
			movements, and Earth changes. 
			Some say that some earthquakes and unusual weather patterns that 
			regions of the Earth are experiencing now may be caused, not only by 
			phenomena such as El Nino, but also by secret environmental warfare. 
			The US, Russia and other nations para-military groups may be 
			developing environmental warfare.
 
			  
			Electromagnetic weapons are the newest 
			generation of strategic weapons, designed to replace nuclear weapons 
			that are considered strategically obsolete. Environmental warfare is 
			usually carried out as part of strategic psychological warfare (psywar). 
			HAARP, the U.S. military's top secret project in Alaska to turn the 
			ionosphere into a virtual military weapon by charging it with 
			electromagnetic impulses, is being tested as the 20th century ends 
			amid media and public complacency. By super-heating the ionosphere 
			HAARP could destroy the ionosphere resulting in potentially severe 
			environmental consequences
 
			This highly secret American installation in Alaska is virtually 
			unknown to people in the United States and Alaska’s own residents 
			and yet, HAARP "marks the first step toward creating the world's 
			most powerful "ionospheric heater."
 
			Over the years, HAARP has gone strangely unreported and unnoticed in 
			public debate. HAARP was voted one of the most underreported news 
			stories of 1995.
 
			  
			The Washington Post, in an August 18, 
			1998 article on congressional appropriations, still referred to 
			HAARP as "research on the aurora borealis in Alaska.HAARP, under cover of being a project to research the Northern 
			Lights in Alaska, is actually a top-secret, military, 
			electro-magnetic (EM) weapons system.
 
			  
			The now operational HAARP, the U.S. 
			secret project to alter the ionosphere for environmental warfare 
			purposes, has initiated drastic, environmental consequences. HAARP 
			has a destructive impact on wildlife, human life, and nature itself 
			by causing long-term modifications.  
			  
			HAARP may in fact violate the 1977 
			Environmental Modification Convention, which bans all,  
				
				"military or any other hostile use 
				of environmental modification techniques having widespread, 
				long-lasting, or severe effects...."  
			The US ratified the convention in 1979. 
			One of the scientists critical of HAARP, Prof. Dick Williams, sums 
			up the dangers inherent in HAARP,
 
				
				"...An unprecedented amount of 
				energy can produce an unprecedented reaction. Experimenting with 
				[the ionosphere] is a very delicate thing. A localized event can 
				spread around the Earth fairly quickly." 
			In 1995, when asked what a private 
			citizen can do to halt HAARP, some analysts suggested,  
				
				"Write [the U.S.] Congress to 
				demand a review of HAARP's environmental impacts. Request that 
				the National Telecommunications and Information Administration 
				reject the HAARP frequency/power request pending the outcome of 
				a congressional inquiry." 
			Anti-HAARP activists in the Yukon area 
			in Alaska, near the site of the HAARP installation, recently 
			reported that the Alaska public is largely unaware of HAARP, nor 
			cognizant of its environmental and health dangers. 
			With major US media continuing to perpetrate the official US cover 
			story that project HAARP is "research on the aurora borealis in 
			Alaska," obtaining responsive US Congressional oversight over HAARP 
			would mean first activating concerted public awareness both in the 
			US, and other nations. There is no nation that would not be 
			inevitably affected by an erosion or destruction of the ionosphere.
 
 Electromagnetic (EM) weapons are a missing link that could cause the 
			coming Earth changes. The impact of fully operational 
			electromagnetic weapons systems would be to destabilize the Earth’s 
			tectonic plate system, causing cataclysmic Earth changes.
 
			Military secrecy is the reason why the Earth sciences have not 
			predicted the Earth changes, as the psychic information has 
			predicted. Electromagnetic weapons programs are highly secret, and 
			have not been subjected to full analysis by the Earth sciences. A 
			limited portion of some weapons programs, such as HAARP, has been 
			made public. Working against conditions of extreme secrecy, the 
			Earth sciences have only begun to evaluate the potentially 
			cataclysmic effects of environmental weapons.
 
			Let us review one key electromagnetic weapons system: HAARP.
 
			  
			HAARP, the U.S. military’s top secret 
			project in Alaska to turn the ionosphere into a virtual military 
			weapon by charging it with electromagnetic impulses, has become 
			operational, amid media and public complacency. HAARP’s potential 
			environmental consequences could destroy the ionosphere by 
			super-heating it.  
			  
			HAARP could also trigger a violent 
			disruption of the Earth’s tectonic plate system, thrown out of 
			balance by destruction of the magnetic bands and ionosphere about 
			the Earth. 
			In a series of award-winning articles, Clare Zickuhr and Gar 
			Smith of Earth Island described some of the negative 
			environmental consequences of HAARP, the military's plan to alter 
			the ionosphere.
 
				
				"The Pentagon's mysterious HAARP 
				project, now under construction at an isolated Air Force 
				facility near Gakona, Alaska, marks the first step toward 
				creating the world's most powerful "ionospheric heater." 
				 
				  
				Scientists, environmentalists and native peoples are concerned 
				that HAARP's electronic transmitters  -  capable of 
				beaming "in excess of 1 gigawatts" (one billion watts) of 
				radiated power into the Earth's ionosphere  -  could 
				harm people, endanger wildlife and trigger unforeseen 
				environmental impacts. 
				"The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project (HAARP), a 
				joint effort of the Air Force and the Navy, is the latest in a 
				series of a little-known Department of Defense (DoD) "active 
				ionospheric experiments" with code-names like EXCEDE, RED AIR 
				and CHARGE IV.
 
				"From a DoD point of view," internal HAARP documents state, "the 
				most exciting and challenging" part of the experiment is "its 
				potential to control ionospheric processes" for military 
				objectives [emphasis in the original]. According to these 
				documents, the scientists pulling HAARP's strings envision using 
				the system's powerful 2.8-10 megahertz (MHz) beam to burn 
				"holes" in the ionosphere and "create an artificial lens" in the 
				sky that could focus large bursts of electromagnetic energy "to 
				higher altitudes... than is presently possible." The minimum 
				area to be heated would be 50 km (31 miles) in diameter.
 
				"The initial $26 million, 320 kW HAARP project will employ 360, 
				72-foot-tall antennas spread over four acres to direct an 
				intense beam of focused electromagnetic energy upwards to strike 
				the ionosphere. The Earth's ionosphere is composed of a layer of 
				negatively and positively charged particles (electrons and ions) 
				lying between 35 and 500 miles above the planet's surface.
   
				The next stage of the project would 
				expand HAARP's power to 1.7 gigawatts (1.7 billion watts), 
				making it the most powerful such transmitter on Earth. While the 
				project's acronym implies experimentation with the Earth's 
				aurora, HAARP's public documents make no mention of this aspect. 
				For a project whose backers hail it as a major scientific feat, 
				HAARP has remained extremely low profile  -  almost 
				unknown to most Alaskans, and the rest of the country.
 
				"A November 1993 "HAARP Fact Sheet" 
				released to the public by the Office of Naval Research (ONR) 
				stated that the Department of Defense (DoD)-backed project would 
				"enhance present civilian capabilities" in communications and 
				"provide significant scientific advancements.  
				  
				"However, while 
				previous DoD experiments with smaller high frequency (HF) 
				heaters in Puerto Rico, Norway and Alaska were conducted to 
				"gain [a] better understanding" of the ionosphere, internal 
				HAARP documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act 
				(FOIA) reveal that the project's goal is to "perturb" the 
				ionosphere with extremely powerful beams of energy and study 
				"how it responds to the disturbance and how it ultimately 
				recovers...." 
				"The public fact sheet describes HAARP as "purely a scientific 
				research facility which represents no threat to potential 
				adversaries and would therefore have no value as a military 
				target." However, while ionospheric experiments at the 
				government's Puerto Rico transmitter site are managed by the 
				civilian National Science Foundation, the Journal has learned 
				that proposals for experiments on HAARP are to be routed through 
				the Pentagon's Office of Naval Research."
 
				"A February 1990 Air Force-Navy document acquired by the Journal 
				lists only military experiments for the HAARP project, 
				including:
 
					
					"Generation of ionospheric 
					lenses to focus large amounts of HF energy at high 
					altitudes... providing a means for triggering ionospheric 
					processes that potentially could be exploited for DoD 
					purposes...; Generation of ionization layers below 90 km [56 
					miles] to provide radio wave reflectors ("mirrors") which 
					can be exploited for long range, over-the-horizon, HF/VHF/UHF 
					surveillance purposes, including the detection of cruise 
					missiles and other low observables."  
				The document concluded that "the 
				potential for significantly altering regions of the ionosphere 
				at relatively great distances (1000 km or more) [621 miles] from 
				a heater is very desirable" from a military perspective." 
				"One of HAARP's less-publicized goals is to find ways to disrupt 
				the global communications capabilities of adversaries while 
				preserving US defense communications. The Pentagon also wants to 
				know if HAARP could bounce signals to deeply submerged nuclear 
				subs by heating the ionosphere to trigger bursts of Extremely 
				Long Frequency (ELF) radio waves."
 
				"Patents held by ARCO Power Technologies, Inc. (APTI), the ARCO 
				subsidiary that was contracted to build HAARP, describe a 
				similar ionospheric heater invented by Bernard Eastlund that 
				claimed the ability to disrupt global communications, destroy 
				enemy missiles and change weather (see sidebar).
   
				One of ARCO's patents identifies 
				Alaska as a perfect site for a transmitter because "magnetic 
				field lines... which extend to desirable altitudes for this 
				invention, intersect the Earth in Alaska." 
				"While HAARP officials deny any link to Eastlund's inventions, 
				Eastlund has told National Public Radio that a secret military 
				project was begun in the late-1980s to study and implement his 
				work.
 
				  
				In the May/June 1994 issue of Microwave News, Eastlund 
				claimed that, 
					
					"The HAARP project obviously looks a lot like the 
				"first step" toward his vision of surrounding the entire planet 
				with a "full, global shield" of charged particles that could 
				explode incoming enemy missiles." 
				"The military implications of HAARP were further underscored in 
				June, when ARCO sold APTI to E-Systems, a defense contractor 
				noted for its work in counter-surveillance." 
			Electromagnetic Guinea Pigs
 
				
				"HAARP surfaced publicly in Alaska 
				in the spring of 1993, when the Federal Aviation Administration 
				(FAA) began advising commercial pilots on how to avoid the large 
				amounts of intentional (and some unintentional) electromagnetic 
				radiation that HAARP would generate.    
				Despite the protests of FAA 
				engineers and Alaska bush pilots (for whom reliable 
				communications can be a matter of life or death) the Final 
				Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) gave HAARP the green 
				light. Ironically, the FEIS also concluded that the project's 
				radio interference would be too intense to allow HAARP to be 
				located near any military facilities. 
				"On November 11, 1993, Inupiat tribal advisor Charles Etok 
				Edwarden, Jr., wrote to the White House on behalf of the Inupiat 
				Community of the Arctic Slope and the Kasigluk Elders 
				Conference.
 
				  
				"Many of us are not happy with the prospect of ARCO 
				altering the Earth's neutral atmospheric properties," Edwardsen 
				wrote. "We do not wish to be anyone's testing grounds, as the 
				Bikini Islanders have been...." referring to Pacific Islanders 
				subjected to radiation exposure from US atomic bomb testing. 
				Edwardsen has appealed to President Clinton to deny further 
				funding to HAARP." 
				"In the past, the EPA has accused the USAF of "sidestepping" the 
				nonthermal hazards of electromagnetic pollution from powerful 
				radar transmitters. Over the past three decades, numerous US and 
				European studies have linked electromagnetic exposure to a range 
				of health problems including fatigue, irritability, sleepiness, 
				memory loss, cataracts, leukemia, birth defects and cancer.
   
				Electromagnetic radiation can also 
				alter blood sugar and cholesterol levels, heart-rate and blood 
				pressure, brain waves and brain chemistry." 
			Clare Zickuhr and Gar Smith of 
			Earth 
			Island describe how HAARP, under cover of being a project to 
			research the Northern Lights in Alaska, is actually a top-secret 
			military electro-magnetic (EM) weapons system.  
			  
			HAARP, the U.S. secret project to alter 
			the ionosphere for (EM) warfare purposes, has drastic environmental 
			consequences, which are now operational. 
			The following segment details HAARP’s destructive impacts on 
			wildlife, human life, and nature itself by causing long-term 
			modifications. HAARP may in fact violate the 1977 Environmental 
			Modification Convention, which bans all "military or any other 
			hostile use of environmental modification techniques having 
			widespread, long-lasting, or severe effects...."
 
			  
			The US ratified the convention in 1979. 
			Anti-HAARP activists in the Yukon area in Alaska, near the site of 
			the HAARP installation, recently reported that the Alaska public is 
			largely unaware of HAARP, nor cognizant of its environmental and 
			health dangers.
 
				
				"HAARP’s Environmental Consequences 
				- Wildlife advocates also have cause to be concerned. 
				   
				The HAARP site lies 140 miles north 
				of the town of Cordova on Prince William Sound, on the northwest 
				tip of Alaska's Wrangell-St. Elias National Park. Since ordinary 
				radar is known to be deadly to low-flying birds, HAARP's 
				powerful radiation beam could pose a problem for migratory birds 
				because the transmitter stands in the path of the critical 
				Pacific Flyway. In addition, HAARP's ability to generate strong 
				magnetic fields could conceivably interfere with the migration 
				of birds, marine life and Arctic animals that are now known to 
				rely on the Earth's magnetic fields to navigate over long 
				distances. 
				"The HAARP fact sheet states that "most of the energy of the 
				high-power beam would be emitted upward rather than toward the 
				horizon." Later on, however, the fact sheet notes that care will 
				have to be taken "to reduce the percentage of time large signal 
				levels would be transmitted toward large cities." The closest 
				large cities are Fairbanks and Anchorage.
 
				"Even if HAARP's beam were to be directed primarily at the 
				ionosphere, people on the ground would still have reason to be 
				concerned. According to DoD consultant Robert Windsor, clear 
				damp nights, downdrafts and temperature inversions can cause 
				"ducting" and "super-refracting" that can send energy beams 
				streaming back to Earth with "a significant  -  up to 
				tenfold-increase in field intensity."
 
				"In addition to their main beams, all electromagnetic 
				transmitters produce large swaths of "sidelobe" radiation along 
				their flanks. US-based PAVE PAWS over-the-horizon radars, for 
				example, use approximately one megawatt of power to send a 
				420-430-megahertz (MHz) beam on a 3000-mile-long sweep.
   
				At the same time, the "incidental" 
				sidelobe radiation from these Pentagon radars can disable TVs, 
				radios, radar altimeters and satellite communications over a 
				250-mile range. PAVE PAWS radiation can also disrupt cardiac 
				pacemakers seven miles away and cause the "inadvertent 
				detonation" of electrically triggered flares and bombs in 
				passing aircraft.    
				At peak power, the energy driving 
				HAARP could be more than a thousand times stronger than the most 
				powerful PAVE PAWS transmitter. 
			HAARP's High-Level Hazards
 
				
				"HAARP project manager John 
				Heckscher, a scientist at the Department of the Air Force's 
				Phillips Laboratory, has called concerns about the transmitter's 
				impact "unfounded." "It's not unreasonable to expect that 
				something three times more powerful than anything that's 
				previously been built might have unforeseen effects," Heckscher 
				told Microwave News. "But that's why we do environmental impact 
				statements." 
				"The July 1993 EIS does, in fact, admit that HAARP is expected 
				to cause "measurable changes in the ionosphere's electron 
				density, temperature and structure," but argues that these 
				disruptions are insignificant "when compared to changes induced 
				by naturally occurring processes."
 
				"Subjecting the ionosphere to HF bombardment can ionize the 
				neutral particles in the upper atmosphere. The HAARP Fact Sheet 
				notes that "ionospheric disturbances at high altitudes also can 
				act to induce large currents in electric power grids" on the 
				ground, causing massive power blackouts.
   
				According to the 1990 Air Force-Navy 
				document, power levels of one gigawatt and above "can 
				drastically alter [the ionosphere's] thermal, refractive, 
				scattering and emission character." While the ionosphere over 
				the government's smaller HF transmitter in Puerto Rico is 
				relatively "stable," the document notes that the ionosphere 
				above Alaska is "a dynamic entity" where added bursts of 
				electromagnetic energy could trigger exaggerated effects. 
				"Writing in Physics and Society (the quarterly newsletter of the 
				American Physical Society), Dr. Richard Williams, a consultant 
				to Princeton University's David Sarnoff Laboratory, denounced 
				ionospheric heating tests as irresponsible and potentially 
				dangerous.
 
				"Trace [chemical] constituents in the upper atmosphere can have 
				a profound effect" on the formation of ozone molecules, Williams 
				stated. It is known that altering the temperature of the 
				ionosphere can affect the chemical reactions that produce ozone. 
				Referring to the Montreal Protocol (the international agreement 
				to protect the ozone layer from ozone-depleting chemicals), 
				Williams warned that activating HAARP's ionospheric heater 
				"might undo all that we have accomplished with this treaty."
 
				"Look at the power levels that will be used  -  10**9 
				to 10**11 watts!" Williams told the Journal in a recent 
				interview. "This is equivalent to the output of ten to 100 large 
				power-generating stations. A ten-billion-watt generator, running 
				continuously for one hour, would deliver a quantity of energy 
				equal to that of a Hiroshima-sized atomic bomb."
 
				"Of course," Williams added, "they will operate in a pulsed mode 
				[producing a series of short, powerful bursts], rather than 
				continuously." The HAARP fact sheet states that the HF beam, 
				which operates in the 2.8-10 MHz band, will only be used 4-5 
				times a year for several weeks at a time over a 20-year period.
 
			Nonetheless, Williams argued, to proceed 
			without a full public discussion of HAARP's potential impacts runs 
			the risk of committing,  
				
				"an irresponsible act of global 
				vandalism. With experiments on this scale," Williams concluded, 
				"irreparable damage could be done in a short time. The immediate 
				need is for open discussion." 
				"Dr. Daniel N. Baker, director of the University of Colorado's 
				Laboratory for Atmospheric and Space Physics, offered a 
				less-alarming assessment.
 
				  
				"The natural input of energy to the 
				magnetosphere from the sun is very commonly 10**11 - 10**12 
				watts," Baker told the Journal. "Thus, HAARP may be a small 
				fraction of the energy that flows into the region." Baker added 
				that the ionosphere is, by nature, a "highly dynamic and 
				fluctuating" environment that is able to "flush" away energy 
				disturbances in a matter of hours or days. 
				"Of course, in nature, one cannot simply "flush" something away 
				without anticipating potential "downstream" consequences. 
				Caroline L. Herzenberg, an environmental systems engineer at the 
				Argonne National Laboratory, has suggested that, by "changing 
				the chemical composition of the atmosphere; [and] transporting 
				plumes of particulates or plasma within the atmosphere," HAARP 
				may violate the 1977 Environmental Modification Convention, 
				which bans all "military or any other hostile use of 
				environmental modification techniques having widespread, 
				long-lasting, or severe effects...." The US ratified the 
				convention in 1979.
 
				"X-Raying" the Earth?
 
				"On June 14, 1995, a Senate committee report noted that the 
				Deputy Secretary of Defense had called for increasing HAARP 
				funding from $5 million to $75 million in the 1996 defense 
				budget. The sudden increase would be used to promote a 
				disturbing new mission for HAARP.
 
				"Instead of just pouring its vast energy into the skies, the 
				transmitter's power would be aimed back at the planet to "allow 
				Earth-penetrating tomography over most of the northern 
				hemisphere"  -  in effect, turning HAARP into the 
				world's most powerful "X-ray machine" capable of scanning 
				regions hidden deep beneath the planet's surface."
   
				According to the Senate report, this 
				would,  
					
					"permit the detection and precise location of tunnels... 
				and other underground shelters. The absence of such a capability 
				has been... a serious weakness for [DoD] plans for precision 
				attacks on hardened targets...." 
					"Visibility is a crude criterion for assessing environmental 
				damage.... An unprecedented amount of energy can produce an 
				unprecedented reaction. Experimenting with [the ionosphere] is a 
				very delicate thing. A localized event can spread around the 
				Earth fairly quickly."
 
					-  Prof. Dick Williams 
				"Meanwhile, construction on the larger HAARP facility  -  
				with a potential effective radiated power of 1.7 GW (1.7 billion 
				watts) - [was begun] in 1995. This expanded version would 
				require additional funding from Congress.    
				According to the 1990 project 
				document:  
					
					"The desired world-class 
					facility... will cost on the order of $25-30 million." The 
					Senate Committee's April report, however, predict[ed] that 
					the cost "could be as much as $90 million." 
			Presumably a federal Environmental 
			Impact Statement of HAARP’s potential impact would allow the Earth 
			sciences to evaluate the potential impacts of this electromagnetic 
			weapons system.  
			  
			Such has not been the case, however. Important 
			issues regarding the effect of HAARP operations on the ionosphere 
			and on the ozone layer were dismissed in less than a one page 
			treatment in the HAARP environmental impact statement drafted by the 
			military. 
			The Earth Island article continues.
 
				
				"The Federal Environmental Impact 
				Statement (FEIS) reports that "the government commissioned a 
				special study" to determine the "bioeffects" of HAARP’s radio 
				frequency radiation (RFR). The report concluded that "chronic 
				exposure to RFR….did not result in demonstrable, detrimental 
				health effects" to humans. The FEIS admitted that RFR exposure 
				could cause the human body to heat up, but that this unwanted 
				heat "can be easily accommodated within the thermoregulatory 
				capabilities of an individual [and] may not necessarily be 
				harmful." 
				"The FEIS corroborated the Journal’s concern that "potentially 
				affected systems…[would] include cardiac pacemakers, 
				electro-explosive devices [EEDs], and fuel handling systems." 
				EEDs, including flares carried by individuals or in vehicles, 
				could be exploded 1300 feet from HAARP’s Ionospheric Research 
				Instrument (IRI) transmitter - a quarter mile away.
 
				"Radio frequency radiation could be a problem since, as FEIS 
				notes, Gakona lies "within a major commercial air traffic 
				corridor that links Anchorage with the eastern and midwestern 
				US. It is also within the path of flights to and from the Orient 
				and Canada. Twelve to 20 commercial flights a day utilize the 
				airspace above the Gakona site."
 
				"The IRI’s 8.0 MHz and 10.0 MHz beams "could potentially pose a 
				hazard to occupants of aircraft flying nearby…in the unlikely 
				event they remain in the main beam for an extended period of 
				time." At aircraft cruising altitude of 30,000 feet (5.7 miles) 
				the inverted cone formed by the sweep of the IRI beam is 6.8 
				miles wide.
 
				"Countering assumptions that most of HAARP’s energy would be 
				"lost" in space, the FEIS reveals that "80-90 percent of the 
				experiments would employ the IRI in modes that refract 
				fundamental radio frequency energy Earthward from the 
				ionosphere.
 
				"The 440-page FEIS states flatly that "The ozone layer would not 
				be affected and ozone would not be depleted" as a result of 
				HAARP operations, but devotes less than a page to this critical 
				topic. The only study cited is a single 13 page "draft 
				assessment" by the Mission Research Corporation (MRC).
 
				"The FEIS spends less than three pages on HAARP’s ionospheric 
				effects and bases its conclusions solely on "personal 
				communications" between officials at MRC and the consulting firm 
				of Metcalf and Eddy. The FEIS reports that IRI transmissions 
				will cause the temperature of free electrons in the Earth’s 
				ionosphere to rise by 80 degrees F. Below 120 miles, the IRI 
				would trigger a 20 percent increase in "electron density;" above 
				124 miles, electron densities would decrease 10-15 percent. The 
				effect could last "an entire polar night."
 
				"A second study, "Independent Assessment of HAARP’s effects on 
				the Upper Atmosphere" by R. Roble, also concluded, "there are no 
				measurable effects to the Earth’s ozone layer." The FEIS 
				identified this study as having been provided by MRC. The study 
				was described as consisting of "one-page."
 
				"The authors of the Journal’s HAARP story remain convinced that 
				the potential impacts of Project HAARP deserve a thorough 
				scientific and public hearing."
 
			The forces behind HAARP have thus used 
			secrecy to prevent a public examination of its potential 
			environmental consequences.  
			  
			Key issues such as HAARP’s impact on the 
			ozone layer and on the ionosphere were disposed of in less than one 
			page of analysis, based on verbal communications with a biased 
			consultant. Not even the requirements of National Environmental 
			Policy Act have been able to penetrate the armor of secrecy, 
			deception, and evasion regarding HAARP’s environmental impact on the 
			ionosphere, the magnetic bands surrounding the Earth, and ultimately 
			on the tectonic plate system that makes up the Earth’s surface.
 The forces behind electromagnetic warfare have used deception, not 
			oversight or omission as a weapon to trick or lull public 
			examination of HAARP’s potentially catastrophic environmental 
			consequences.
 
			  
			Presumably a federal Environmental 
			Impact Statement of HAARP’s potential impact would allow the Earth 
			sciences to evaluate the impacts of this electromagnetic weapons 
			system. Again, important issues regarding the effect of HAARP 
			operations on the ionosphere and on the ozone layer were dismissed 
			in less than a one-page treatment in the HAARP environmental impact 
			statement drafted by the military. This is not sloppy or incomplete 
			work.  
			  
			The deliberate trivialization of HAARP’s 
			true environmental consequences is large-scale deception, 
			facilitating possible genocide of the human race.
 Let us review some milestones in the development of electromagnetic 
			weapons.
 
			  
			Jeanne Manning & Dr. Nick 
			Begich have gathered these in their pioneering book,
			
			Angels Don’t Play this HAARP - Advances in 
			Tesla Technology.  
			  
			In 1905, 
			
			Nikola Tesla, inventor of Alternating Current (AC) 
			power source and transmission system, was granted a patent for a 
			device to transmit electrical energy through the natural mediums.
			 
			  
			Thirty-five years later, Tesla announced 
			the development of a "death ray," based on transmission of lethal 
			electromagnetic energy. In 1968, the Soviet Union announced it had 
			isolated those magnetic field frequencies that harm humans, as well 
			as those frequencies that are beneficial to their health. 
			In 1974, the United Nations banned environmental warfare. The same 
			year, the United States and Australia began high frequency wave 
			experiments in Colorado, Puerto Rico, and New South Wales to heat 
			the bottom side of the ionosphere. The mid and late 1970s saw a 
			series of important developments on the effects of electromagnetic 
			energy.
 
			  
			In 1975, Robert Helliwell of Stanford 
			University reported that very low frequency (VLF) waves from power 
			lines are altering the ionosphere; Research findings were released 
			indicating that extremely low frequency (ELF) waves altered human 
			blood chemistry and nerve cells.  
			  
			
			
			Project Woodpecker of the Soviet 
			Union that same year started sending extremely low frequency (ELF) 
			wave pulses into targeted US cities, such as Eugene, Oregon. The ELF 
			pulses were at key brainwave rhythms, affecting unwitting civilian 
			populations in those cities. 
			During the Soviet regime, interest in electromagnetic weapons hit a 
			peak.
 
 The Soviet view was that electromagnetic fields are profound 
			influences on health and behavior. Their scientists were also 
			concerned, however, that the acceleration of electromagnetic 
			radiation on the Earth could contribute to a cataclysmic reversal of 
			shift of the Earth’s poles.
 
			Weather modification has been a consistent capability for 
			electromagnetic weapons. In 1958, the US Defense Department began a 
			program of methods to manipulate electromagnetic characteristics of 
			the atmosphere, and thus modify the weather. By 1975, the US Senate 
			unsuccessfully sought to place weather and climate modification 
			under a civilian agency, with the oversight of the Senate.
 
			Secret development of electromagnetic weapons continued in the 
			1980s, including U.S. Navy experiments on the harmful effects of VLF 
			pulsed fields. The CIA and Defense Department screened developments 
			in particle beam weaponry from then US President Jimmy Carter. By 
			the early 1990s the patents necessary for a large-scale 
			electromagnetic weapon were acquired by a US military contractor, 
			and the HAARP project was begun. The patents themselves cited the 
			work of Nikola Tesla as prior art.
 
			  
			Although the US Congress froze the 
			funding for HAARP, the project continued. HAARP became operational 
			in 1998.
 
			The New Strategic Weapons
 Bear in mind that military 
			policy makers see electromagnetic (EM) weapons as the new generation 
			of strategic weapons, taking the place of thermo-nuclear weapons as 
			a strategic weapon of choice. Nuclear weapons are considered 
			relatively rigid in response - they can only produce utter 
			devastation of a targeted area.
 
			  
			By contrast the top-secret, new 
			generation of electromagnetic weapons can achieve a variety of 
			modulated, strategic objectives: 
			  
				
					
					
					Degree of destructiveness
					 
					Unlike nuclear weapons, the 
					degree of destructiveness desired can be modulated by 
					controlling the intensity, scope, and duration of the 
					electromagnetic energy.    
					
					Destruction of global communications 
					Environmental weapons can be 
					used to selectively destroy all or portions of the global 
					system of communications - military communications; civilian 
					telecommunications.    
					
					Manipulation of weather and climate 
					Environmental weapons can alter 
					weather and climate over enemy or targeted areas, denying 
					populations a food base, and causing havoc in a targeted 
					economy.    
					
					Destruction of ecosystems
					 
					Environmental weapons can 
					destroy the very ecology of a targeted area, or of the Earth 
					itself, including depletion of the ozone layer and of the 
					ionosphere; destruction through climate warfare of the 
					ecosystems of habitable lands; forests; water systems.    
					
					Earth changes
					 
					Environmental weapons can cause 
					ionospheric and magnetic changes in the Earth’s atmosphere, 
					which in turn can trigger destructive earthquakes, or if the 
					tectonic plate system is affected, massive Earth changes. 
					Early research has already suggested a causal relationship 
					between earthquakes and changes in the ionosphere. 
					   
					For example, ionospheric 
					disturbances detected and ascribed to earthquakes such as 
					the Alaska Earthquake of 1964. New research suggests that 
					electromagnetic weapons could bring about a destructive 
					shift in the Earth’s poles; both by altering the 
					electromagnetic content of the atmosphere, and through 
					climatological change.    
					
					Population and mind control
					 
					Environmental weapons can be 
					used to alter the moods, mental states, and perceptions of 
					entire populations, be they of a targeted city, region, 
					nation, continent, or indeed global. Environmental weapons 
					can stun an entire enemy, targeted, or domestic population 
					into submissive acceptance of government actions. 
					   
					Controlled electromagnetic 
					stimulation of the brain at specified frequencies can cause 
					the brain to lock into phase with an external source. Your 
					thoughts, impulses, emotions, fears can be controlled. This 
					can be done on a mass scale, by pulsing a region or region 
					with electromagnetic weapons. An entire population can be 
					manipulated, be it an enemy population, or a friendly or 
					domestic population.    
					In the United States, 
					electromagnetic population control weapons have already 
					secretly been tested on the populations of West Coast 
					cities, in California and in the Pacific Northwest. 
			It is easy to see now why the Earth 
			sciences have missed the possibility of coming Earth changes.  
			  
			The 
			very cause of those Earth changes lies in the top secret military 
			arena, the area of military planning and visions of a world conflict 
			carried on by various sides using electromagnetic weapons. It is 
			clear why the military has been deceitfully avoiding a full public 
			environmental impact analysis of environmental weapons. 
			Were electromagnetic weapons to be fully and publicly evaluated as 
			to their catastrophic ecological impact, they could never become 
			operational. It is likely that environmental weapons would be 
			outlawed by international treaty.
			Let us match the capabilities of electromagnetic weapons with the 
			Cayce predictions of cataclysmic Earth changes.
 
			  
			In the first two 
			decades of the twenty-first century, development and deployment of 
			electromagnetic weapons by multiple sides will, if not halted, take 
			place by,  
				
					
					
					the United States
					
					the Russians
					
					the Japanese
					
					the Australians
					
					the Europeans 
			In any bloc warfare scenario among these 
			parties, a collective use of EM strategic weapons would plausibly 
			result in: 
				
					
					
					Destruction of the ionosphere, 
					ozone layer, and magnetic bands about the Earth.
					
					Climate and weather changes, 
					resulting in drought and mass famine.
					
					Earthquakes brought about by 
					drastic changes in the ionosphere.
					
					Earth changes, if extreme EM is 
					used, resulting from a violent disruption of the tectonic 
					plate system of the Earth. These Earth changes could include 
					great earthquakes the length of the seismic belts, rising 
					and subsidence of land and coastal nations.
					
					Pole or axis shift brought about 
					by the effects of the electromagnetism of the environmental 
					weapons on the magnetic and atmospheric fields of the Earth. 
			Look! These cataclysmic outcomes are a 
			science-based statement of the probable environmental impact of 
			global environmental warfare. 
			These EM outcomes are also a re-statement of the specific psychic 
			predictions of Edgar Cayce of coming cataclysm. They are one and the 
			same: the environmental impacts of environmental weapons, and the 
			psychic predictions of Edgar Cayce.
 
			What Cayce foresaw was an Earth cataclysm brought about by human 
			environmental warfare; not a series of Earth changes brought about 
			by nature alone.
 
 Well there we have our introduction to the technical dimensions of 
			electromagnetic warfare. We also have seen the mechanistic 
			cause-and-effect by which environmental warfare can create the 
			cataclysmic Earth changes of the type psychics like Edgar Cayce 
			foresaw while in precognitive trance.
 
			But,
 
				
					
					
					Why are electromagnetic weapons 
					(EM) being developed at all? 
					
					Whatever could be driving this 
					new generation of strategic weapons? 
					
					Why would any sane entity want 
					to intentionally alter the weather and climate, create 
					destructive Earthquakes, and possibly bring on cataclysmic 
					devastation? 
			I cannot mince words, and must tell you 
			that electromagnetic (EM) weapons appear to be diabolical in 
			conception, and the product of an insane mentality, driven by greed 
			and intoxication with absolute power. 
			Now what entity or individuals would produce such a weapons system? 
			Well, if weapons systems are a psychological projection, a 
			reflection of their creators, we can hypothesize that the creator of 
			environmental warfare might possess the following characteristics: 
			diabolical; insane; driven by addition to power and greed.
 Who or what could possess such characteristics?
 
 One answer - a clandestine command and control network and mentality 
			which cuts across institutional boundaries in military, 
			governmental, political, financial, and cultural organizations. This 
			network is sometimes called the secret state or the shadow 
			government.
 
			The secret state is the embodiment of evil and oppression in the 
			human species. Optimists call the secret government 
			
			sociopathic. I 
			call it psychopathic. Environmental weapons are the ultimate weapons 
			of a mind that wishes to play Devil to God’s natural creation.
 
			One key goal of environmental weapons is to appropriate Gaia, the 
			planet Earth, and convert her life-giving systems into weapons of 
			destruction. The ionosphere is superheated and turned into a global 
			missile tracking system. What is more, the very atmosphere of the 
			Earth, its weather and climate systems are turned into instruments 
			of destruction of a target population.
 
			  
			Weather warfare creates storms, 
			hurricanes, cyclones, and tornadoes to smash a human society. 
			Climate warfare creates droughts, floods, and starvation to bring a 
			human population to its knees before an insane conqueror. Tectonic 
			warfare plagues an enemy with destructive Earthquakes and tidal 
			waves: all courtesy of electromagnetic warfare. 
			Electromagnetic warfare is also the tool by which our war-based 
			culture and economy plays God with the minds of humanity. 
			Environmental weapons can be deployed against an entire population, 
			inducing devastating mood swings from fear to terror to 
			disorientation to apathy. They are the ultimate instruments of 
			psychological warfare.
 
			A paranoid schizophrenic mind consumes itself. Environmental weapons 
			can be deployed clandestinely against its own society, to take over 
			that society and impose a totalitarian social order.
 
			Translation - a secret network can wage psychological and 
			Earth-event warfare against its own people. Natural disasters can be 
			deployed against a nation, displacing the population and its 
			economy. Emergency measures like martial law can be imposed to 
			undermine democratic traditions and institutions.
 
			  
			Concurrently, electromagnetic 
			mind-control warfare can be waged against the population, to confuse 
			it, and disperse the rise of organized resistance, to wear a 
			population down psychologically and morally. 
			Over-imaginative? Perhaps not so imaginative when we consider that a 
			primary target of electromagnetic strategic warfare may be the 
			population of the very host-nation which has greatly enhanced, if 
			not given functional birth to electromagnetic warfare.
 
			That host-nation, of course, is the United States of America. If you 
			were a secret global network with Environmental weapons 
			pre-eminence, would you not want a host-nation as a base for global 
			assault on the Earth and on minds of diverse human nations?
 
 But if the traditions of that host-nation were nominally democratic, 
			how would you overcome the resistance of the host-nation to serve 
			your strategic aims?
 One answer - Strategic deception of the population, integrating 
			psychological warfare with anti-population electromagnetic 
			bombardment.
 
			You will soon have a confused and submissive body politic.
 
			In the United States, the foundations for the domestic application 
			of electromagnetic mind control weapons - euphemistically termed 
			"non-lethal weapons" - were laid with a 1994 interagency agreement on 
			their use by domestic law enforcement agencies.
 
			  
				
				"From National Defense to the Justice 
				Department"On July 21, 1994, Dr. 
				Christopher Lamb, Director of Policy Planning, issued a draft 
				Department of Defense directive which would establish a policy 
				for non-lethal weapons. The policy was intended to take effect 
				January 1, 1995, and formally connected the military's 
				non-lethal research to civilian law enforcement agencies.
 
 "The government's plan to use pulsed electromagnetic and radio 
				frequency systems as a non-lethal technology for domestic 
				Justice Department use rings the alarm for some observers. 
				Nevertheless, the plan for integrating these systems is moving 
				forward. Coupling these uses with expanded military missions is 
				even more disturbing. This combined mission raises additional 
				constitutional questions for Americans regarding the power of 
				the federal government.
 
 "In interviews with members of the Defense Department the 
				development of this policy was confirmed. In those February 
				1995, discussions, it was discovered that these policies were 
				internal to agencies and were not subject to any public review 
				process.
 
 "In its draft form, the policy gives highest priority to 
				development of those technologies most likely to get dual use, 
				i.e. law enforcement and military applications. According to 
				this document, non-lethal weapons are to be used on the 
				government's domestic "adversaries". The definition of 
				"adversary" has been significantly enlarged in the policy:
 
 "’The term 'adversary' is used above in its broadest sense, 
				including those who are not declared enemies but who are engaged 
				in activities we wish to stop. This policy does not preclude 
				legally authorized domestic use of the non-lethal weapons by 
				United States military forces in support of law enforcement.’
 
 "This allows use of the military in actions against the citizens 
				of the country that they are supposed to protect. This policy 
				statement begs the question; who are the enemies that are 
				engaged in activities they wish to stop, what are those 
				activities, and who will make the decisions to stop these 
				activities?
 
 "An important aspect of 
				
				non-lethal weapon systems is that the 
				name non-lethal is intentionally misleading.
 
				  
				The Policy adds,  
					
					‘It is important that the public understand that just as lethal 
				weapons do not achieve perfect lethality, neither will 
				'non-lethal' weapons always be capable of precluding fatalities 
				and undesired collateral damage’.  
				In other words, you might 
				still destroy property and kill people with the use of these new 
				weapons.
 "In press statements, the government continues to downplay the 
				risks associated with such systems, even though the lethal 
				potential is described in context of their own usage policy. In 
				Orwellian double speak, what is non-lethal can be lethal."
 
			  
			
 Chapter Four - 
			Earth Changes and Environmental Warfare
 
 The Earth is a complex, interactive ecology, from its core, to its 
			tectonic plates, to its atmosphere.
 
			  
			The Earth’s ecology is nestled within a 
			larger solar and galactic ecological system. Earth events are at the 
			effect of celestial alignments within our solar system and our 
			galaxy. The Earth is at effect of solar electromagnetic activity, 
			galactic electromagnetic activity, as well as the movement of 
			celestial bodies, such as comets, asteroids, and meteors, which can 
			be on collision trajectory, and decimate Earth.  
			  
			The
			
			K-T event 65 million years ago may 
			have been such a collision event, bringing about the extinction of 
			the dinosaurs. 
			Prophesized Earth changes may have caused by other forces than 
			environmental weapons. Prophesized Earth changes, should they occur, 
			could be caused by solar and galactic alignments, creating 
			electromagnetic disruptions and tidal forces, tilting Earth’s 
			tectonic plates as to trigger earth events.
 
			  
			Prophesized cataclysms could be caused 
			by Earth’s collision with a giant astronomical body, such as a 
			comet, meteor, or asteroid. The lateral effects of our fossil fuel 
			civilization - global warming, global cooling, a depleted ozone 
			layer - could trigger prophesized Earth changes. 
			And prophesized Earth changes could be caused by a combination of 
			astronomical forces, and electromagnetic (EM) weapons. For example, 
			electromagnetic (EM) weapons could trigger Earth changes, which have 
			been made more probable by solar and galactic alignments and 
			electromagnetic beam-waves.
 
			The end of a giant solar activity cycle - 1,344,040 days in length - 
			may coincide with the end of the Mayan 26,000 year galactic cycle in 
			2012 AD. This Mayan end-cycle may coincide with our solar system’s 
			entering into a mammoth electromagnetic beam-wave, emanating from 
			the galactic core or Sun, the Center of the Milky Way galaxy. Vast 
			distortions of the Sun’s magnetic field may occur, triggering Earth 
			changes of cataclysmic scale.
 
			  
			These Earth changes may be initiated or 
			triggered by human environmental warfare, acting upon an Earth’s 
			system already distorted and deteriorated by the Sun’s magnetic 
			reversal. 
			Let us meander through the various operative parts of our startling 
			hypothesis.
 
			  
			The hypothesis holds that cataclysmic Earth changes 
			predicted by a substantial body of psychics and prophets may occur. 
			Prophesized cataclysm may be triggered by the interactive effects on 
			the Earth’s magnetic fields and tectonic systems of vast solar 
			activity, and human Environmental warfare, converging in a time 
			window around 2012 AD. 
			The "psychics" part of the hypothesis can be addressed through the 
			modern disciplines of parapsychology and the Earth sciences, to 
			determine if the psychic predictions have accurate psychically 
			derived information, and whether predicted cataclysmic events may 
			occur. This is a modern exercise in "hermeneutics" theory, as the 
			science of prophecy analysis was formerly called.
 
			Likewise, the " environmental warfare" part of the hypothesis can be 
			addressed through the disciplines of public interest 
			counter-intelligence, to determine if electromagnetic weapons can 
			trigger Earth change, and whether tectonic warfare may become 
			reality. Public interest counter-intelligence is a 
			cross-disciplinary field developed under pressures to analyze the 
			impacts of hyper secret military-industrial projects like HAARP and 
			other electromagnetic weapons.
 
			I do not advance the hypothesis that environmental warfare may 
			trigger prophesized Earth changes in vacuum; quite the contrary. The 
			environmental-warfare part of our theory - that electromagnetic (EM) 
			weapons can cause Earthquakes - fits squarely into the conceptual 
			framework of modern conspiracy analysis.
 There is already a substantial body of public interest research on 
			electromagnetic (EM) weapons.
 
			  
			There is already preliminary research on 
			the possible use of environmental weapons to 
			
			trigger Earthquakes. 
			Our Environmental warfare-Earth changes theory adds a further, vital 
			logic to existing research. The Earth changes that environmental 
			weapons might trigger are those cataclysms which the high psychics 
			and prophets foresaw.
 
			Consider what the Conspiracy Theory 
			Literature: Frequently Asked Questions has to say about HAARP: 
				
				HAARP"A theme of [conspiracy theory literature] is that governments 
				are developing horrible secret weaponry without knowledge of 
				their citizens, such as biological warfare, earthquake weaponry, 
				electromagnetic weaponry, HAARP (High Altitude Auroral Research 
				Project), mind altering and control techniques…, etc.
   
				A particularly famous experiment is 
				known as the
				
				Philadelphia Experiment that 
				was supposedly developing time travel as a means of radar 
				evasion during WWII in the "Philadelphia Experiment" related to 
				research at Montauk Point in New York." 
			See?  
			  
			Environmental weapons, and their 
			possible application in causing earthquakes, are already established 
			parts of modern conspiracy analysis. If you can contemplate that 
			public interest counter-intelligence analysis on environmental 
			weapons might have a basis in reality, you can also hold the 
			possibility that the environmental weapons part of our hypothesis 
			might be true.  
			  
			There just might be some reality to our 
			concept that environmental weapons are being developed with the 
			capability to trigger earthquakes, and by extension, may trigger 
			Earth changes. 
			But first, let us pause and take a few questions from the Internet.
 
			  
			They might answer concerns that have 
			come up in your mind. 
				
				"Date: 99-02-10 20:29:18 EST"In a message dated 99-02-10 15:19:24 EST, you write:
 
 "> Thanks for your questions. First, our resident
 > list HAARP info specialists are the Ecotoday
 > duo, and I will leave that definition for them
 > to briefly craft for you and how it affects Earth
 > changes."
 
			Again, HAARP stands for High Frequency 
			Active Auroral Research Project.  
			  
			I first became aware about HAARP and 
			Environmental weapons systems in the summer of 1998, when my wife 
			and I were in the Yukon leading an intuition workshop for the Liard, 
			a First Nations tribe. HAARP's facility is located near Anchorage, 
			Alaska. The Liard Plain in Yukon is home to the Aurora Borealis, the 
			northern lights.  
			  
			One of HAARP’s cover stories in the 
			appropriations process was that it is a research project on the 
			Aurora Borealis. One indication of the lack of legislative oversight 
			over HAARP was the Washington Post’s reporting, which still reported 
			HAARP as a Northern Lights research project even as late as the 
			summer of 1998. 
			We'll try and summarize a complex area with these highlights. HAARP 
			is one of many electromagnetic (EMP) pulse weapons systems that are 
			deployed or planned. It is the most publicly known, and in the 
			common parlance, "HAARP" has become synonymous with electromagnetic 
			(EM) warfare. HAARP is a specialized, multi-purpose environmental 
			weapons system, with specific targets and capabilities.
 
			  
			HAARP sends highly charged 
			electromagnetic energy into the ionosphere, super-heating it and 
			turning it into a global military antenna monitoring submarine, 
			ship, and other military movements and missiles worldwide. 
			Environmentalists have asserted - on good grounds - that the Earth’s 
			ionosphere could be damaged or destroyed by HAARP. 
			Serving as a global antenna is but one application of HAARP and 
			other electromagnetic weapons. There are other electromagnetic 
			weapons applications, in operation or in development. Let’s list 
			them first, and then explore each. First is weather warfare, using 
			environmental weapons to create destructive storms, tornadoes, 
			hurricanes against a target country or region. A second 
			environmental weapons application is climate warfare, creating 
			drought and consequent crop failure, food shortage, and economic 
			destabilization in a target country of region.
 
			Of immediate interest to our hypothesis that environmental weapons 
			may trigger prophesized Earth changes is tectonic warfare. Tectonic 
			warfare involves the creation of Earthquakes or volcanic eruptions 
			in target countries through electromagnetic weapons. There are 
			various possible mechanisms through which tectonic warfare operates. 
			Nuclear weapons also create electromagnetic energy of destructive 
			size. Interestingly, electromagnetic waves are themselves precursors 
			of earthquakes, and are the basis of new methods of earthquake 
			prediction.
 
			Finally, perhaps the best know and most documented use of 
			electromagnetic weapons is in anti-population mind-control. 
			Electromagnetic mind control techniques include blasting a target 
			individual or population with electromagnetic weapons to create 
			delusional thinking or mood swings such as fear and panic.
 
			  
			Electromagnetic
			
			mind control can also be 
			coordinated with harassment of the targeted individual by state 
			security or undercover forces. The mind control properties of 
			environmental weapons, and the existence of electromagnetic mind 
			control programs such as 
			
			MKULTRA are well established 
			scientifically. 
			Now, how do electromagnetic weapons such as HAARP relate to 
			prophesized Earth changes?
 
			  
			Joseph W. Duggan states the case 
			that HAARP can cause Earth changes very succinctly. 
				
				"Researchers familiar with Nikola 
				Tesla’s work are very concerned about a resonance effect 
				reported by experimenters. Energy pulses directed at the 
				ionosphere could trigger resonance frequencies within the 
				Earth’s crust, causing Earthquakes and massive shock waves. A 
				series of these building upon one another could cause cataclysms 
				or worse." 
			Well, an analysis of current seismic 
			trends does not indicate a high probability that cataclysmic Earth 
			changes will take place in our era.  
			  
			However, spasm electromagnetic warfare - 
			or global nuclear warfare - could trigger cataclysmic Earth changes. 
			If the ionosphere or magnetic bands around the Earth are 
			sufficiently disturbed by electromagnetic energy from environmental 
			weapons or nuclear warfare, this may in turn cause shifts in the 
			Earth’s tectonic plates of the Earth.  
			  
			Environmental weapons could also trigger 
			resonance frequencies within tectonic and inner Earth crust, 
			creating earthquakes and Earth changes if sufficiently large. 
			Electromagnetic phenomena resulting from nuclear warfare could 
			itself set off electromagnetic energy sufficiently large to trigger 
			earthquakes or Earth changes. 
			The high psychics and prophets could have been foreseeing Earth 
			changes caused by human electromagnetic warfare, not by Earth 
			systems acting in response to natural forces.
 
			Skeptics about electromagnetic warfare provide a valuable service.
 
 Let’s take this question from the Internet, asked by the EM skeptic 
			inside all of us.
 
				
				"Subj: Re: HAARP capabilities"Date: 99-02-13 03:36:51 EST
 
 "In a message dated 99-02-12 19:57:12 EST, you write:
 
 > To begin, I haven't researched HAARP extensively but it has 
				been my
 > understanding that the applications listed in the second 
				paragraph above
 > are ALLEGED applications of HAARP, not confirmed."
 
			Electromagnetic (EM) weapons, including 
			HAARP are super-secret.  
			  
			So no definitive conclusions can be 
			reached, for sure. However, each of the five strategic forms of 
			electromagnetic (EM) warfare - radar, weather, climate, tectonic, 
			mind-control - are in the literature on design and application of 
			Environmental weapons. 
			We'll do our best to urge the reader to a glass half-full reality 
			about electromagnetic weapons and Earth changes. Maybe we can't. 
			There is an epistemological issue here - has a full-fledged 
			environmental weapons capability been deployed; or are there only 
			"alleged" incidents. We find "alleged" (which is a legal and not a 
			scientific term) to be hackneyed and used mainly by journalists as a 
			copout.
 
			After all, it was the prophet Michel de Notredame (Nostradamus 
			for short) who first "alleged" that great earthquakes would be 
			caused by terrible new machines, with properties that are chillingly 
			close to electromagnetic weapons.
 
			HAARP is just one of many environmental weapons systems That's 
			important because the demonstrated or plausible effects we know of 
			are attributable to environmental weapons other than HAARP.
 
			The mind control capabilities of electromagnetic weapons are in fact 
			the most fully documented, to the 1970s, with the Soviet 
			"Woodpecker" series of electromagnetic attacks upon US west coast 
			cities, notably Eugene, Oregon, and the micro-wave based
			
			MKULTRA mind control program in the 
			United States.
 
 
			Ironically, up until the application of 
			Electromagnetic (EM) weapons against Gaia, environmental weapons had 
			been mostly used as a mind-control weapon, both against foreign 
			targets (the Soviet Woodpecker signals) and domestic populations (MKULTRA). 
			The purpose of these mind-control weapons is to destabilize the 
			population's mood and will. In the case of domestic mind-control, 
			like MKULTRA, the electromagnetic bombardment of the target was 
			reinforced by on-the-ground harassment carried out by disinformation 
			security forces. 
			Those of us who have been affected by environmental weapons in the 
			US can attest to these tactics. When targeted on a group, 
			environmental weapons tend to break up group thinking, and induce 
			interpersonal paranoia and fear. There is more documented 
			information, beginning to surface, on the mind control aspects of 
			electromagnetic weapons. Perhaps the most moving are the documented 
			stories of the victims of electromagnetic mind control.
 
			I have written about my own recovery from electromagnetic-induced 
			mind control in Recovery: A Personal Journey.
 
			  
			Electromagnetic mind control is truly a 
			stealth weapon. The electromagnetic attack is so designed that only 
			the target knows that she or he is under electromagnetic 
			bombardment. The underlying goal of electromagnetic mind control 
			weapons is to isolate the targeted individual from family, friends, 
			professional and financial support, and to destroy the target as a 
			functioning social and economic entity. Electromagnetic weapons are 
			military-intelligence anti-population weapon. 
			As you might surmise, electromagnetic weapons are currently a stated 
			priority component of strategic weapons defense of the United States 
			military. Environmental weapons are not a figment of conspiracy 
			theorists. They are built into the design of many current U.S. 
			military weapons and military equipment.
 
 
			A good example of the military’s 
			attention to electromagnetic forces are the design specifications 
			for the 
			E-4B, the U.S. Air Force flying emergency headquarters.
			 
			  
			This description is from the 
			manufacturer of the E-4B: 
				
				"The E-4B serves as the National 
				Airborne Operations Center for the National Command Authorities. 
				In case of national emergency or destruction of ground command 
				control centers, the aircraft provides a modern, highly 
				survivable, command, control and communications center to direct 
				U.S. forces, execute emergency war orders and coordinate actions 
				by civil authorities….
 "The E-4B has electromagnetic pulse protection, an electrical 
				system designed to support advanced electronics and a wide 
				variety of new communications equipment. Other improvements 
				include nuclear and thermal effects shielding, acoustic control, 
				an improved technical control facility and an upgraded 
				air-conditioning system for cooling electrical components. An 
				advanced satellite communications system improves worldwide 
				communications among strategic and tactical satellite systems 
				and the airborne operations center."
 
			Please notice that "electromagnetic 
			pulse protection" is the first listed attribute of the E-4B. This 
			may be protection from electromagnetic pulses resulting from nuclear 
			warfare, or from electromagnetic (EM) weapons themselves.  
			  
			Why not? 
			Or take the U.S. Army’s concern with electromagnetic pulse shielding 
			for its buildings and structures:
 
				
				"Dependence on electronic systems 
				for military and other national security command, 
				communications, control, computing, data processing, and 
				intelligence continues to increase. The state-of-the-art 
				electronics components used in most systems are susceptible to 
				upset or damage from Electromagnetic Interference (EMI), 
				including the Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) from nuclear weapons.
				   
				Further, to ensure communications 
				security (TEMPEST), it is often necessary to prevent 
				compromising emanations. Many defense-related facilities require 
				EMI, EMP, or TEMPEST protection. Historically, a metallic liner 
				or shield has provided protection by completely enclosing the 
				electronics systems. The conservative designs typically provide 
				more shielding than required and are very expensive to design, 
				construct, test, and maintain." 
			Again, the U.S. Army’s concern may be 
			protection from electromagnetic pulse forces resulting from nuclear 
			warfare, or from electromagnetic (EM) weapons themselves.  
			  
			Why not? 
			Actually, the destructive effects of electromagnetic pulses produced 
			by nuclear warfare can be horrific, but they are a full quantum less 
			devastating than Earth-changing environmental weapons like HAARP.
 
			  
			If the U.S. Army and the U.S. Air Force 
			are concerned about electromagnetic pulses produced by nuclear 
			explosion, they are undoubtedly concerned about electromagnetic 
			pulses produced by environmental weapons themselves. 
				
				"High altitude explosions produce 
				EMPs that are dramatically more destructive. About 3x10^-5 of 
				the bomb's total energy goes into EMP in this case, 10^11 joules 
				for a 1 Mt bomb. EMP is formed in high altitude explosions when 
				the downwardly directed gamma rays encounter denser layers of 
				air below. A pancake shaped ionization region is formed below 
				the bomb. The zone can extend all the way to the horizon, to 
				2500 km for an explosion at an altitude of 500 km.    
				The ionization zone is up to 80 km 
				thick at the center. The Earth's magnetic field causes the 
				electrons in this layer to spiral as they travel, creating a 
				powerful downward directed electromagnetic pulse lasting a few 
				microseconds. A strong vertical electrical field (20-50 KV/m) is 
				also generated between the Earth's surface and the ionized 
				layer, this field lasts for several minutes until the electrons 
				are recaptured by the air.  
				  
				Although the peak EMP field strengths 
				from high altitude bursts are only 1-10% as intense as the peak 
				ground burst fields, they are nearly constant over the entire 
				Earth's surface under the ionized region.
 "The effects of these field on electronics is difficult to 
				predict, but can be profound. Enormous induced electric currents 
				are generated in wires, antennas, and metal objects (like 
				missiles, airplanes, and building frames). Commercial electrical 
				grids are immense EMP antennas and would be subjected to voltage 
				surges far exceeding those created by lightning, and over vastly 
				greater areas. Modern VLSI chips are extremely sensitive to 
				voltage surges, and would be burned out by even small leakage 
				currents.
   
				Military equipment is generally 
				designed to be resistant to EMP, but realistic tests are very 
				difficult to perform and EMP protection rests on attention to 
				detail.  
				  
				Minor changes in design, incorrect maintenance 
				procedures, poorly fitting parts, loose debris, moisture, and 
				ordinary dirt can all cause elaborate EMP protections to be 
				totally circumvented. It can be expected that a single high 
				yield, high altitude explosion over an industrialized area would 
				cause massive disruption for an indeterminable period, and would 
				cause huge economic damages (all those damaged chips add up).
 A separate effect is the ability of the ionized fireball to 
				block radio and radar signals. Like EMP, this effect becomes 
				important with high altitude bursts. Fireball blackout can cause 
				radar to be blocked for tens of seconds to minutes over an area 
				tens of kilometers across.
 
				  
				High frequency radio can be disrupted 
				over hundreds to thousands of kilometers for minutes to hours 
				depending on exact conditions." 
			Historically, tectonic warfare was based 
			on a nuclear-explosion model. Researchers discovered that nuclear 
			weapons tend to trigger off earthquakes, by releasing pent-up stain 
			in tectonic plates.  
			  
			The early 1970s model of tectonic 
			warfare consisted of earthquakes triggered against enemies by means 
			of hidden nuclear weapons. 
				
				"Decades earlier, seismographs had 
				been installed at the site afterworkers noticed a number of times when earthquakes followed
 underground nuclear tests. From the data gathered by the
 instruments, geologists determined that the quakes were 
				triggered
 because the explosions released natural tectonic stress.
 
 "The U.S., however, wasn't the only country to make this
 determination. In the 1970s, the Soviet Union not only 
				understood
 this, but took it to heart - by beginning a "tectonics weapon" 
				research
 project. Its goal wasn't just to induce tectonic activity, but 
				to attempt
 to direct it in a specific direction at a specific land target. 
				In 1987, the
 Communist government ordered a major effort to develop such a
 weapon, which continued through the country's collapse and by
 Russia until 1992. Only the economic crisis reportedly put the
 program, first code-named "Mercury" and later "Vulcan", on hold
 indefinitely. A few years later, its existence was exposed by 
				'Moscow
 News', in an article titled ''Earthquakes Made to Order''.
 
			In fact, the explosions from nuclear 
			testing actually doubled the number of earthquakes above 5.8 Richter 
			(moderate) and above in the last half of the twentieth century.
			 
			  
			Moreover, there appears to be long range 
			damage to the Earth’s magnetosphere resulting from nuclear 
			explosions in the nuclear testing programs. 
				
				"At the 2nd Annual Conference on the 
				United Nations and WorldPeace, almost a decade ago, Gary Whiteford, Professor of Geology 
				-
 University of New Brunswick, presented results of a study that
 looked at the long term effect. In his study, Whiteford looked 
				at all
 earthquakes in the 20th century with intensities greater than
 magnitude-5.8 . He found that in the first half of the century, 
				before
 nuclear testing, quakes greater than 5.8 occurred on an average 
				of 68
 times per year. Between 1950 and 1988, the rate rose "suddenly 
				and
 dramatically" to an average of 127 annually. The U.S. military
 chalked it up to "coincidence". Whiteford responded, "The
 geographical patterns in the data, with a clustering of 
				Earthquakes in
 specific regions matched to specific test dates and sites do not
 support the easy and comforting explanation of 'pure 
				coincidence'. It
 is a dangerous coincidence." With further analysis, Whiteford 
				found
 that, in the case of so-called "killer quakes" - those in which 
				one
 thousand or more people died - specifically those occurring 
				between
 1953 and 1989, some 62.5% of them struck within a few days after
 a nuclear test.
 
			I will state this very slowly.  
			  
			The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) waves 
			released in these nuclear tests may have been the factor that, 
				
					
					
					triggered the earthquakes
					
					led to damage to the 
					magnetosphere 
			Thus - nuclear weapons may actually have 
			been used as early, primitive environmental weapons used to trigger 
			earthquakes in tectonic warfare.  
			  
			Electromagnetic pulse released by 
			nuclear testing may have been an important causal factor for the 
			resulting damage to the magnetosphere, and the increase in moderate 
			and large earthquakes on Earth. We can now discern the impetus among 
			U.S. military planners in the 1970s to expand the performance of 
			electromagnetic (EM) weapons.  
			  
			Read what two pioneer critics of the 
			HAARP program have to say. 
				
				"In 1966, Professor Gordon J. F. 
				MacDonald was Associate Director of the Institute of Geophysics 
				and Planetary Physics at the University of California, Los 
				Angeles, was a member of the President's Science Advisory 
				Committee, and later a member of the President's Council on 
				Environmental Quality. He published papers on the use of 
				environmental control technologies for military purposes. 
				   
				MacDonald made a revealing comment:
				 
					
					"The key to geophysical warfare 
					is the identification of environmental instabilities to 
					which the addition of a small amount of energy would release 
					vastly greater amounts of energy."  
				World-recognized scientist MacDonald 
				had a number of ideas for using the environment as a weapon 
				system and he contributed to what was, at the time, the dream of 
				a futurist.    
				When he wrote his chapter, "How to 
				Wreck the Environment", for the book "Unless Peace Comes", he 
				was not kidding around. In it he describes the use of weather 
				manipulation, climate modification, polar ice cap melting or 
				destabilization, ozone depletion techniques, earthquake 
				engineering, ocean wave control and brainwave manipulation using 
				the planet's energy fields. He also said that these types of 
				weapons would be developed and, when used, would be virtually 
				undetectable by their victims.
 "Is HAARP that weapon? The military's intention to do 
				environmental engineering is well-documented."
 
			Environmental weapons can trigger Earth 
			changes, and are effective weapons for creating weather and climate 
			war, and for tectonic warfare itself. Ever since modern 
			electromagnetic (EM) weapons have deployed we can document an 
			increase in Earth seismicity. 
			Nikola Tesla (1858-1943), a Serbian born naturalized U.S. citizen, 
			physicist, and electrical engineer discovered the theoretical basis 
			for electromagnetic weapons.
 
			  
			Tesla researcher 
			
			Tom Bearden describes Tesla’s 
			status as an original inventor of electromagnetic pulse energy 
			applications. 
				
				"By 1914 or so, Tesla had been 
				successfully isolated and was already nearly a "non-person." 
				Thereafter Tesla lived in nearly total seclusion, occasionally 
				surfacing (at his annual birthday party for members of the 
				press) to announce the discovery of an enormous new source of 
				free energy, the perfection of wireless transmission of energy 
				without losses, fireball weapons to destroy whole armies and 
				thousands of aeroplanes at hundreds of miles distance, and a 
				weapon (the "Tesla Shield," I've dubbed it) that could provide 
				an impenetrable defense and thus render war obsolete.
 "In my pursuit of Tesla's secret, it gradually became apparent 
				to me that present orthodox electromagnetic theory is seriously 
				flawed in some fundamental respects. One of these is in the 
				definition and use of THETA, the scalar electrostatic potential. 
				It is this error which has hidden the long-sought Unified Field 
				Theory from the theorists…."
 
				"In the 20's and 30's, Tesla announced the final perfection of 
				his wireless transmission of energy without losses  -  
				even to interplanetary distances."
 
			Tesla’s electromagnetic theories laid 
			the foundation for the design of environmental weapons that trigger 
			Earthquakes as a means of waging war.  
				
				"An Earthquake fault zone is such a 
				scalar interferometer. Stresses and charge pileups exist in the 
				plates on each side adjacent to the fault, with stress relief 
				existing in the middle in the fault fracture itself.
 "Since the rock is locally nonlinear, the mechanical stresses 
				and electrical currents in it are also locally nonlinear. This 
				results in the generation of multiple frequencies of 
				THETA-4-waves from each side of the fault interferometer, 
				yielding two complex Fourier expansion patterns of scalar 
				potential waves."
 
			Tesla’s theories also provide the 
			foundation for electromagnetic (EM) weapons’ application to weather 
			and climate warfare. 
				
				"[Tesla] theorized that 10hz of 
				Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) beams bounced through the Earth 
				and up into the ionosphere would start electron resonance 50 
				kilometers above the Earth. This would effect thunderstorms by 
				causing a dielectric breakdown above the clouds and forcing them 
				to release their energy and water in a non-natural way.
 While the U.S. Navy applied Tesla principles in World War I 
				communications systems, after the end of the war, Tesla research 
				was not pursued. Tesla-based devices such as the Moray 
				amplifier, however, became a central component of 
				electromagnetic pulse (EMP) weapons developed by the then Soviet 
				Union in the 1970s.
 
				"Today the [Tesla-based] Moray amplifier is a standard component 
				of many of the Soviet secret super weapons and Tesla weapons."
 [Reference: The Tesla 
				Howitzer]
 
			Parapsychologist and Tesla expert Dr. 
			Andrija Puharich reports on the deployment of Soviet Tesla-based 
			electromagnetic weapons. 
				
				"On July 4, 1976 the Soviet Union 
				unleashed a new weapon on the world. Nikola Tesla had shown in 
				1901 that a person could transmit power across the Earth through 
				the ground. The Russians were emitting an 11 Hertz signal 
				(cycles per second) across the world. This powerful signal upset 
				radio communications everywhere. Many nations protested. 
				   
				The U.S. Air Force identified 5 
				different frequencies in this compound harmonic the Russians 
				were sending through the Earth and the atmosphere. The intention 
				was to affect a change of consciousness in mankind. The Extreme 
				Low Frequency waves will penetrate anything and everything, the 
				specially shielded Faraday cage, the ocean. Nothing stops or 
				weakens these signals…."
 "Dr. Puharich and Robert Beck designed receiving equipment which 
				could measure these waves and their effect on the human brain. 
				Their experiments proved that a signal of 6 Hertz easily 
				penetrated the copper walls of a Faraday cage. So could a rate 
				of 6.6  -  one of the rates being used by the 
				Russians. This caused depression.
 
 "Dr. Puharich revealed that the Soviets used ELF waves to 
				experiment with weather control in 1976 and 1977, using an 11 
				Hertz wave sent round the world; but even when they stopped 
				their transmitters, they couldn't stop the waves!
 
 "It took a year for the 11 Hertz wave to diminish in strength, 
				causing a terrible winter. Since the Russians turned on this 
				signal, they have had three crop failures in a row, as well as 
				great floods. America had great heat and drought.
 
 "About 1980 they began to realize more fully what they were 
				doing; so they built more transmitters, in Siberia and Latvia, 
				to send beams around the world. They created a great arc over 
				Canada to Cape Cod, 42 miles in width. Soviet attaches', from 
				the embassy in Ottawa, were going out to villages to determine 
				the effects."
 
			O.K., so your "pattern-recognition 
			warning lights" may not have activated as to the reality of 
			environmental warfare applications, using the Earth’s system as its 
			weapons.  
			  
			Let us explore a very suggestive series 
			of milestones, tracking some of the apparent effects of 
			environmental weapons reported since the 1970s, when mega-power 
			electromagnetic pulse (EMP) weapons were first deployed in weather, 
			climate, and tectonic warfare. 
			One Environmental weapons researcher has documented this history of 
			the applications of Environmental weapons since the mid-1970s.
 
				
				"July 4, 1976 Soviets turn on their 
				Tesla Magnifying transmitters with a primary [EMP] frequency of 
				10hz and start Weather Modification experiments. These are 
				monitored by the U.S. National Security (NSI) which listens to 
				all radio frequencies that originates in Russia.
 "June 5, 1976 The New York Times described the great Earthquake, 
				which destroyed Tangshan China and killed 650,000 people as: 
				"Just before the first tremor at 3:42 am the sky lit up like 
				daylight. The multi hued lights, mainly red and white were seen 
				up to 200 miles away. Leafs on many trees were burned to a crisp 
				and growing vegetables were scorched on one side as if by a 
				fireball."
 
			These electrical effects are tied to 
			electromagnetic plasma and ball lightning which result from Tesla 
			style and HAARP like transmissions. 
				
				"July 4, 1977  
				Exactly one year after the start of 
				the Russian experiments, the U.S. Government conducted an ELF 
				experiment that created an enormous downburst of rain in six 
				counties of Northern Wisconsin. Winds of up to 157 mph 
				devastated a wide area and the ELF generated storm destroyed 
				Phillips, Wisconsin, destroyed 350,000 acres of forest and 
				caused $50 million in damage.    
				The Planetary Association for Clean 
				Energy (PACE) Newsletter described the storm:  
					
					"Downburst activity has been 
					described as occurring when the top of a thunderstorm cloud 
					topples over bringing with it masses of wind straight down. 
					The U.S. Government's transmitter sent about 1.2 million 
					watts of energy into the ground. The ground connections are 
					at each end of the antenna and up the other end, forming an 
					antenna loop. Signals are sent by shifting the frequency.
					   
					The antenna began transmissions 
					at 13:00 hours by shifting from 76 hertz to 72 or 80 pulsed 
					at a rate of 16 times a second. The action of the [EMP] 
					transmitters in setting up a resonant Circuit duplicates the 
					process that occurs in nature during thunderstorm activity." 
				"October 1977
 
				The United Nations Security Council 
				investigates the possibilities of Weather modification and 
				agrees to a ban of utilization. (C.N. 263. 1978 treaties 12)
 
				"November 1977
 
				U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) 
				declassifies a report describing how vast advances in Soviet 
				psychotronic technology can create the ultimate Big Brother 
				Society by using electronic mind control against populations to 
				implant ideas and thoughts into the heads of unsuspecting 
				victims using ELF transmissions.
 
				"January 1978
 
				Specula Magazine described the 
				Russian ELF effects: "An electromagnetic signal of certain 
				frequencies can be transmitted through the Earth which, 
				depending upon the frequency used, focusing, wave shape, etc., 
				one can induce a variety of effects such as earthquakes induced 
				at a distant aiming point, severe disturbances in the middle and 
				upper atmosphere over the target area and anomalous weather 
				effects. This is called the 'Tesla Effect' originally discovered 
				by Tesla."
 
				"January 1978
 
				Dr.
				
				Andrija Puharich, M.D., LL.D. 
				of Russia issued a detailed research paper titled, "Global 
				Magnetic Warfare - A layman's View of Certain Artificially 
				Induced Unusual Effects on the Planet during 1976 and 1977." 
				Describing early Soviet work with Tesla's method of "Controlled 
				Earthquakes," he stated "Of the many great Earthquakes of 1976 
				there is one that demands special attention - the July 28, 1976 
				Tangshan, China Earthquake."
 
				"January 30, 1981
 
				The WASHINGTON POST reported:"The world sustained 71 significant Earthquakes during 1980, up 
				from 56 the previous year and the world death toll climbed to 
				7,140, five times the 1979 figure, the U.S. Geological Survey 
				said. Coincidentally with the increase in Soviet and U.S. ELF 
				transmissions during 1980, there was a sharp increase in 
				Earthquakes around the world."
 
 
				"June 1981
 
				P.A.C.E. NEWSLETTER reported that 
				Dr. Ralph Markson of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
				"Suggests that if a atmospheric variations do affect the 
				weather, the appropriate use of ELF and VLF radio waves might do 
				the same trick." "It is known the VLF radio waves such as those 
				induced by lightning can destabilize plasma in the 
				magnetosphere. Experiments to cause such effects have been 
				conducted from the space shuttle."
 
				"August 9, 1983
 
				The Washington Post reports, Lt. 
				Col. 
				Thomas Bearden, nuclear 
				engineer and leading U.S. Tesla researcher lectured to the U.S. 
				Psychotronics Association explaining how the Tesla wave 
				generators worked said,  
					
					"The U.S. had been working with 
					ELF generators but found that the foundation of Ground Wave 
					Emergency Network (GWEN) transmitters were much more 
					effective than standard ELF transmitters. The GWEN 
					transmitters are being erected around the United States to 
					continue our communications during a nuclear war." 
				"March 1, 1987
 
				The New York Times reported: "Col. 
				Paul Hanson, GWEN program director for the Air Force said the 
				GWEN towers will not help wage a nuclear war because they would 
				be destroyed in any protracted confrontation. Currently 54 GWEN 
				are operational at a cost of $235 million. The Government is 
				planning to build 29 more units at a cost of an additional $11 
				million each.
 
				"August 11 1987
 
				Patent Number
				
				4,686,605 issued to Dr. Bernard 
				J. Eastlund, a physicist whose design promoted the U.S. 
				government building on a mammoth electromagnetic weather 
				engineering system. The patent was assigned to APTI Inc., a 
				subsidiary of Eastlund’s then employer, the Atlantic Richfield 
				Oil Company (ARCO).   
				The patent states,  
					
					"Large regions of the atmosphere 
					could be lifted to an unexpected high altitude. Weather 
					modification is possible by for example altering the upper 
					atmosphere wind patterns and that the Earth’s magnetic field 
					could be decreased or disrupted at appropriate altitudes to 
					modify or eliminate the magnetic field." 
				"March 1988
 
				OMNI Magazine carried an article 
				about Dr. Eastlund’s invention: "As he did his computations, 
				Eastlund realized that the amount of energy he was dealing with 
				was enormous. He calculated that by lifting parts of the 
				atmosphere the charged particles could reflect sunlight, heat 
				parts of the Earth and manipulate local weather patterns. 
				Richard Williams, a physicist at Princeton, stated that he 
				thinks the Eastlund HAARP device,  
					
					"might become a serious threat 
					to the Earth’s atmosphere and could cause irreversible 
					damage. Effects in the atmosphere cannot be localized. The 
					language of the patent indicates that it is clearly intended 
					to provide effects on a global scale." 
				"September 12,1988
 
				The New York Times reported that 
				each GWEN unit utilizes about 2,000 watts of power and are 
				"relaying brief test messages every twenty minutes."
 
				"November 1988
 
				Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists 
				reported that GWEN involves a network of 299 foot high towers 
				that "uses low frequency radio waves that hug the ground."   
				"September 12, 1989
 
				The Washington Post reported that 
				during 1989, World Bank President Barber Conable made a speech 
				in Tokyo at a conference on: "Global Environment" in which he 
				revealed the long range goals of the international bankers.
				   
				He said that,  
					
					"while higher temperatures may 
					cause a number of disasters they might also warm cold and 
					unproductive lands in the North into productivity." 
					 
				This candid admission described the 
				real reason that the Soviets and the New World Order bankers 
				have secretly promoted continuous weather engineering over the 
				Northern hemisphere since the early 1970’s.
 
				"November 1989
 
				The bulletin of the Atomic 
				Scientists listed some of the GWEN tower locations. Of extreme 
				importance were GWEN units directly in the middle of the high 
				rainfall area of the 1993 flood in the Upper Mississippi Valley. 
				The operating and planned GWEN units are at: Ledyard Iowa, 
				Chelsea Wisconsin, Shepard Minnesota, Curryville and Dudley 
				Missouri and other units in Colorado and Montana whose range 
				could influence the magnetic fields in neighboring states. The 
				resulting enhanced constant precipitation levels killed hundreds 
				and destroyed billions of dollars of property.
 
				"January 1990
 
				Because of the publicity about the 
				weather engineering aspects of the Eastlund Arco patent, the 
				U.S. Government suppressed all further news about the 
				invention’s weather engineering features and the invention has 
				been disguised as a device for conducting "atmospheric research.
 
				"June 1990
 
				Progressive Magazine reported that 
				each GWEN tower will have "a hundred copper wires, each 330 feet 
				long, that will fan out from the tower a foot underground...The 
				major environmental issue is Electromagnetic radiation...GWEN 
				towers emit ionizing radiation, and they do so all of the time, 
				with test signals broadcast every hour."
 
				"July 1990
 
				CROSS CURRENTS: "The perils of 
				Electropollution," by Robert O. Becker, M.D.;  
					
					"GWEN 
					is a superb system for producing behavioral alterations in 
					the civilian population. The average strength of the steady 
					geomagnetic field varies from place to place across the 
					United States. Therefore if one wished to resonate a 
					specific ion in living things in a specific locality, one 
					would require a specific frequency for that location. 
					   
					The spacing of GWEN transmitters 
					200 miles apart across the United States would allow such 
					specific frequencies to be ‘tailored’ to the geomagnetic 
					field strength in each GWEN area."  
				In response to the allegations that 
				the GWEN system was built to enable the Government to continue 
				communications during a war Dr. Becker countered,  
					
					"The GWEN hardware is transistor 
					based; even if placed in hardened bunkers it would still be 
					vulnerable to electro magnetic pulse. The real purposes of 
					the GWEN system is being kept secret from the American 
					people.   
				"March 29, 1992  
				The WASHINGTON TIMES reports the 
				incidence of ELF signals associated with Earthquakes are 
				continuing. Satellites and ground sensors detected mysterious 
				radio waves or related electrical and magnetic activity before 
				major Earthquakes in Southern California during 1986-87 and 
				Northern California, Armenia and Japan in 1989." 
			How is your "pattern-recognition rate" 
			functioning now? Are you beginning to discern a pattern of 
			electromagnetic pulse deployment ranging from Tesla to the 1970s 
			Soviet Union to the 1990s HAARP project in Alaska? 
			Does it not seem a reality that electromagnetic (EM) weapons are 
			developed and deployed? That environmental weapons are deployed for 
			Earth-systems warfare - weather and climate war, and tectonic 
			(earthquake) warfare?
 
			What other pattern-recognition would most easily account for all we 
			have reviewed so far?
 
 Some applications of electromagnetic (EM) weapons unleash an 
			electromagnetic pulse blast (looking like a fireball) which can 
			level a town or city.
 
			  
			Electromagnetic pulse researcher by 
			Harry Mason, B.Sc., M.Sc., reports: 
				
				"These recent [EMP] fireball and 
				other electrical events are highly anomalous and appear to pose 
				a considerable danger to the population of not only Australia 
				but much of the entire planet. Certainly, just one of the 
				associated explosion/earthquakes could completely flatten a town 
				the size of Broken Hill, Kalgoorlie, Mt Isa, Alice Springs or 
				Canberra-with enormous loss of life. It would approximate a 
				nuclear blast in intensity and "spoil the inhabitants' whole 
				day…."
 "Severe high-energy harmonic coupling would occur at the 
				instance of the weapon's microsecond wave release of a 
				concentrated EM energy pulse, and this would probably cause an 
				explosive splitting apart of the inter-atomic-level bonding of 
				the targeted material, e.g., below-ground rock, above-ground 
				building structures, or in the gases of the 'air'. This would 
				create a huge explosion and a 'regular' Earthquake, probably 
				quite indistinguishable from a 'normal' quake; or, in the air, 
				an 'air quake' would result.
 
 "Such an explosion would probably be quite similar to a 
				low-level nuclear fission blast and would involve essentially 
				similar but EM-initiated inter-atomic processes that affect the 
				atomic nucleus and its bonding with neighbouring atomic nuclei. 
				It would probably create some minor residual radioactivity as a 
				by-product of the process, due to the production of a number of 
				exotic isotopes.
 
 "This mechanism is probably the reason for Russian use of the 
				code-word "Ellipton bomb" whilst referring to these types of EM 
				weapons. ("Right-wing KGB presidential candidate" Vladimir 
				Zhirinovsky was quoted using this term whilst apparently 
				threatening Bosnian Muslims with annihilation.) Rapid on-off 
				alternating electrostatic EM field coupling would cause a Mohr 
				stress ellipsoid oscillation in any material by effects on 
				interatomic bonding.
   
				If powerful enough, this energy 
				input would ultimately lead to very fast explosive material 
				rupture of the interatomic bonds-i.e., a major explosion of 
				nuclear-force levels and/or the creation of an apparently 
				normal-looking earthquake." 
			Researcher Harry Mason also concludes 
			that an electromagnetic (EM) weapon, in an act of tectonic warfare, 
			may have been used to intentionally trigger the destructive 
			
			1995 
			earthquake in Kobe, Japan. 
			 
			  
			Independent scientific evidence may 
			provide some further basis for corroborating Mason’s conclusions.
			 
			  
			Because of the unusual nature of Mason’s 
			analysis, I’ve included his entire report. 
				
				"On 17 January 1995, the Japanese 
				city of Kobe was struck by a massive Earthquake that devastated 
				much of the city, killing over 5,500 people and injuring many 
				thousands more. Shoko Asahara, the leader of the Japanese
				
				
				Aum Supreme Truth (Aum Shinrikyo) sect, 
				had surprisingly predicted, in a Tokyo radio broadcast on 8 
				January 1995, that a major quake would soon occur at Kobe.
				   
				Asahara went even further and stated 
				that this quake would be initiated by a "a foreign power" 
				utilizing an electromagnetic (EM) weapons system.
 "Aum's Science Minister Hideo Murai later stated at the Foreign 
				Press Correspondents' Club in Tokyo on 7 April 1995 that, "There 
				is a possibility that the great Hanshin [Kobe] Earthquake was 
				activated by electromagnetic power or some device that exerts 
				energy into the ground."
 
 "Asahara would undoubtedly have preferred his great predictive 
				powers to be thought of as due to a highly developed and 
				superior spiritual ability to examine the future time-track 
				(thus attracting more gullible followers after this quake 
				event). It is far more likely that he was fed warning 
				intelligence re Kobe by Aum's Science Minister Murai, and/or 
				Japanese Intelligence operatives who themselves were forewarned 
				by Russian KGB officials.
 
 "In his pre-Aum days, Hideo Murai had worked on highly advanced 
				microwave and gamma/cosmic-ray physics applications for cold 
				molding of steel at the Kobe Steel laboratories. This 
				laboratory complex was located at the near-exact epicenter of 
				the great Kobe Earthquake. Japanese investigative journalists 
				believe that this Kobe laboratory was one of several research 
				facilities (located at Osaka, Tsukuba and Tokyo universities) 
				engaged in top-secret research and development of EM weapons 
				technology-under the cover of Kobe Steel industrial research 
				and/or environmental "desert-greening" studies.
 
 "The Aum's deputy leader, Kiyohide Hayakawa, in his pre-Aum days 
				studied at Osaka University in the Landscape Engineering section 
				of the Environmental Engineering department. His thesis is 
				highly confidential and not available to the public, but 
				allegedly contains only landscape engineering studies.
 
 "For several days prior to the great Kobe Earthquake there were 
				reports of glowing orange-red and pink lights and spherical 
				forms hovering over and along the Kobe fault line. Such Earth 
				stress lights have been observed over major quakes in many parts 
				of the globe since the 19th century, but the number and 
				intensity of those that developed in the January 1995 pre-Kobe 
				quake days appear to be highly anomalous.
 
 "The existence of geophysical weapons capable of creating or 
				triggering earthquakes in highly stressed crustal regions has 
				been discussed privately by geophysicists for a decade or more. 
				Rumors have abounded over certain huge earthquakes of the 1970s 
				and 1980s in the Central Asian republics of the former USSR.
   
				Some writers have suggested that 
				these were caused by Israeli, French or American EM weapons 
				systems used in retaliation for Soviet EM weapon strikes on the 
				West. US scientist Tom Bearden contends that the Soviets brought 
				into service an intercontinental-range Tesla EM weapon in 1963 
				during the Khrushchev era.
 "The evidence that Kobe was not a natural earthquake is slender 
				and is based primarily upon Asahara's prediction that was later 
				proved so horrifyingly correct. However, one cannot be certain 
				about actual cause, and quite possibly I am totally incorrect in 
				suggesting this event could have been caused by a sentiently 
				controlled and directed EM energy weapon.
   
				There would appear to be some 
				supporting evidence of an indirect nature involving political 
				considerations and other more recent events. However, taking 
				into consideration the entire Kobe and Aum Tokyo scenarios 
				together with the earlier, possibly Aum-related, 
				fireball-explosion-earthquake events of 28 May 1993 at Banjawarn, 
				Western Australia, one is left with a very strong impression of 
				a serious fire underlying the visible "dark plume of smoke" that 
				rose over Kobe.
 "But what motive could there possibly be for such a major city- 
				busting weapon strike? Why choose an exotic EM weapon system?
 
 "It is quite possible that the EM strike was directed at the 
				secret Kobe Steel EM weapons research laboratory and that the 
				motive was in part to destroy this facility and cause such a 
				resounding blow to the civilian population. Similar in scale to 
				the nuclear bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, [this EM strike 
				would signal] that the Japanese oligarchic powers behind the 
				scenes [should] think long and hard before attempting to 
				continue their EM weapons project.
 
 "If the USA (or a covert international power group based 
				therein) were the belligerent party that struck down Kobe, then 
				the motive would most likely have included a 'big stick' warning 
				to the Japanese powers. To do what they were told with regard to 
				the New World (economic) Order, or face the consequences.
 
 "It would appear from subsequent events that the Japanese 
				oligarchy did not grovel under this attack but in fact, after 
				some further provocation, went on the offensive with its own (or 
				a friend's) EM weapon system."
 
			Other scientists have reported animal 
			behavior just prior to the Kobe Earthquake, apparently induced by 
			electromagnetic fields. These electromagnetic fields may be 
			associated with the natural processes of the Earthquake itself.
			 
			  
			An open question is whether 
			electromagnetic weapons in any way induced the electromagnetic pulse 
			fields preceding the Kobe Earthquake. 
				
				"Sea lions, hippopotamus and 
				crocodiles in the Kobe-Oji Zoo were reported to have shown 
				seismic anomalous animal behavior (SAAB) before the Kobe 
				Earthquake. Crocodiles at the Izu-Atagawa Banana-Alligator 
				Garden were observed to have cried before volcanic eruptions and 
				earthquakes in the Izu area.    
				Critical electric field intensity, 
				which causes a field-avoidance behavior, has been estimated for 
				these animals and some reptiles. Behavioral responses to seismic 
				electric pulse stimuli due to the emerged pulsed charges or 
				electromagnetic waves were tentatively attributed to the cause 
				of SAAB. Seismic field intensities prior to the Kobe Earthquake 
				were estimated from the electric field effects and citizen's 
				statements on SAAB are shown in a geographic map with the number 
				of statements.    
				The anecdotal reports of significant 
				animal disturbances at the epicenter were entirely consistent 
				with the electric field effects. An attempt was made to observe 
				natural electric pulses prior to earthquakes with a digital 
				storage oscilloscope conforming to geophysical theory, also at 
				the time of lightning and by electric discharges.    
				Some electric pulses were detected 
				simultaneously occurring in a laboratory with startled movements 
				of eels as well as with fighting and grooming of hamsters known 
				as anomalous behavior caused by electric field effects. 
			In many ways, HAARP represents a new 
			generation of environmental weapons systems, following on three 
			decades of electromagnetic weapons development.  
			  
			HAARP researcher John A. Quinn 
			concludes that HAARP has multiple agendas: 
				
				"The acknowledged, publicized 
				applications for potential applications of HAARP technology are 
				primarily: Enhancement of or interference with communications, 
				as well as development of new types of radio transmissions
 "Investigation" of effects on weather patterns Earth-penetrating 
				tomography - an X-ray like function which can reveal, for 
				example, the existence of underground installations as well as 
				oil or mineral deposits
 
 "Some of the other principal yet unpublicized goals [of HAARP] 
				are:
 
					
					
					Weapons-related 
					(physical/psychological disablement) and mind control uses
					
					Large scale 
					tampering/modification of global weather patterns via 
					ionospheric disturbances
					
					"Pushing the envelope" in terms 
					of pumping electromagnetic energy into the ionosphere, just 
					to see what happens 
				"It bears emphasizing here that any 
				such references to HAARP being used for EM mind control come 
				directly from numerous internal documents and repeated 
				references therein to HAARP's capabilities as electromagnetic 
				mind modification/manipulation technology and intentions to so 
				implement HAARP. " 
			One of the dominant, covert agendas of 
			HAARP is the waging of tectonic warfare.  
			  
			In this guise,
			
			HAARP may form the basis of an environmental weapons 
			system, used to trigger destructive earthquakes against a targeted 
			enemy. Under certain conditions, such as extreme solar 
			electromagnetic activity, environmental weapons can trigger 
			cataclysmic Earth changes.  
			  
			These Earth changes would be a 
			cataclysmic scale which human prophetic traditions have foretold. 
				
				"One of the more covert of HAARP's 
				seemingly countless agendas is that HAARP transmissions can be 
				used for detecting and monitoring electromagnetic or "plasma" 
				phenomena which are precursors of seismic activity and tectonic 
				movement. Indications are that HAARP transmissions can be (and 
				conceivably are being) used to activate or trigger exactly these 
				same electromagnetic conditions which can cause tectonic 
				movement - in other words, HAARP potentially has the ability to 
				cause earthquakes!
 "Certainly such a capability is equally as disturbing as nearly 
				everything else about HAARP, and judging by how other of the 
				technology's capabilities have been applied, it will also likely 
				be applied in a similarly malevolent manner. I don't really even 
				want to follow that line of thinking too far, but the 
				implications are clear - and very frightening. Think we have "a 
				problem" here? Well, I sure do.
 
 "It seems that HAARP signals are being picked up by weather 
				radar systems as referred to above. This has been noted in 
				conjunction with some unusual Earthquake activity as well. 
				Notably at the China Lakes Naval Air Warfare Center in Southern 
				California, where the quakes have been numbering around 100 per 
				day for weeks now and radar images have often shown what seem to 
				be major weather disturbances. Yet concurrently the weather 
				satellite shots of the area and local weather conditions reports 
				prove that the skies at these times have been generally calm and 
				clear!
 
 "Something similar occurred on Easter Sunday in the Carolinas. 
				It looked from the radar shots as though the area was being 
				pounded by massive tornadic activity, yet the skies were clear 
				and the atmospheric conditions generally calm. The next day, 
				however, guess what - a sizable and unarguably rare Earthquake 
				hit this exact region!
 
 "Yet one more item on the list of HAARP's covert agendas and 
				applications:
 
					
					Detection of electromagnetic 
					seismic activity which may precede Earthquakes - and 
					triggering of such activity. 
				It is becoming very apparent that 
				the radar systems are picking up electromagnetic perturbances 
				which not only don't correlate to observed actual weather 
				conditions but display totally unnatural formations like perfect 
				circles (often concentric), perfectly straight lines, etc.
				   
				This same phenomenon, often in 
				conjunction with tremendous and historically unheard-of 
				rainstorms, has also been observed in Western Australia, where 
				the concentric electromagnetic energy pulses accompanying the 
				fronts have been so severe as to totally knock out the power 
				grids in the region. Exactly what happened in Aukland, New 
				Zealand earlier this year, when the entire heart of the city was 
				without power for months after their electrical grid was 
				literally fried by these EM pulse waves.
 "It bears repeating here that some scientists believe that HAARP, 
				especially at it's current extraordinary levels of power, is 
				quite capable of generating such highly advanced, esoteric 
				phenomena as gravity waves; the ability implement 
				interdimensional/time bending, distortion, shifting, rifting and 
				the like would be along the same lines.
 
 "More and more, the emerging picture of HAARP is that of an 
				extremely severe and very disturbing threat to our wellbeing 
				here on Planet Earth; currently perhaps on of the very biggest 
				threats technologically. This really seems to be their Big Gun, 
				capable of being applied in nearly every imaginable and 
				exceptionally undesirable way.
 
 "HAARP technology appears well suited in general to enforcing a 
				host of the more oppressive and malicious goals and agendas of 
				the evolving "New World Order."
 
 "The more complete list of primary intended uses of HAARP now 
				reads:
 
					
					
					Enhancement of or interference 
					with communications, as well as development of new types of 
					radio transmissions
					
					Manipulation of weather patterns
					
					Weapons-related 
					(physical/psychological disablement) and mind control uses
					
					Earth-penetrating tomography  
					-  an X-ray like function which can reveal, for 
					example, the existence of underground installations as well 
					as oil or mineral deposits
					
					Detection of electromagnetic 
					seismic activity which may precede Earthquakes  -  
					and triggering of such activity
					
					Generation of [gravity] waves, 
					inter-dimensional/time "portals" and other highly esoteric, 
					relativistic phenomena 
				"Pushing the envelope" in terms of 
				pumping electromagnetic energy into the ionosphere, just to see 
				what happens." 
			Now that we are aware of environmental 
			weapons, the greater challenge may be the monitor of their 
			hyper-secret tests and demos, and discerning the intentional 
			environmental weapons attacks. 
			Accurate information about environmental weapons events will be 
			needed if we are ever to report on them in terms that a secular 
			audience will understand. If we are ever to raise a critical mass of 
			public opinion against environmental weapons, and legislative action 
			to stop the madness.
 
			We need a vocabulary with which to communicate to skeptics of 
			environmental weapons, as well as to a civilian population that may 
			not have a clue they are at risk themselves. That is a crucial 
			question, because the military reality of environmental weapons is 
			that they are hyper-secret.
 
			The issue is not HAARP alone, which is one prototype weapons system.
 
			  
			The deeper issue is the whole reality of 
			Environmental warfare itself, and the perversion of the Earth’s 
			natural systems into instruments of war, and the possible 
			cataclysmic outcomes of human military folly - as the prophets have 
			foreseen.
 
 
			
 Chapter Five - 
			Traditional Forecasts of Environmental Warfare
 
 Michel de Notredame (Nostradamus) provides the best precognitive 
			evidence that 
			electromagnetic (EM) weapons may cause prophesized 
			Earth changes for our era.
 
			  
			High psychics provide pre-cognitive 
			visions of possible coming cataclysm. In turn, we can use these 
			visions as working hypothesis against which we can evaluate emerging 
			patterns in the Earth sciences and in the public interest evaluation 
			of Environmental warfare. In a word, we can use the prophets’ 
			visions in present, real time to help us gauge reality. 
			This evaluation of precognitive information in the light of 
			empirical data conforms to the classic scientific method.
 
 How are prophets and psychics different? Not significantly, really, 
			except by nuance. Psychics and prophets are persons who can access 
			accurate information about the future (or the past), from the 
			present. They possess the faculty of precognition (or 
			retro-cognition, in the case of information about the past).
 
			When does a psychic become a prophet? It is all a matter of degree.
 
			  
			Prophet is a social term, generally 
			bestowed when a psychic is proven correct about multiple future 
			predictions; when the information the psychic predicts about the 
			future is momentous; when the psychic is of a religious, social or 
			indigenous tradition. A prophet is a psychic with cache, an 
			historical persona and stance. 
			Besides modern prophet Edgar Cayce, a cluster of prophets from 
			diverse traditions - secular, religious, traditional - have 
			converged in their visions, and foresee an era of Earth changes 
			occurring at the end our cycle of human history. Some of the 
			prophets - secular and indigenous - date these visions to our own 
			era. The millennial predictions of religious prophets, when 
			interpreted, appear to be speaking of our era as well - the first 
			two decades of the twenty-first century.
 
			Prophetic visions about Earth changes tend to contain outcomes, 
			rather than specific causes of Earth changes.
 
			  
			Edgar Cayce’s Earth 
			changes visions of a classic example of how prophets are 
			outcomes-oriented. Cayce provides a verbal picture on the nature and 
			extent of specific cataclysms (for example, landmasses broken up, 
			rising or sinking). 
			With notable exceptions, Cayce does not generally provide the 
			specific causal factors in the Earth’s natural system by which these 
			predicted events are to occur. The exceptions in Cayce’s visions 
			relate to psychic information describing possible astronomical 
			influences, and Earth system interconnectedness acting as causal 
			factors in predicted Earth changes.
 
 OK, let’s go back to the Internet on some basic prophet-issues.
 
				
				Subj: Re: AtlantisDate: 99-02-14 15:10:06 EST
 
 "In a message dated 99-02-14 11:25:26 EST, you write:
 
 > It's weird to be replied to by someone who is into science and 
				proof,
 > on this of all lists. This is a prophecy list. Do you look for
 > scientific proof in prophecy? and how do you place any more 
				stock in
 > Ruth Montgomery than in Zetatalk? How do you deal with Edgar 
				Cayce,
 
				> or the Hopi's, or Chet Snow, or Robert Ghost Wolf, or 
				Ed Dames, or any  
				> of the others we talk about on this list? 
				What is it you are looking for in> "prophecy"?
 
			It is possible to rank the relative 
			accuracy of high psychics by measuring the fulfillment of specific 
			psychic predictions they make.  
			  
			The higher the fulfillment rate, the 
			higher the accuracy, the more reality one can place in their 
			prophecies as a vision of possible future events. At least three 
			studies have so evaluated Cayce's Earth changes predictions and 
			found the fulfillment rate to be high. 
			Conversely, it is also possible that a future event that a prophet 
			like Cayce foresaw could be transformed before it occurs.
 
			  
			That is the nature of the 
			multidimensional universe we are in. Time and space are not static; 
			time and space can be molded and transformed - they have the 
			plasticity of thought forms. 
			So! Even if Cayce, Nostradamus, and the prophetic traditions say we 
			may have Earth changes and global war, it is still possible to 
			transform the future and avoid all this destruction? Especially so, 
			since the destruction would be primarily caused by human negativity 
			and warfare. Human negativity and warfare can itself be transformed, 
			as an outcome and legacy of our era.
 
			  
			The dedication of our spirits and 
			politics, by Love and Light, collective inspiration, and a good 
			measure of public interest counter-intelligence can transform human 
			negativity and warfare. 
			Talk about volatility! I have found that even mentioning that 
			environmental warfare may cause prophesized Earth changes to be a 
			polarizing trigger for extreme reactions. One cluster of reactions 
			has an "Aha!" experience, and wants to know more. Another cluster of 
			reactions goes into contraction, denial, and negative projection. 
			Invariably, after a measure of time, conversation reverts to 
			civility.
 
			There are many, interactive layers to the volatility of reactions I 
			get when I trying and correlate electromagnetic weapons, and 
			prophesized Earth changes. Science minded people might think the 
			proposition to be unscientific. Other-directed people might think it 
			unfashionable, to be avoided. On the whole, reigning scientific and 
			academic opinion finds the notion that traditional prophets and 
			psychics could have accurate precognition about the future to be a 
			superstition.
 
			  
			Try and have a decent exchange of 
			opinion with a person who is uninformed about parapsychology and you 
			will certainly hear Nostradamus, and by extension yourself, trashed. 
			There may be many reasons for these cultural filters. We have no 
			formal place in contemporary "scientific" society for the visionary, 
			the prophet, or the oracle. In some traditional societies, the 
			oracle has a central social function.
 
			Each of the three inter-linked concepts - prophecy, environmental 
			warfare, and Earth changes - are buzzwords that in most of 
			contemporary science, journalism, politics, finance, law, and 
			government mean lunatic fringe. The cultural bias against prophecy 
			may be more a remnant of the scientific revolutions of the 
			nineteenth century, and its linear constructs of time and knowledge, 
			rather than of the on-going scientific revolution in knowledge and 
			physics of the twenty-first century.
 
			Now, let’s flip the issue over and look at some reactions of the 
			community of believers in prophecy and Earth changes.
 
			  
			Strange dynamics are at work in this 
			flavor of volatility. The strangeness comes from an unspoken 
			assumption that Earth changes, if they come, will be the products of 
			natural causes, not human interventions like electromagnetic pulse 
			warfare. This mindset may go into compression when confronted with 
			the real possibility that Earth changes may be actually avoided by 
			stopping human environmental warfare - weather warfare, climate 
			warfare, and tectonic warfare.
 A truism of modern hermeneutics is that prophets’ visions tend to be 
			about outcomes, not causes. A prophetic vision, for example, may 
			contain a prediction of specific Earth changes, without ascribing 
			causes. Our first instinct may be to conclude that prophesized Earth 
			changes will take place "naturally." The mind habitually thinks of 
			Earth changes as being caused by specific natural mechanisms.
 
			Yet there are cases on record of successful intentional human 
			intervention to fulfill a specific prophetic prediction. A case in 
			point of intentional human intervention in the fulfillment of 
			prophecy is that of Edgar Cayce’s prediction that remnants of the 
			Atlantis civilization would be found in 1968-69 off the coast of 
			Bimini, Bahamas.
 
			Let’s tale a look at the significant issue of human intervention to 
			fulfill or forestall prophecy. It bears directly on the credibility 
			of our core thesis that environmental warfare might trigger 
			prophesized Earth changes. Prophet Edgar Cayce made a specific 
			prediction that ruins of Atlantis would be found in 1968 or 1969. 
			Having read the prediction in advance, an expedition of individuals 
			led by Dr. Manson Valentine intentionally set out in 1968 to fulfill 
			the Cayce Bimini-Atlantis prophecy.
 
			  
			Dr. Manson succeeded and apparently may 
			have done that in 1969. 
			The expedition succeeded in finding a series of underwater temple 
			and wall structures, ruins lying in shallow waters off of Bimini in 
			the Bahamas. Their discovery came in 1969, and the expedition was by 
			a group of individuals who were intentionally seeking to fulfill 
			Cayce's prophecy that Atlantis would rise in ‘68 or ‘69.
 
 
			I interviewed the finders at the time as 
			part of research on The Age of Cataclysm. Underwater photography 
			showed a series of temple structures, with fluted columns, which 
			were dated more than 10,000 BC, one supposed date for the Atlantis 
			cataclysm. The stone for the temple structures was the same as stone 
			indigenous to the Andes mountains - quite a distance from Bimini. 
			Remarkable coincidence or synchronicity as Jung would say. Psychic 
			Edgar Cayce predicts in the 1930s that ruins of Atlantis could be 
			found in shallow waters in 1968 0r 1969. A small group of explorers, 
			reading the Cayce prediction intentionally sets out in 1969 to 
			discover the ruins. In 1969 they discover ruins dating back to the 
			alleged time of the Atlantis flood.
 
			Human conscious intention was a crucial factor in the fulfillment of 
			the Cayce prediction. The explorers were consciously motivated to 
			fulfill the prediction. The presence of conscious human intention to 
			fulfill does not invalidate the prediction. It makes fulfillment of 
			Cayce’s Bimini prophecy possible.
 
			Exploration on the Bimini findings has lain dormant in recent years. 
			However, if the Bimini findings are in fact ruins of an 
			Atlantis-like civilization, this case demonstrates that intentional 
			human intervention can a direct causal factor in fulfilling psychic 
			prophecy. By extension, psychic prophecies can presumably be 
			forestalled or prevented by intentional human intervention as well.
 
			In the same manner as the Bimini case, human intervention - in the 
			form of environmental warfare - may trigger prophesized Earth 
			changes, fulfilling psychics Earth changes prophecies for our era. 
			The intervention of intentional environmental warfare as a direct 
			cause of prophesized Earth changes does not invalidate the accuracy 
			of prophecy, or the integrity of the prophetic process.
 
			  
			
			
			Environmental warfare becomes the specific human instrument by which 
			Earth changes prophecy is fulfilled.
 On the face of it, discussion of environmental warfare as a possible 
			cause of coming Earth changes would be an easy one for a mindset 
			that is already cognizant of Earth changes prophecy.
 
			  
			Questions from the Internet suggest that 
			may not be the case. 
				
				"Subj: Re: Staying On-Topic"Date: 99-02-06 19:32:14 EST
 
 "In a message dated 99-02-06 16:03:01 EST, you write:
 
 >Perhaps the discussions of government conspiracies does not 
				fall into
 > this category; although I tend to think that something like 
				the government
 
				>using black ops to stall or change the upcoming 
				ascension (i.e.: world  
				>changes) should be considered.> If shifts in consciousness and the lifting of veils between 
				dimensions
 > doesn't have to do with Earth Changes then what does.....in 
				your
 
				mind? 
			To exclude human-made causes from a 
			discussion on Earth changes would render the discussion absurd.
			 
			  
			Face it - there does not now appear to 
			be an asteroid on the way to create another K-T event. Seismological 
			trends show that Earth’s seismicity is relatively stable - we have 
			more earthquake damage because of denser human settlements and 
			chaotic human governments, but the Earth relatively speaking is not 
			of itself facing cataclysm. 
			In fact, it is reasonable to surmise that any increase in earthquake 
			seismicity may be due to electromagnetic pulse influences from 
			nuclear testing, and from environmental warfare weapons like 
			electromagnetic pulse generators.
 
			Environmental warfare has become the leading edge of human warfare, 
			through climate and weather war, and tectonic warfare. Therefore to 
			evaluate the possibility of coming Earth changes, one must repair to 
			the science of environmental warfare, however psycho-pathological 
			that war science may be.
 
 
			When we go back into Michel de Notredame 
			(Nostradamus); when we go back into Edgar Cayce; when we go back 
			into traditional Earth changes prophecies - we find they all talk 
			about outcomes, not causes of Earth changes. We can postulate a 
			possible cause in environmental warfare as a fulfillment of the 
			prophecies. That environmental warfare is a human agency does not 
			invalidate it as an agency of prophetic fulfillment. 
			Putting the focus back on human environmental warfare as a possible 
			cause of prophesized Earth changes really opens up the social 
			dimensions of our discussion. In the abstract, some may feel we 
			cannot interfere with cosmic processes and attempt to forestall 
			Earth changes prophecies. But if it's environmental warfare that 
			will cause Earth cataclysm, then we have a moral obligation as 
			Gaians - inhabitants of the Earth - to stop that war. Putting 
			arbitrary secular limitations of the discussion appears senseless.
 
 Let’s analyze some of the Earth changes prophecies and visions in 
			the light of the effects of environmental warfare.
 
			We start with the prophecies and visions - psychic precognitions - 
			of Michel de Notredame, known as Nostradamus (1503 - 1566). 
			Nostradamus was an esoteric scholar, a physician and astrologer at a 
			time when the Inquisition was rooting out erudition. He survived the 
			Inquisition by becoming adviser and astrologer to the Court of 
			France, and coming under royal protection of Catherine de Medici, 
			Queen of France.
 
			In his latter years, Nostradamus spent the bulk of his time in 
			psychic precognition about the future. His predictions he wrote in 
			quatrains or four line poems, which he shrouded in obscure allusion 
			because of political and religious dangers with the Inquisition. 
			Nostradamus almost never used proper names, and described the 
			precognitive visions he had in symbolic language. Around 
			Nostradamus’ quatrains has grown a body of interpretive literature.
 
			The quatrains are a written coded versions of visions which 
			Nostradamus had, in which he self-reported time-traveling to times 
			and places in the future. Nostradamus apparently composed each coded 
			quatrain to be a synthesis of multiple such psychic time-travels. 
			The art of interpreting Nostradamus visions is subjective, involving 
			correlation of language and events.
 
			Nostradamus’ coding of his quatrains was a survival skill. Were it 
			known to the Inquisition that he was employing psychic powers to 
			predict the futures religious and political events, he may well have 
			faced the death penalty. Hence the camouflage and disguise around 
			which the quatrains are structured. Conversely, our challenge in 
			accessing the content of his psychic time-travel is made more 
			complex.
 
			On the rare occasion where Nostradamus used a proper name, it is 
			possible to verify the accuracy of his predictions, objectively from 
			the content of the quatrain itself.
 
			  
			In quatrain I-25, Nostradamus predicts 
			the discoveries of scientist Louis Pasteur (1822-1895) by name, as 
			well as modern medical developments that will challenge Pasteur’s 
			assumptions as the twentieth century draws to a close. 
				
				Quatrain I - 25Perdu trouve, cache de si 
				long
 siecle,
 Sera Pasteur demi Dieu honore:
 Ains que la lune acheve son
 grand siecle,
 Par autre vents sera deshonore.
 
 English translation:
 The lost thing is discovered, 
				hidden for
 many centuries. Pasteur will be
 celebrated almost as a god-like
 figure. This is when the moon
 completes her great cycle, but by
 other rumors he shall be
 dishonored.
 
			Nostradamus reports a number of accurate 
			precognitions in this quatrain.  
			  
			Foremost is the literal, accurate naming 
			of scientist Louis Pasteur, several hundred years before Pasteur’s 
			birth. Pasteur’s rediscovery of the germ theory of disease gave him 
			demi-god status in the medical community for most of the twentieth 
			century. Pasteur’s doctrine contended that microbes that invade the 
			body cause disease. 
			A contemporary scientist to Pasteur, Andre Beauchamp, contended that 
			disease was not caused by microbes, but by changes in the terrain of 
			the blood and immune system within the body. Beauchamp’s theory, 
			which Pasteur secretly embraced on his deathbed, has been vindicated 
			by recent research. It is as though the entire Pasteur-inspired 
			twentieth-century view of disease has been proved wrong.
 
			The Pasteur quatrain illustrates a unique aspect of Nostradamus 
			precognitions. His quatrains can foresee quite complex events and 
			developments in human history, and the development of human science. 
			Nostradamus’ quatrains are multi-dimensional precognitions, not just 
			single dimensional visions of future events.
 
 
			Of all the psychics focusing on Earth changes, Nostradamus most 
			explicitly predicts the role of new generation of experimental 
			weapons much like electromagnetic pulse (EMP) weapons in triggering 
			destructive Earthquake. 
			Quatrain IX-83 has been focused on by some interpreters of 
			Nostradamus as containing his prophetic visions about environmental 
			warfare.
 
				
				Sol vingt de Taurus si fortTerre trembler.
 Le grand theatre rempli ruinera,
 L’air ciel & terre obscurcir
 & troubler
 Lors l’infidelle Dieu & sainctz
 voguera.
 
 English translation:
 Sun twentieth of Taurus the 
				Earth will tremble very mightily,
 It will ruin the great theater filled:
 To darken and trouble air, sky and land,
 Then the infidel will call upon God and saints.
 
			Now comes the real fun. One Nostradamus 
			interpreter indicates that this is a quatrain with multiple 
			meanings.  
			  
			Earthquakes happen on the Earth with 
			cyclical frequency, and the quatrain may refer to more than one set 
			of Earth events. That Nostradamus interpreter is claiming this is a 
			channeled intelligence claiming to be Nostradamus himself. 
			Why do I rely on the purported channeled intelligence of Nostradamus 
			as a resource for the interpretation of Nostradamus himself? I mean, 
			is that not adding subjectivity onto subjectivity?
 
			Not really. The channeled intelligence identifying itself as 
			"Nostradamus" is so substantively aware of the structure of the 
			Nostradamus quatrains, and of their application to historical, 
			contemporary, and future events that if "Nostradamus" were human, he 
			would qualify as an expert witness in any court of law.
 
			So I just take "Nostradamus" as my expert witness - not a perfect, 
			infallible witness - but a suggestive, refreshing, and expert one. 
			What does it matter if this intelligence is disembodied? The 
			substance of his interpretations is masterful.
 
			Our expert witness "Nostradamus" says that the true interpretation 
			of the prophetic quatrain is about environmental warfare.
 
				
				"Earthquake will be triggered by a 
				weapon that is currently being developed in secret underground 
				laboratories. He [Nostradamus] cannot put across images of how 
				this weapon works; for the concepts are not in his 
				vocabulary….It apparently will be working on some scientific 
				principle recently discovered that has not been really developed 
				yet." 
			Psychic predictions are not of 
			themselves proof of a future event.  
			  
			Psychic information is suggestive of 
			what may happen in the future. In evaluating the possible accuracy 
			of Nostradamus’ precognitive quatrain as applied to environmental 
			warfare, we should keep in mind that the degree of accuracy of any 
			given psychic prediction is relative. 
			Prophetic accuracy may depend on the proven ability of the 
			individual psychic; on whether the subject matter is one about which 
			the psychic normally predicts; on whether the time period over which 
			the psychic makes a prediction is their normal time period. Some 
			psychics predict events a day away; others a year away; others 
			centuries away.
 
			The accuracy of any specific psychic prediction may also depend on 
			whether alternative futures may have come into effect. A future 
			event predicted by a psychic may be a conditional event, subject to 
			future transformation before it occurs. Predicted futures can be 
			changed, transformed, forestalled. Time is a fluid dimension, and we 
			can exercise free choice in deciding on alternative possible 
			futures.
 
			Certain parts of a psychic prediction may be accurate, and others 
			inaccurate. While individual psychics may converge on a vision of 
			cataclysmic Earth changes, they may differ on the specific dates 
			during which the changes will occur, and on the specific nature, 
			extent and causes of the Earth changes.
 
			Their over-all predicted pattern might be the same - cataclysmic 
			Earth changes. It is the over-all pattern of future events that most 
			likely contains the higher degree of psychic accuracy.
 
			In this way, prophecies of coming Earth changes can be viewed in the 
			context of alternative futures. We can choose the prophesized 
			cataclysmic events; or we may choose an alternative, peaceful future 
			which avoids environmental warfare, and forestalls prophesied Earth 
			changes.
 
			In other words, in the same way that the Cayce Bimini prophecies 
			were intentionally fulfilled, we can intentionally choose to avoid 
			fulfilling the prophecies of Earth changes. How? Stop environmental 
			warfare.
 
			Our reality is multi-dimensional, and not just a three-dimensional 
			reality. Modern Earth sciences now address only the empirical facts 
			of a three-dimensional reality. Psychic information provides us 
			access to the dynamics of other dimensions of our reality. 
			Theoretically, we can use psychic information to travel backwards 
			and forwards in time, and change a cataclysmic future before it 
			occurs.
 
			There is one core reason for accessing psychic information about 
			future Earth changes. Prophecy and precognition can inform us about 
			possible future Earth changes that conventional Earth sciences may 
			not yet be able to discern.
 
			I am not using the Nostradamus prophecies to try and prove that 
			environmental warfare will cause Earth changes. Nostradamus provides 
			suggestive psychic "field theories" or working hypotheses about the 
			Earth change capabilities of electromagnetic pulse and other 
			environmental weapons. Conventional scientific and policy analysis 
			can use these working hypotheses in helping it evaluate the Earth 
			changes threat of electromagnetic pulse warfare.
 
			  
			That scientific proof of environmental 
			warfare’s negative impacts will be up to the Earth sciences and 
			public interest analysis. 
			As a prophet, Nostradamus tended to create complex, 
			multi-dimensional visions of future events. His psychic visions of 
			earthquakes induced by human experimental weapons fit the profile of 
			the type of geo-political events he typically foresaw. Nostradamus’ 
			Earth changes quatrain foresees that the weapons causing predicted 
			earthquakes are themselves based on an experimental technology, 
			which is not yet fully developed. Electromagnetic pulse weapons - 
			and environmental warfare weapons in general - fit this profile, and 
			are scheduled for deployment in the first part of the twenty-first 
			century.
 
			According to "Nostradamus" channeled interpretation of the Earth 
			changes quatrain, the environmental weapons are secret, and 
			developed underground - either a literal underground or a figurative 
			reference, meaning under governmental secrecy.
 
			The channel "Nostradamus" tells us that the original Nostradamus 
			quatrain does not have the concepts or vocabulary with which to 
			describe these new experimental weapons, for that principle did not 
			exist in his time, and is only now being developed. "Nostradamus’" 
			insight is consistent with the profile of electromagnetic pulse and 
			other environmental weapons as well.
 
			  
			The development and deployment 
			of electromagnetic pulse and other environmental weapons is 
			hyper-secret. Some electromagnetic weapons are based on energy 
			principles first developed by Nicola Tesla, themselves not generally 
			understood. 
			One function of environmental weapons is climate and weather 
			modification, using electromagnetic pulse energy.
 
			  
			According to the "Nostradamus" 
			interpretation, one Nostradamus quatrain predicts weather and 
			climate modification, and the ensuing damage that will occur 
			following a malfunction of secret environmental weaponry. 
				
				Quatrain I - 22Ce que vivra & n’ayant ancien
 Sens,
 Viendra leser a mort son artifice:
 Austun, Chalan, Langres & les
 Deux Sens,
 La gresle & glace fera grand
 Malifice.
 
 
				English translation
 A thing existing without any 
				senses
 will cause its own end to happen through artifice.
 At Autun, Chalan, Langres and the two Sens
 there will be great damage from hail and ice.
 
			Nostradamus explicit reference to 
			"artifice" in the quatrain plausibly fits the profile of HAARP, 
			which is operating under the artifice of a scientific experimental 
			installation studying the Northern Lights.  
			  
			In the case of this quatrain, the 
			electromagnetic pulse weapon succeeds in creating destructive 
			weather modification, even as it masquerades as a scientific device. 
			Interpretation of psychic prophecy may be analogous to the 
			interpretation of fragments from an archaeological find. An 
			interpreter must engage in a good deal of educated guesswork, until 
			an over-all pattern emerges, and the significance of individual 
			shards and pieces begins to fall into place.
 
			Nostradamus researcher 
			
			Goro Adachi’s analysis suggests 
			that environmental warfare may be a central component of Nostradamus 
			Earth changes visions.
 
			  
				
				Century II - 48La grand copie qui passera 
				les monts.
 Saturne en l'Arq tournant du poisson Mars:
 Venins cachez soubs testes de saumons,
 Leurs chief pendu a` fil de polemars.
 
 
				English translation
 The great force which will 
				pass the mountains.
 Saturn in Sagittarius Mars turning from the fish:
 Poison hidden under the heads of salmon,
 Their war-chief hung with cord.
 
			Adachi applies this quatrain to HAARP. I 
			include his analysis, whole-cloth, as it correlates the predictive 
			content of various quatrains, all of which seem to converge on 
			environmental warfare weapons, such as HAARP, causing Earth changes. 
				
				"Surprisingly, there seems to be 
				more hidden meaning to the third line of the same quatrain, 
				II-48. In this case, the "poison" is not from the nuclear 
				explosions. It is the Tesla-related technology, infamous HAARP 
				(High-frequency Active Aurora Research Project) and the like.  
				  
				If 
				you still don't know about technology like HAARP, it is 
				basically a joint project of the US Navy, Air Force and 
				University of Alaska which is under construction in Gakona, 
				Alaska.    
				It is a research project that will 
				manipulate the ionosphere (which I talked a lot about in CWN 
				Analysis-2) by emitting powerful EM energy into it. The real 
				purpose is not very clear, but some scientists are claiming that 
				the project is very dangerous.    
				The HAARP facility should be in full 
				operation by 1997... coincidentally, the year of Hale-Bopp's 
				closest approach to the sun/Earth. Radiation, atmosphere, 1997, 
				and 
				Hale-Bopp... it sounds to me 
				like it should be included in the quatrain/prophecy, II-48.
				   
				And I believe it is subtly implied 
				in the third line: 
					
					3rd line:  
					"Poison hidden under the heads 
					of salmon,"
 "As you know, Alaska (where HAARP is located) is often 
					associated with salmon. And again we can replace "heads" 
					with "tests". The new translation would be:
 
 "Poison hidden under the tests of Alaska"
 
				"Therefore, the line *could* refer 
				to HAARP (or similar projects), and the word "poison" is 
				indicative of its bad effects on nature/Earth.
 "The following is an excerpt from an article…which talks about 
				the danger of HAARP and other related technology. Notice how 
				similar the alleged consequences are to the ones caused by a 
				(hypothetical) nearby pulsar/neutron star (CWN Analysis-2):
 
					
					(Excerpted)
 "::: A Grave Danger to Earth :::
 
 "Demonstrating the grave danger to this planet's geomagnetic 
					stability, the 1987 Eastlund patent (which is the basic 
					design for the HAARP project) stated that "The Earth's 
					magnetic field could be decreased or disrupted at 
					appropriate altitudes to modify or eliminate the magnetic 
					field."
 
 "Quoting the 3/88 OMNI Magazine article, "Richard Williams, 
					a physicist at Princeton, stated that he thinks the Eastlund 
					(HAARP) project might become 'a serious threat to the 
					Earth's atmosphere' and 'could cause irreversible 
					damage...effects in the atmosphere cannot be localized...the 
					language of the patent indicates that it is clearly intended 
					to provide effects on a global scale."
 
 "Quoting the 2/94 Cook Inlet Monthly Bush Blade, "The late 
					geomagnetic researcher Lloyd Zirbes strongly opposed the 
					technology utilized in the HAARP system. He wrote, 
					'Disruption of the Earth's magnetic field will complete 
					damages to the planet's balance done by the government 
					nuclear bomb blasts in the natural radiation belts above the 
					ionosphere. Earth's magnetic field keeps the planet in 
					balance with the moon and sun. Disrupting the field will be 
					the last straw in sending Earth into the sun or out into 
					space."
   
					The combined effects of these 
					transmitters, including the Russian Woodpecker, the new 
					HAARP system, together with all the other ELF and VLF 
					systems (such as those in Michigan and the GWEN towers), are 
					very dangerous. When operating simultaneously and during 
					times of geomagnetic storms, they present a severe threat to 
					the entire planet.
 "The disruption of the Earth's internal dynamo, and the 
					disruption and alteration of the upper atmospheric magnetic 
					belts (which constitute the external part of the Earth's 
					natural dynamo system), can create a premature reversal of 
					the magnetic poles, worsen the newly discovered wobble of 
					the Earth's spin and possibly create a total polar reversal 
					or Earth shift.
 
 The 1/78 Specula Magazine described Woodpecker effects: "An 
					electromagnetic signal of certain frequencies can be 
					transmitted through the Earth which, when introduced into 
					the Earth at certain multiples of 30degrees, will form 
					standing waves in the Earth itself. In certain incidence 
					angle cases, the standing wave also induces a strange 
					phenomenon: coherence to the standing wave is formed in the 
					molten core of the Earth itself, and a tiny fraction of the 
					vast, surging electromagnetic currents of the liquid core 
					begin to feed into and augment the induced standing wave.
 
 "At this point, one has established a sort of giant triode: 
					the inducing signal one is putting into the Earth is the 
					grid signal, and the vast energy in the molten core of the 
					Earth is the cathode and power supply. The established 
					coherence serves as an amplification factor for the grid 
					signal, and much more energy is now present in the standing 
					wave than the minuscule amount being fed in from the Earth's 
					surface. By interferometer type techniques, multiple 'giant 
					resonance' waves of this type can be combined so that a 
					'beam' or focused effect of very great energy exists inside 
					the Earth."
 
 "Depending on the frequency, focusing, wave shape, etc. one 
					can... induce a variety of effects such as Earthquakes, 
					induced at a distant aiming point, severe disturbances in 
					the middle and upper atmosphere over the target area...and 
					anomalous weather effects. This is called the Tesla effect."
 
 "Unlike earlier periods, the Earth is now much more 
					vulnerable to outside astronomical influences. Today, 
					powerful transmitters are interfering with, overriding and 
					blanking out Earth's natural magnetic field. For the first 
					time in human history, an ever-increasing number of 
					artificial ELF and VLF vibrations are disrupting Earth's 
					natural internal and external electromagnetic systems (which 
					help to maintain planetary rotation, balance and stability).
   
					The newly discovered planetary 
					wobble and sudden, abrupt slowdowns in rotation are only the 
					beginning. The chances are now greatly increased that any 
					asteroid or meteorite that hits the Earth could set off such 
					a destructive resonance that the planet could split (as 
					Tesla predicted) or suffer a total polar shift.
 "The severe threat to global stability created by the 
					combined effects of the Woodpecker, HAARP, other 
					ionosphere-heating ELF, long wire ELF and GWEN tower systems 
					was demonstrated in T.E. Bearden's book, "Fer-de-Lance":
 
						
						"Any large collection of 
						nuclei-such as a star or a planet-is a strong absorber 
						and radiator of scalar wave radiation. The Sun is a 
						particularly strong source of scalar wave radiation. 
						This radiation penetrates the Earth deeply, interacting 
						more and more with the deeper layers, which under 
						greater mechanical stress are more nonlinear. 
						   
						Most of the heat in the 
						molten core of the Earth comes from the dephasing of a 
						portion of this absorbed scalar radiation from the Sun, 
						liberating ordinary electromagnetic energy as heat.
 "The Earth also re-radiates scalar wave radiation back 
						to the Sun. The Sun and the Earth are thus coupled into 
						a scalar system in equilibrium or near-equilibrium. Each 
						body in the couplet possesses both a feedforward and a 
						feedback loop."
 
					"Describing large 
					electromagnetic weapons (such as Woodpecker and HAARP-like 
					systems), Bearden said: 
						
						"’If significant scalar 
						effects are produced on Earth in a 'pulse' mode, pulsed 
						disturbances of the Earth-Sun and Earth-Moon systems 
						result. Here a danger exists that one or more natural 
						resonances of the coupled systems may be excited. If too 
						much or sharp stimulation occurs on Earth, the coupled 
						resonant response from the Sun could be disastrous.
						   
						The simplest Doomsday 
						simulation would be for a violent expulsion of solar 
						electromagnetic energy and particles to occur. If this 
						were due to resonance, the expulsions of solar 
						electromagnetic energy and particles would continue 
						during some decay time. In that case, the fiery 
						destruction of the Earth, strongly indicative of 
						Biblical prophecy, would result. Particularly sensitive 
						are the resonances of Sun-Earth, Sun-Moon and Earth-Moon 
						systems.
 "’Note the abnormal influence of the Moon on tides-tides 
						of both the Earth's tectonic plates and oceans. If the 
						Earth-Moon resonant system were overstimulated, one 
						might expect VIOLENT Earthquakes of extraordinary 
						magnitude, and tremendous tidal waves hundreds of feet 
						in heights.
   
						(The potential connections 
						to legends of Earth-destroying floods, scientific 
						evidence of extreme water levels in mountains, and 
						legends of ancient cataclysmic destruction of supposedly 
						advanced technological oceanic cultures is obvious). 
						[Atlantis]
 "’Use of huge scalar electromagnetic weapons" (including 
						US devices which interfere with God-given protective Van 
						Allen and other external magnetic belts) "is a 
						double-edged sword. Unless carefully employed, use of 
						the weapons could cause a terrible backlash to the user" 
						(as the Soviets discovered when the main power source 
						for the Gomel Woodpecker transmitter at Chernobyl 
						exploded in 1986), "as well as the victim, and even 
						cause the destruction of Earth itself.
 
 "’With scalar electromagnetic weapons, the consequence 
						of a relatively simple electronic failure can be 
						catastrophic; not only for the local nation but for the 
						Earth as a whole.
   
						If an electrogravitational 
						pulse discharge happens to tickle the Sun's and Moon's 
						[natural scalar electromagnetic] feedback loops the 
						wrong way, you'll get convulsions on the Earth, and a 
						violent increase in the interior heat of the Earth's 
						molten core, with a concomitant eruption of that core 
						right up through the Earth's mantle.’ 
					(END of excerpt) 
				"Now, I believe the following 
				predictions/insights from Conversations with Nostradamus (CWN) 
				are very relevant to the EM technology that was discussed above 
				(HAARP, ELF, etc.).    
				Although I'll present the associated 
				quatrains, please remember that the connection between the 
				quatrains and the "interpretations"/predictions is not 
				necessarily important.    
				The focus is here is more on the 
				predictions themselves that were received through various 
				subjects under hypnosis by D.Cannon:   
					
					Century I-22Ce que vivra & n'ayant 
					ancien sens,
 Viendra leser a` mort son artifice:
 Austun, Chalan, Langres & les deux Sens,
 La gresle & glace fera grand malefice.
 
 A thing existing without any senses
 will cause its own end to happen through artifice.
 At Autun, Chalan, Langres and the two Sens
 there will be great damage from hail and ice.
 
 
					"Key Points:
 
						
						"1) Some devices to moderate 
						the weather "will accidentally cause theweather to misfunction so as to cause a great deal of 
						damage
 through unseasonal ice and hail."
 2) "If one tries to force the weather to do one thing 
						for too long that
 the natural pattern will finally overcome the 
						interference and
 perhaps cause some unseasonal weather in the process of 
						trying to
 get things back in balance again."
 
					
 Century I-46
 Tout aupres d'Aux, de 
					Lestoure & Mirande,
 Grand feu du ciel en trois nuicts tumbera:
 Cause adviendra bien stupende & mirande,
 Bien peu aupres la terre tremblera.
 
 Very near Auch, Lectoure and Mirande
 a great fire will fall from the sky for three nights.
 The cause will appear both stupefying and marvellous;
 shortly afterwards there will be an Earthquake.
 (CWN vol.I p.243-4)
 
 
					"Key Points:
 
						
						1) Scientists would be 
						researching into the powers of the variousenergy fields of the Earth.
 2) When they finally started doing direct 
						experimentation, "they will
 accidentally rupture one of the Earth's fields in such a 
						way that a
 beam of energy will shoot out into space and draw a 
						stream of
 meteorites toward Earth. This will happen around the 
						North Sea."
 3) This rupture in the energy field "throws everything 
						out of balance."
 4) "In the process of trying to repair the damage there 
						is an
 Earthquake soon after when the stress has built up."
 5) This incident will appear as a natural phenomenon and 
						that's how it
 will be recorded.
 
					"I get the feeling that the two 
					predictions above (I-22 & I-46) both refer to the same 
					incident, especially because both indicated that the climax 
					of this would be during the "repair" operation. One of 
					HAARP's rumored objectives is to "lift" the already unstable 
					ionosphere.... if this is the case, we don't have much time 
					left before the prediction is fulfilled. It is also 
					significant that Key Point #2 of I-46 above states that 
					"this will happen around the North Sea." This agrees with 
					the location of HAARP (Alaska) or perhaps other similar 
					projects in Russia.
 "In CWN Analysis-1, there were many references to the coming 
					weather changes. Here is an excerpt from the "Event List":
 
						
						‘(Around 1997, when a comet 
						is in the sky...)
 [...]
 
 ‘D) Major geological upheavals (world-wide drought, 
						Earthquakes, etc)
 
 ‘1) Some kind of atomic (electromagnetic?) device will 
						affect the
 planetary climate, and will hurt people's eyes.
 a) World weather changes will cause hailstorms to
 destroy agriculture of the U.S., Russia, Central
 America, and Australia.
 ‘2) Something big (like an Earthquake, assassination, or
 nuclear disaster, etc.) will happen in April ('96-'98)
 ‘3) Drought / weather changes will occur in relation to 
						the
 Earth changes around 1998 (implied).
 a) There will be warnings before this drought takes
 place, but will be ignored.
 b) The world-wide drought will start in Italy ‘
 
 [...]
 
 (end of excerpt)
 
					"One of the 
					quatrains/interpretations that brought up the 
					weather-changes event in association with the appearance of 
					a comet (Hale-Bopp) was X-70 in CWN Analysis-1. The key 
					points of the prediction were:
 
					Century X-70
 Lœil par obiect fera 
					telle excroissance,
 Tant & ardente que tombera la neige,
 Champ arrousé viendra en decroissance,
 Que le primat succombera à Rege.
 
 Through an object the eye will swell very much,
 Burning so much that the snow will fall:
 The fields watered will come to shrink,
 As the primate succumbs at Reggio.
 
 
					"Key Points from X-70 (vol.I 
					p193):
 
						
						1) Some kind of atomic 
						(electromagnetic?) device will affectthe planetary climate, and will hurt people's eyes.
 2) The climate out of balance will then affect 
						agriculture.
 3) This will take place when the (next) pope dies at 
						Rege/Italy
 
					"Does this refer to both the 
					nuclear explosions AND the experiments like HAARP? The 
					answer becomes clearer when you read the following 
					prediction: (CWN vol.I p.195)
 
					Century X-71
 La terre & lair geleront 
					si grand eau,
 Lors qu'on viendra pour Ieudy venerer:
 Ce qui sera iamais ne fut si beau,
 Des quatre parts le viendront honorer.
 
 The Earth and air will freeze so much water,
 When they will come to venerate Thursday:
 That which will be never was it so fair,
 From the four parts they will come to honor it.
 
 
					Key Points:
 
						
						1) The "atomic device" which 
						was mentioned in X-70 (analyzed inCWN Analysis-1) "will throw everything out of kilter."
 2) The Earth and air freezing is another effect of the 
						same device.
 3) "All manners of solutions will be tried to counteract 
						what happened
 but they will not be successful, in spite of the fair 
						words of the
 governments to their peoples to try to keep them from 
						panicking."
 
					"Key Point #1 above connects X-71 with X-71 (i.e. same 
					incident). And #2 and #3 coincide with I-22 and I-46:
 
					"Therefore, it seems like the 
					weather changes mentioned in CWN Analysis-1 (X-70) is the 
					same weather changes caused by HAARP/energy field 
					experiment/weather control device (I-22 & I-46).  
					In other words: 
						
						
						X-70, X-71, I-22, I-46, and 
						II-48 all of which I presented in this section are all 
						connected." 
			You may find yourself in a struggle 
			between pattern-recognition, and skeptical rejection of Nostradamus 
			quatrains.  
			  
			This struggle is understandable. These 
			four Nostradamus quatrains seem to the surface eye to be so 
			ambiguous; capable of any interpretation the bias of a particular 
			reader might want to project. 
			Remember, however, that the quatrains are not random poetry, written 
			from the literary imagination of an aging, psychic genius. They are 
			the coded reports of real-time visions, in which Nostradamus 
			accessed events in the future. There is a content to them, beyond 
			the literary - they are a report of time-travel.
 
			  
			Nostradamus specialty - his focus as a 
			psychic - was large scale geopolitical and Earth changes events. 
			Nostradamus focuses on the cusp of the millennium as an era of 
			mega-changes. It is not at all surprising that he would have 
			witnessed environmental warfare during his time-travels, and 
			reported it back to us in these four quatrains. 
			Researcher Goro Adachi’s analysis concludes that environmental 
			warfare may well be the cause for the Earth-changes visions 
			Nostradamus was admitted to.
 
				
				"So, in summary, it seems to be the 
				combination of nuclear testing and the powerful EM 
				[electromagnetic pulse] devices that would affect the weather 
				and throw everything out of balance. It's amazing how these 
				predictions/quatrains are interconnected in many different 
				levels." 
			A contemporary psychic channeler - 
			described as "the best since Edgar Cayce" - derives his psychic 
			Earth changes predictions through channeled visions.  
			  
			
			
			Michael Scallion’s Earth 
			changes 
			predictions exhibit a high 
			degree of accuracy in predicting earthquakes apparently caused by 
			alignments of the Earth with other planets, such as Jupiter.  
			  
			His
			
			channeled visions in July 1994 
			predicted deep earthquakes of 100 miles or more along the 
			Circum-Pacific rim, during a period from 24 hours from the impact of 
			comet Shoemaker-Levy 9 through the end of 1995. The comet impacted 
			Jupiter from July 16-22, 1994. Scallion lists nine deep earthquakes 
			during that period following the comet’s impact that he attributes 
			to predicted planetary alignments with the Earth.  
			  
			Scallion’s visions predict a period of 
			major Earth changes during a period culminating in 2012. 
			Scallion’s visions and his discussions with his channeled guides 
			describe an interactive, dynamic model of the Earth’s natural 
			systems. A shift in the Earth’s plasma core in turn is creating 
			shifts in the Earth magnetic field, shifts in the Earth’s weather, 
			and an increase in weather disturbances. These Earth-surface shifts 
			in seismicity and weather are exacerbated by solar flares.
 
			Interestingly, Scallion has reported that his channeled guides have 
			warned him about the triggering effects that environmental warfare 
			might have on these Earth change and weather processes. Using 
			environmental warfare may well accelerate the Earth changes.
 
			  
			Scallion has noted publicly that 
			environmental warfare devices may now have advance to the point 
			where they are space-based, and more lethal than the Earth-based 
			antenna systems like HAARP.  
			  
			Scallion’s channeled guides urged that 
			environmental weapons must be stopped, and mankind turn toward a 
			more spiritual approach. 
			That planetary alignments may set the conditions for Earth changes 
			is a theme of the Edgar Cayce and Nostradamus visions as well. In 
			this model, it may be that environmental warfare may well accelerate 
			or trigger Earth changes made more probable by the forces of 
			planetary alignments.
 
			As you may recall, Edgar Cayce addressed the issue of whether 
			planetary forces influence Earth changes in a trance reading in 
			January 1936.
 
				
				QUESTION: What is the cause of 
				Earthquakes?…
 ANSWER: The causes of these, of course, are the movements about 
				the Earth; that is internally - and the cosmic activity or 
				influence of other planetary forces and stars and their 
				relationships produce or bring about the activities of the 
				elemental of the Earth; that is the Earth, the air, the fire, 
				the water - and those combinations that make for the 
				replacements in the various activities….
 
			This Cayce reading addresses the 
			possible planetary and celestial causes of earthquakes, although his 
			readings themselves do not tie predicted Earth changes to planetary 
			or celestial forces. 
			Let’s look again at the Nostradamus quatrain (Quatrain 9-83) we 
			first analyzed for information about environmental warfare.
 
			  
			The quatrain explicitly cites planetary 
			configuration as a condition of Earth changes. 
				
				Century IX-83.Sol vingt de Taurus si fort 
				terre trembler,
 Le grand theatre remply ruinera,
 L'air, ciel & terre obscurcir & troubler,
 Lors l'infidele Dieu & saincts voguera.
 
 
				Sun twentieth of Taurus the Earth will tremble very mightily,
 It will ruin the great theater filled:
 To darken and trouble air, sky and land,
 Then the infidel will call upon God and saints.
 
			Nostradamus’ quatrain seems to have a 
			double meaning.  
			  
			At one level, Nostradamus suggests that 
			the specific alignment of the sun and planets within the 
			constellation of Taurus may be one of the operative factors causing 
			Earth changes. By standard interpretation, the quatrain suggests 
			that Earth changes may be caused, perhaps, by the combined effects 
			of planetary configuration and environmental warfare. 
			However, the quatrain also appears to give a specific date for the 
			Earth change - May 5, 2000. In the quatrain, Nostradamus reports a 
			time-travel vision of a possible specific window in time for these 
			Earth events - when the sun is in 20 degrees Taurus.
 
			It may be that the Nostradamus vision is correct about Earth changes 
			events, and displaced in the precise timing of the event. Down deep, 
			Nostradamus’ psychic information contains a vision about an era of 
			Earth changes. It is plausible under modern Earth sciences that 
			Earth changes could be caused by planetary configurations. 
			Conversely, the specific dates predicted by Nostradamus’ psychic 
			information might themselves be displaced in time.
 
			  
			Psychic predictions as to specific dates 
			diverge widely, as many psychically derived predictions of Earth 
			events have been shown to be. 
			Such might be the case with Nostradamus’ quatrain [Century IX-83] 
			containing a prediction as to timing - "Sun twentieth of Taurus." 
			The standard astronomical-astrological interpretation of this 
			quatrain is that the predicted Earth changes might occur during a 
			window during May 1-10, in the year 2000, when our sun is in 
			twenties degree of the constellation Taurus.
 
			  
			One prophecy observer notes that the 
			Earth’s moon, the planets Mercury, Venus, our Sun, Mars, Jupiter and 
			Saturn will be aligned with the Earth on May 5, 2000. 
			Another Earth-changes interpreter speculates that the planetary 
			alignment highlighted in this Nostradamus quatrain might 
			significantly increase the centrifugal momentum exerted on the 
			Earth's crust. This momentum could send gigantic quantities of polar 
			ice and water sweeping over the surface of the Earth, fulfilling 
			Nostradamus prophecy of Earth changes on or about May 5, 2000.
 
			I want to stress that Nostradamus quatrains also place great 
			earthquake and land masses shifts for Mercury in Sagittarius, Saturn 
			fading, a position occurring next on November 25, 2015; then on 
			November 23, 2016; and again on December 7, 2044. Hence, an 
			interpretation that "Sun twentieth of Taurus" means May 5, 2000, is 
			not at all a certain one. That specific timing may be displaced in 
			psychic space, and hence inaccurate.
 
			So also, the scientific evidence from a recent planetary alignment 
			in the 1980s casts some doubt as to whether the imbalances in the 
			Earth’s momentum in the year 2000 will result in such a cataclysm.
 
			  
			Two US physicists, John Gribben and 
			Stephen Plagemann, in the mid-1970s argued that the great California 
			Earthquake might be triggered by the alignment of the sun and the 
			planets Jupiter, Saturn, Neptune and Uranus in 1982. No great 
			earthquake was produced by the planetary alignment. Earth sciences 
			are at its infancy regarding the mechanisms by which planetary and 
			galactic alignments might influence Earth events.
 Let us turn now to the prophetic theme of cycles.
 
			  
			A consistent theme 
			of prophetic traditions - such as that of the Mayan civilization - 
			is Earth exists within a dynamic of interacting cycles around which 
			the cosmos is structured. Our Earth may now be entering the 
			end-stage of large scale cosmic cycles, both astronomical and 
			spiritual in content. These prophetic themes hold that the end-stage 
			may bring large scale Earth changes, as well as an evolutionary 
			transformation of the human experience. 
			One mechanism for triggering prophesized Earth changes may be the 
			effects of celestial and planetary configuration of this end-cycle. 
			Environmental warfare may be a trigger for accelerating the 
			end-cycle Earth changes.
 
 The Mayan Calendar provides insight as to end-cycle Earth changes 
			that may be caused by solar and galactic alignments. Under the Mayan 
			calendar, a significant celestial alignment is scheduled to occur on 
			December 21, 2012. This date marks the end of one great cycle of the 
			Mayan Calendar, and the beginning of another.
 
			  
			The day is delineated 
			in the Mayan calendar as 13.0.0.0.0 KIEJEB' AJPUU.
 Scholar John Major Jenkins describes the complex galactic 
			alignments that will take place of that day.
 
				
				"The ancient Maya apparently 
				understood that the future alignment Would have apocalyptic 
				effects, and designed their World Age mythology to remind us of 
				something essential. Myth, legend, or ancient message, whatever 
				it is, clearly, it means we must all remember where we come 
				from, where everything comes from: Mother…."
 "End of the Mayan Great Cycle: December 21st, 2012 A.D.
 
 "Scholars today are recognizing that Mayan mythology is 
				intimately related to the celestial movements of stars, the 
				Milky Way and certain constellations. The sources of Mayan 
				mythology are found in the sky, and the timetable of Creation 
				Day is pinpointed by the end date of the Mayan Great Cycle. My 
				research into the nature of this date reveals that a rare 
				celestial alignment culminates on it.
 
 "Generally speaking, what occurs is an alignment between the 
				galactic and solar planes. Specifically, the winter solstice sun 
				will conjunct the Milky Way, which is the edge of our spinning 
				galaxy as viewed from Earth. Furthermore, the place where the 
				sun meets the Milky Way is where the "dark-rift" in the Milky 
				Way is - a black ridge along the Milky Way caused by 
				interstellar dust clouds. This is a feature of the Milky Way 
				anyone can see on a clear midsummer's night, away from the light 
				pollution of industrial society.
   
				At dawn on the winter solstice of AD 
				2012, the sun will be right in this dark-rift, and the 
				orientation is such that the Milky Way rims the horizon at all 
				points around. Thus, the Milky Way "sits" on the Earth, touching 
				it at all points around, opening up the cosmic sky portal. The 
				galactic and solar planes are thus aligned.    
				"Sky portal" is just a term to 
				describe the "opened sky" scenario apparent when the Milky Way 
				rims the horizon. This is not to be confused with the 
				"dark-rift" itself." 
			The end of a great Mayan calendar cycle 
			- 
			December 22, 2012 - may usher an age of massive Earth 
			changes, brought on by vast solar electromagnetic disturbance, in 
			reaction to cyclical galactic electromagnetic beam-waves.  
			  
			This date is, by Mayan calculations, the 
			end of a Long Count cycle of 1,344,560 days, as well as a 
			26,000-year cosmic cycle for the Earth. Earth changes may occur at 
			the regular intervals along this Mayan cycle. 
			Some perspectives on the end of this great Mayan calendar cycle hold 
			that the accompanying planetary alignment will bring an expansion of 
			human consciousness, and of what it means to be human. The Mayan 
			calendar suggests here may be many alternative futures available to 
			us. Conceivably, an expansion an expansion of consciousness 
			occurring at the end of the Mayan great cycle could help forestall 
			cataclysm and usher in a peaceful future.
 
			  
			Conversely, the Earth changes of the 
			Mayan great cycle shift may be needed transform an eco-cidal 
			human culture by shattering it. 
				
				"Whether we call it Mayan or 
				millennial, we are living today in the shadows of a rare 
				celestial juncture which parallels the increasing interest in 
				"New World Orders", "post-historic" thinking, and a major shift 
				in world economic structure and what it means to be human. The 
				Mayan myth seems to remind us that all life springs from the 
				Great Mother.    
				The transformation of cosmic 
				recreation is already occurring. Perhaps we should look closely 
				at this celestial alignment, imagine its meanings, and determine 
				what this transformational shift means for future humanity.
				   
				For the ancient Maya, on the 
				far-future Creation Day which for us arrives soon, First Mother 
				and First Father join forces to engender a new World Age." 
			
 
			  
			  
			  
			
 
			PART II 
			Earth Changes - A Spiritual Approach
 
			My first temptation is to launch into a 
			political analysis of the public measures necessary to finally 
			defeat the use of environmental warfare on our planet.  
			  
			The underlying actors and disciplines in 
			the possible planetary debacle of environmental warfare are, after 
			all, quite secular. They consist of military and para-military 
			organizations, military-industrial complexes, geo-political 
			interests, all gaming for perceived dominance on the chessboard of 
			Earth, with environmental warfare as a cutting-edge weapon. 
			In some cases, political mobilization of an aroused body politic has 
			been effective in stopping a particularly offensive anti-population 
			weapons system. In the 1980s, nuclear cruise missiles stationed in 
			Western Europe were removed largely because of an aroused European 
			populace, catalyzed into action by the European peace movement. So 
			why not rely on stopping environmental warfare with a secular, 
			public interest political campaign?
 
			These are not usual times for a politics-as-usual approach to 
			halting environmental warfare. If ancient prophecies are true, the 
			Earth is now approaching the culmination of a great cosmic cycle, 
			perhaps 26,000 years in length. Earth is returning to a center point 
			within our galaxy, the Milky Way. The significance of that return is 
			profound.
 
			  
			The heightened spiritual awareness of 
			Spirit and of the natural order that this returning end-cycle is 
			said to engender may be a primary force in bring planet Earth and 
			our community of human Souls back into natural balance. 
			A vast and deep shift in our collective, human center-of-being may 
			be coming into play during the first decades of the twenty-first 
			century. This shift in consciousness, in turn, may mean that the 
			modalities for conflict resolution - in a word, war - which the 
			human community found acceptable in the twentieth century, will no 
			longer be acceptable as the end-cycle shifts in human consciousness 
			develop.
 
			  
			The collective human mind, which found 
			itself, willingly or unwittingly, manipulated into the twentieth 
			century’s great wars - World Wars I and II, and the regional wars - 
			may no longer allow war into its mid-space. 
			Before we venture into developing public interest action plans 
			against environmental warfare, we need explore - and internalize - 
			the deeper cosmic forces of the end-cycle we are entering on Earth.
 
 The ancient traditions of First Nation indigenous peoples tell us 
			our Earth is primarily an arena of the Spirit. First Nation 
			civilizations see our Earth as humankind’s heritage and their roles 
			as guardians of the Earth. We have turned to "Western" prophets - 
			Edgar Cayce, Michel de Notredame - for visionary guidance on Earth 
			changes and environmental warfare, that perversion of human 
			technology.
 
			  
			Now we turn to First Nation prophecies, 
			seeking guidance to bring Homo sapiens back into balance with the 
			processes of our Mother planet, Gaia - the Earth. 
			The end-cycle prophecies of
			
			the Inca and the Maya - two 
			legendary First Nation civilizations - contain guidance and epochal 
			insight into shifts in consciousness and the natural order that we 
			may anticipate for our epoch.
 
 I confess a personal resonance and history with the Inca and the 
			Maya. I often have wondered why I spent deep travel time in the 
			1960s, exploring and lingering amid the fabled ruins of the Inca and 
			the Maya civilizations. I climbed the Mayan ruins and pyramids at 
			Chichen-Itza and Uxmal; learned some rudimentary Mayan, wrote an 
			article on the Mayans that at least one pastor in the United States 
			read from the pulpit in his church.
 
			  
			All the while my peers were backpacking 
			through Europe on the mainstream culture trail, I kept returning 
			back into the realm of the Maya, seeking a signal, an understanding. 
			Later in the Sixties, traveling as a Fulbright Scholar, I underwent 
			a powerful peak experience along the Inca trail in Peru. More as a 
			pilgrim than a scholar, I wandered alone along the Inca path, 
			linking ruins high above the Urubamba River. Caught in an ineffable 
			transport of consciousness, I camped out for days in the ruins of 
			the hidden sacred enclave,
			
			Machu Picchu (this was long before 
			the Inca site became a regulated eco-tourist destination).
 
			  
			I reveled in the annual religious 
			festivals at Cuzco, the ancient Inca capital city. I journeyed the 
			purple plains of the Altiplano of Bolivia and Peru, the high plateau 
			of ancient Inca civilization. 
			In the intervening decades, I reflected on these experiences, so 
			profound a part of my early adulthood, and wondered why they were 
			part of my life design.
 
			  
			The answers I received have been 
			predictable. I was culturally drawn to the area because of my Latino 
			heritage. I was acting out a culmination of past-life experiences. 
			My sojourns in the ruins of Maya and Inca civilizations activated 
			reincarnation memories, and I sought completion in my journeys in my 
			present life.Now, in the light of Earth’s end-cycle and the changes that it may 
			bring, I see a new layer of significance to my Inca and Mayan 
			sojourns.
 
			  
			This new layer is less focused on my 
			personal process; more attuned to the cosmic messages that the Inca 
			and Maya may have left us, embedded in time. I feel more confident 
			in bringing you the Maya and the Inca insights because of my 
			experiences with the Inca and the Maya. 
			I have an intuition that, during my peak experiences in the Sixties, 
			I may have been admitted to some thought-dimension contained Inca 
			and Maya prophecies. What I share with you now, are not only the 
			workings of my intellect, but deep, wordless insights I acquired 
			decades ago. There are other First Nation traditions of Earth 
			changes prophecy. I am drawn to the Inca and the Maya, and my 
			insights about their prophetic traditions are what I am meant to 
			communicate to you.
 
 Tawantisuyu ("land of the four quarters") held the broad reach of 
			the Inca realm of six million souls, stretching along South 
			America’s Andean Mountains, highlands and coast. As a formal empire, 
			Tawantisuyu was short-lived, lasting about a century, starting at 
			about 1438 AD, when Inca Pachacuti began the military annexation of 
			regions surrounding the Inca heartland of Cuzco. The vicious and 
			duplicitous assassination of Inca Atahuallpa by Francisco Pizarro on 
			July 26, 1533 triggered an internal collapse of the formal state 
			structures of Tawantisuyu.
 
			The Inca had no formal written language, and their largely oral 
			traditions impacts our access to their prophecies. Formal records 
			and measurements were kept in quipus.
 
			  
			Inca communications relied on systems of 
			quipu messengers who traverse 32,000 miles of roads and paved 
			trails. 
				
				"A quipu is an assemblage of colored 
				knotted cotton cords... The colors of the cords, the way the 
				cords are connected together, the relative placement of the 
				cords, the spaces between the cords, the types of knots on the 
				individual cords, and the relative placement of the knots are 
				all part of the logical-numerical recording." 
			With the tools of quipu and frequent 
			quipu messengering as communication tools, the Inca built and 
			administered a state structure and economy in a geographical area 
			roughly the size of the United States of America. 
				
				"The Incas can be characterized as 
				methodical, highly organized, concerned with detail, and 
				intensive data users. The Inca bureaucracy continuously 
				monitored the areas under its control. They received many 
				messages and sent many instructions daily.    
				The messages included details of 
				resources such as items that were needed or available in 
				storehouses, taxes owed or collected census information, the 
				output of mines, or the composition of work forces.    
				The messages were transmitted 
				rapidly using the extensive road system via a simple, but 
				effective, system of runners... The message had to be clear, 
				compact, and portable. Quipu-makers were responsible for 
				encoding and decoding the information." 
			While these were the communication tools 
			of the Inca economy and state administration, the Inca spiritual and 
			prophetic tradition appears to have been largely oral.  
			  
			Unlike the Western and other prophetic 
			tradition, there appears to be no single text, calendar, and 
			hieroglyph of standard reference for the Inca prophecies (There are 
			rumors of a prophetic Inca book that may appear in the Inca 
			end-times). 
			In the place of text, there are the living
			
			Q’ero Inca prophecies.
 
 Researcher Brad Berg has documented the moving story of how the Inca 
			prophecies of Mosoq - the time to come - emerged into our 
			contemporary world with the Q’ero Inca shamans.
 
			  
			Following a 1949 earthquake in Peru, 
			there was exposed the Golden Temple hidden under a Christian church, 
			a prophetic sign of their re-emergence from intentional isolation 
			since the times of the assassination of the Inca Atahuallpa. 
				
				"Dr Alberto Villoldo described how 
				an Earthquake in 1949 underneath a monastery near Cuzco, Peru, 
				had rent the ground asunder, exposing an ancient Inca temple of 
				gold. This fulfilled a sign that the prophecies of Mosoq, the 
				"time to come", were now to be shared with the modern world. Dr 
				Villoldo, a psychologist and medicinal anthropologist, has lived 
				among and trained with the Q'ero shamans and has played a key 
				role in bringing their ritual and prophecy to the awareness of 
				the modern world."  
				[Reference: Brad Berg, Four Winds 
				Society, Share International, January/February 1997] 
			In isolation since the collapse of the 
			Inca civilization nearly 500 years ago, the Q’ero preserved their 
			sacred prophecy of great change - pachacuti - a virtually turning 
			inside out of human society, ending chaos, restoring the harmony and 
			balance that had been lost to our civilization. 
				
				"The Q'ero are the last of the Incas  
				-  a tribe of 600 who sought refuge at altitudes above 
				14,000 feet in order to escape the conquering conquistadors. For 
				500 years the Q'ero elders have preserved a sacred prophecy of a 
				great change, or 'pachacuti', in which the world would be turned 
				right-side-up, harmony and order would be restored, and chaos 
				and disorder ended." 
			The Q’ero made their dramatic re-entry 
			into Andean culture at the annual Feast of the return of the 
			Pleiades in 1955. An assembly of 70,000, including shamans, welcomed 
			them with the words,  
				
				"We have been waiting for you for 
				500 years." 
				"The Q'ero had lived in their villages high in the Andes in 
				virtual solitude from the world until their "discovery" in 1949. 
				In that year, Oscar Nunez del Prado, an anthropologist, was at a 
				festival in Paucartambo, in a valley on the eastern slopes of 
				the Andes in southern Peru, when he met two Indians speaking 
				fluent Quecha, the language of the Incas. The first Western 
				expedition to the Q'ero villages then occurred in 1955.
 
				"Four years later, at the annual Feast of The Return of the 
				Pleiades taking place in the Andes, the gathering of 70,000 
				pilgrims from South America (many of them shamans) were awed and 
				the crowd parted to let the Q'ero, unannounced and wearing the 
				Incan emblem of the sun, make their way forward to the mountain 
				top to make known that the time of the prophecies was at hand.
 
				  
				They were welcomed by the assembly and told: "We've been waiting 
				for you for 500 years." 
			In fulfillment of their prophecies, the 
			Q’ero shamans in November, 1996, traveled to the Cathedral of St. 
			John the Divine in New York, and performed a ritual which had not 
			been performed in 500 years.  
			  
			The 500th anniversary of the murder of 
			last Inca in 1533 will formally occur in 2033. 
				
				"…Q'ero elders journeyed to North 
				America in fulfillment of their prophecies. In November 1996, a 
				small group of Q'ero, including the tribal leader and the head 
				shaman, visited several cities in the US, including New York, 
				where they performed a private ceremony at the Cathedral of St 
				John the Divine.    
				The shamanic ritual had not been 
				performed for 500 years. But in the very home of those who 
				symbolized the former conquerors of their Incan ancestors they 
				shared their ritual and knowledge, not only with interested 
				Westerners who were learning their ways, but also with the Dean 
				of the great cathedral, thereby symbolically and spiritually 
				linking the two continents of North and South America. 
			The ancient Inca prophecy holds that our 
			era is the time of mastay - the reintegration of the peoples of the 
			Earth, guided by munay, love and compassion. A prophetic maxim,
			 
				
				"When the eagle of the North and the 
				condor of the South fly together again," evokes the cooperative 
				movement in rebuilding the Earth. 
				"According to ancient prophecy, this is the time of the great 
				gathering called the 'mastay', and reintegration of the peoples 
				of the four directions. The Q'ero are releasing their teachings 
				to the West, in preparation for the day the Eagle of the North 
				and the Condor of the South (the Americas) fly together again. 
				They believe that 'munay', love and compassion, will be the 
				guiding force of this great gathering of the peoples.
 
				"The new caretakers of the Earth will come from the West, and 
				those that have made the greatest impact on Mother Earth now 
				have the moral responsibility to remake their relationship with 
				Her, after remaking themselves," said Don Antonio Morales, a 
				master Q'ero shaman. The prophecy holds that North America will 
				supply the physical strength, or body; Europe will supply the 
				mental aspect, or head; and the heart will be supplied by South 
				America."
 
			According to the Inca prophecies, the 
			Spanish conquest in 1533, nearly 500 years go, as the beginning of 
			the last pachacuti, or great change. Interestingly, pachacuti means 
			"cataclysm" or "destroyer" in the Incan tongue.  
			  
			Now, the prophesized signs, including 
			the discovery of the Golden Temple, have indicated the next 
			pachacuti is beginning. 
				
				"When the Spanish conquered the 
				Incas 500 years ago, the last pachacuti, or great change, 
				occurred. The Q'ero have been waiting ever since for the next 
				pachacuti, when things that were turned upside down would be set 
				right and order would emerge out of chaos.    
				For the past five centuries they 
				preserved their sacred knowledge, and finally, in recent years, 
				the signs were fulfilled that the great time of change was at 
				hand: the high mountain lagoons have dried, the condor is nearly 
				extinct and the discovery of the Golden Temple has occurred, 
				following the Earthquake in 1949 which represented the wrath of 
				the sun." 
			The Inca prophecies are life-oriented. 
			They refer to the end of time as the start of a new way of being and 
			relating to nature and the Earth.    
			They speak of Earth changes and deep 
			shifts within the human psyche, and human spirituality. 
				
				"The prophecies are optimistic. They 
				refer to the end of time, as we know it  -  the death 
				of a way of thinking and a way of being, the end of a way of 
				relating to nature and to the Earth. In the coming years, the 
				Incas expect us to emerge into a golden age, a golden millennium 
				of peace. The prophecies also speak of tumultuous changes 
				happening in the Earth, and in our psyche, redefining our 
				relationships and spirituality.
 
				"Pachacuti also refers to a great 
				Incan leader who lived in the late 1300s. He is said to have 
				built Machu Picchu, and was the architect of an empire the size 
				of the United States. For the Incas, Pachacuti is a spiritual 
				prototype  -  a Master, a luminous one who stepped 
				outside of time. He was a messiah, but not in the Christian 
				sense of the only Son of God, beyond the reach of humanity. 
				Rather he is viewed as a symbol and promise of whom we all might 
				become. He embodies the essence of the prophecies of the 
				pachacuti, as Pacha means 'Earth', or 'time', and 
				cuti means "to set things right."    
				His name also means "transformer of 
				the Earth. 
				"The prophecies of the pachacuti are known throughout the Andes. 
				There are those who believe the prophecies refer to the return 
				of the leader Pachacuti to defeat those who took the Incas' 
				land. But according to Dr Villoldi, the return of Pachacuti is 
				taking place on the collective level. "It's not the return of a 
				single individual who embodies what we're becoming, but a 
				process of emergence available to all peoples."
 
			The Q’ero have described how their 
			prophetic knowledge is transmitted through the Star Rites, or 
			Mosoq Karpay, which connect into the collective ancient energies 
			of their tribal mission.  
			  
			No single individual can access these 
			energies and prophetic knowledge, but only a collectivity. 
				
				"The Q'ero have served as the 
				caretakers of the rites and prophecies of their Inca ancestors. 
				The prophecies are of no use unless one has the keys, the rites 
				of passage. The Star Rites, or, 'Mosoq Karpay' (The Rites of the 
				Time To Come), are crucial to the practical growth described in 
				the prophecies.    
				Following the 'despachos' 
				(ritualistic offerings of mesa, or medicine bundles) at the 
				recent ceremony in New York City, and after a medicine cleansing 
				by the wives of the shamans, the shamans administered the Mosoq 
				Karpay to the individuals present, transmitting the energies 
				originating with the ancestors of their lineage. 
				"The transmission of the Mosoq Karpay is the ceremony 
				representing the end of one's relationship to time. It is a 
				process of the heart. This process of Becoming is considered 
				more important than the prophecies themselves. The Karpay 
				(rites) plant the seed of knowledge, the seed of Pachacuti, in 
				the luminous body of the recipient. It is up to each person to 
				water and tend the seed so that it can grow and blossom. The 
				rites are a transmission of potential; one must then make 
				oneself available to destiny.
 
				"The Karpays connect the person to an ancient lineage of 
				knowledge and power that cannot be accessed by the individual  
				-  it can only be summoned by a tribe. Ultimately, this 
				power can provide the impetus for one to leap into the body of 
				an Inca, a Luminous One. (In this sense, the Inca referred to is 
				the Self-realized man).
   
				That person is connected directly to 
				the stars, the Incan Sun of cosmology." 
			The Inca prophecies are themselves a 
			gateway for self-transformation.  
			  
			And that transformation of self is 
			an integral part of the establishment of the next pachacuti or era 
			on Earth. 
				
				"According to Dr Villoldo, the Incas 
				believe that we must die to the old models of spirituality and 
				go through the rites of self-renewal, becoming midwives of a new 
				kind of thinking.
 "These pathways, paths of the shaman, the individual who walks 
				with beauty and grace in the world, are available to all of us 
				today. We need to de-mystify them and learn to honor and respect 
				our Mother, the Earth, and our Father, the sun, and the heavens  
				-  and to learn from everything and everyone around us, and 
				to seize those instances of power so that we may take a quantum 
				leap into who we are becoming, all of us together.
 
 
				"The Q'ero believe that the doorways 
				between the worlds are opening again  -  holes in time 
				that we can step through and beyond, where we can explore our 
				human capabilities. Regaining our luminous nature is a 
				possibility today for all who dare to take the leap." 
			The Andean shamans have no Christ 
			or Buddha to follow.    
			Rather, they say:  
				
				"Follow your own footsteps. Learn 
				from the rivers, the trees and the rocks. Honor the Christ, the 
				Buddha, your brothers and sisters. Honor the Earth Mother and 
				the Great Spirit. Honor yourself and all of creation." 
				"Look with the eyes of your soul and engage the essential" is 
				the teaching of the Q'ero."
 
			According to the Q’ero, the next 
			pachacuti has already begun, and will in the end deconstruct the 
			soul-eating paradigm of Western civilization. 
				
				"The next pachacuti, or great 
				change, has already begun and it promises the emergence of a new 
				human after this period of turmoil….The paradigm of European 
				civilization will continue to collapse and the way of the Earth 
				people will return." 
			Let us assume that the Q’ero shamans are 
			in fact the historical guardians and messengers of the ancient Inca 
			prophecies. We know that the Inca’s had no formal written language, 
			and there are good reasons to believe the Q’ero’s spiritual 
			authenticity. 
			The Q’ero traditions speaks of Earth upheavals as the transition 
			from one pachacuti to the next occurs. But Earth upheavals are not 
			central to the prophecies. Spiritual transformation on Earth is the 
			core of this prophetic transmission.
 
			  
			What the Inca prophecies say is that 
			Earth changes and social upheaval may accompany the pachacuti, but 
			the central reality will the be inauguration of a new spiritual 
			knowledge and understanding among human kind, a new way of relating 
			to the Earth, to their fellows, and to the cosmos. 
			What might be the mechanisms by which this new cosmic understanding 
			of the new pachacuti will be facilitated? Well, let’s explore a few 
			hints the Q’ero give us.
 
			  
			The Q’ero elders speak of "a tear in the 
			fabric of time itself," permitting us to see what we are becoming. 
				
				"Even more importantly, the shamanic 
				elders speak about a tear in the fabric of time itself. This 
				presents an opportunity for us to describe ourselves not as who 
				we have been in the past, both personally and collectively, but 
				as who we are becoming." 
			Years ago - in 1977 - I had the 
			opportunity to seek the advice of 
			
			Jacques Vallee, a scientist and 
			thinker on the issue of the intelligence behind the UFO phenomenon.
			 
			  
			At the time I was a futurist at Stanford 
			Research Institute (SRI), and I was developing a proposal for the 
			Carter White House and the U.S. National Science Foundation to 
			re-open the government investigation of
			
			the UFO phenomenon, then closed by
			
			Project Blue Book.
 In the course of a conversation over lunch at SRI, it became 
			apparent to me that our views of UFO intelligence shared a great 
			deal in common. Jacques views were in print, and my own book on UFO 
			the nature of UFO intelligence had not been published. The essence 
			of my view was the intelligence behind UFOs was dimensional, not 
			necessarily extraterrestrial in a "spaceman" formulation".
 
			  
			UFOs were more in the nature of 
			four-dimensional psychological dream-like phenomena, which served as 
			peripheral cues. The intelligence behind UFOs was psychologically 
			reinforcing human kind to the existence of a higher intelligent 
			form."Very good," I remember Jacques saying when I summarized these 
			views.
 
 After reading the Q’ero prophecies, it occurred to me to return to 
			Jacque Vallee’s insights into the nature of UFO intelligence. My 
			purpose is to see if the Q’ero reference to "a tear in the fabric of 
			time itself" was somehow a reference to UFO intelligence as a 
			dimensional phenomenon, conditioning mankind into a more evolved 
			mode of being. If in fact, the Q’ero prophecies give us some 
			well-founded insight into the nature and function of UFO 
			intelligence, that insight may in itself permit an acceleration of 
			the pachacuti process of spiritual transformation here on Earth.
 
			So is this Vallee version of UFO intelligence consistent with the 
			doorway in the fabric in time the Q’ero prophecies speak of?
 
				
				"The UFO Phenomenon exists. It has 
				been with us throughout history. It is physical in nature and it 
				remains unexplained in terms of contemporary science. It 
				represents a level of consciousness that we have not yet 
				recognized, and which is able to manipulate dimensions beyond 
				time and space as we understand them." 
			Compare this representation of UFO 
			intelligence - manipulation of time and space - unrecognized level 
			of consciousness - been with us throughout history - with the 
			characteristics described by Q’ero shamans. 
				
				"a tear in the fabric of time 
				itself. This presents an opportunity for us to describe 
				ourselves not as who we have been in the past, both personally 
				and collectively, but as who we are becoming." 
			Both Vallee and the Q’ero shamans seem 
			to me to be describing a similar phenomenon, which can manipulate 
			time and space, travel the lines of ordinary history, and intervene 
			in our present time as a kind of consciousness mirror, 
			psychologically and spiritually conditioning and cueing humankind. 
			Vallee further amplifies the evidence that the UFO intelligence may 
			be intervening on a psychological reinforcement schedule.
 
				
				Vallee: A new computer analysis of 
				historical trends, compiled in the 1970s, led me to plot a 
				striking graph of "waves" of UFO activity that was anything but 
				periodic. Fred Beckman and Dr. Price Williams of UCLA pointed 
				out that it resembled a schedule of reinforcement typical of a 
				learning or training process: the phenomenon was more akin to a 
				control system than to an exploratory task force of alien 
				travelers.    
				There are many control systems 
				around us, and some are a part of nature: ecology, climate, etc. 
				Some are man-made: the process of education, the thermostat in 
				your home. If the UFO phenomenon represents a control system, 
				can we test it to determine if it is natural or artificial, open 
				or closed? This is one of the interesting questions about the 
				phenomenon that has never beenanswered.
 
			Vallee states other aspects of the view 
			that the intelligence behind UFOs may be dimensional, a 
			psychological and spiritual conditioning mechanism for humankind.
			 
			  
			His words are, again, consistent with 
			the pachacuti phenomenon prophesied by the Q’ero shamans. 
				
				"Vallee: You can get a consistent 
				representation of reality if you look at the world as a 
				collection of events, or 'instances' (as the philosophy of 
				Occasionalism did in the eleventh century), rather than as a 
				collection of material objects moving in 3-dimensional space as 
				time flows.  
				  
				In 
				
				virtual reality, of course, you can't tell the 
				difference.    
				In the real world information and 
				energy are actually the same physical quantity. In a universe 
				viewed as 'informational events' you should expect coincidences, 
				telepathy, time travel, multiple realities - all those things 
				that seem impossible in the 4-D energy universe. To me that's 
				why puzzles like UFOs are interesting. I don't have a personal 
				theory to "explain" them, but I see them as an opportunity to 
				pose new questions.    
				If it's true that information 
				resides in the questions we ask, coming up with novel problems 
				may be more important than having answers, at this stage of our 
				very limited understanding of the universe." 
			Among Vallee’s insights, I found the 
			inevitable hedge, the view that the UFO phenomenon, is not the 
			product of a dimensional intelligent, but of electromagnetic energy.
			 
			  
			An entire category of UFO flaps and 
			encounters can be explained as the interaction of electromagnetic 
			energy along earthquake faults. Close human encounters with UFOs can 
			be hypothetically explained as created by electromagnetic effects on 
			the neural systems of the UFO "contactees."  
			  
			Some researchers have convincingly 
			analyzed UFO abductions as intentional disinformation experiences, 
			induced by MILAB (military abduction) technology. 
				
				"Vallee: There is a [UFO] 
				phenomenon. We don't know where it comes from. It's 
				characterized by its physical [traces]. Eighty percent of all 
				the cases have trivial explanations. But I'm talking about the 
				core phenomena. It seems to involve a lot of energy in a small 
				space; it seems to involve pulsed microwaves, among other 
				things.    
				There isn't much that is known about 
				the effect of pulsed microwaves on the brain, so it's quite 
				possible that some of the stories that you get from people are 
				essentially induced hallucinations in sincere witnesses - the 
				witnesses are not lying. They really have been exposed to 
				something genuine but there is no way to go back to what that 
				thing was, based on their description, because their brain has 
				been affected by proximity to that energy.
 "Having said that, I have plenty of colleagues in science and 
				technology I respect who tell me this could be a natural 
				phenomenon - this could be an undiscovered form of energy in the 
				atmosphere. We don't know much about the effect of 
				electromagnetic fields on the nervous system. We're going to be 
				discovering that as we go. So, it's quite possible that there 
				could be a phenomenon like that, a very spontaneous thing.
 
 "Or it could be artificial. If it's artificial it could come 
				from another form of consciousness, which may or may not be 
				extraterrestrial. It's a big universe out there. Who are we to 
				say where it comes from?
   
				We can only speculate on that 
				point." 
			Much is speculation as to the nature of 
			the UFO phenomenon.  
			  
			To me, the intelligence behind UFOs may 
			well the tear in the fabric of time referred to by the Q’ero Incas. 
			Indeed, could not a dimensional intelligence use the electromagnetic 
			energy of the Earth environment to create and guide the "upper 
			theater" or evolutionary levels of the UFO phenomenon? 
			The "lower theatres" of the UFO phenomenon could be the 
			disinformation of the bogus "UFO abductions," for example, where 
			military abduction technology (MILAB) use electromagnetic energy to 
			create devolutionary experiences for humankind. MILAB’s purpose may 
			be to confuse humanity, thus blocking the upward spiritual evolution 
			which the Q’ero Inca prophesies foresee.
 
			The role of "upper theatre" of the UFO phenomenon, if guided by 
			dimensional intelligence, may be to accelerate humankind’s moral and 
			spiritual evolution. This view places the UFO phenomenon within the 
			conceptual framework outlined in the Q’ero Inca prophecies.
 
			In the interests of full disclosure, I should note that a 1994 
			scientific article by Jacques Vallee debunking U.S. Navy experiments 
			in the early 1940s on stealth technology (the "Philadelphia" 
			experiment) was criticized in a June, 1998 article as an alleged 
			scientific hoax. However, I do not believe that case, which may have 
			been a scientific lapse involving a fraudulent witness, detracts 
			from the substance of Vallee’s insights into UFO intelligence.
 
			Jacques Vallee
			also wrote about me in Messengers of Deception, 
			in the context of UFO cults and political power.
 
				
				"The goal of the manipulation [about 
				UFOs], according to Parnov, is to frighten American citizens 
				into approving the growth of defense spending and to use "the 
				specter of flying saucers to fan the Cold War."
 "In a press release dated March 29, 1976, futurologist Alfred 
				Webre and contactee Philip Liss predicted that the present world 
				political order would be transformed into an economically 
				integrated, largely capitalist society. Such phenomena as UFOs 
				were messages from higher intelligent beings signaling the 
				peaceful political transformation of Man, they said. (2)
 
 "This history of the interaction between flying-saucer contact 
				and politics goes way back, to the early California contactees. 
				In those days many occult groups linked to power-hungry 
				organizations were extremely active. Right after World War II, 
				when a branch of Aleister Crowley's O.T.O. (3) flourished in Los 
				Angeles, two of the most ardent members were Jack W. Parsons, a 
				propulsion engineer, and L. Ron Hubbard, a science-fiction buff.
   
				Jack Parsons met a Venusian in the 
				desert in 1946, and went on to be one of the founders of the Jet 
				Propulsion Laboratory and of the Aerojet Corporation. 
			I have dealt with the connections 
			between cult behavior, political power and higher intelligence in 
			Journey I: Recovery, and Vallee has never spoken to me directly 
			about his comments - even though we met in his capital venture 
			office, shortly after their publication. 
			If the Inca left us oral prophecy embodied in the Q’ero shamans, the 
			Maya left us the celestial precision of the prophecies embodied in 
			the Mayan calendar.
 
 The Maya also left a paucity of written records because of the 
			destruction of Mayan writing by the Spanish conquest.
 
				
				"The Mayan civilization was the 
				height of pre-Columbian culture. They made significant 
				discoveries in science, including the use of the zero in 
				mathematics. Their writing was the only in America capable of 
				expressing all types of thought. Glyphs, either representing 
				syllables or whole concepts, were written on long strips of 
				paper or carved and painted on stone.    
				They are arranged to be red from 
				left to right and top to bottom in pairs of columns….They wrote 
				detailed histories and used their calendar to predict the future 
				and astrological events. Fray Diego de Landa, second bishop of 
				the Yucatán ordered a mass destruction of Mayan books in 1562 
				and only three [or four] survived.
 "An elaborate system of writing was developed to record the 
				transition of power through the generations. Maya writing was 
				composed of recorded inscriptions on stone and wood and used 
				within architecture. Folding tree books were made from fig tree 
				bark and placed in royal tombs.
 
				  
				Unfortunately, many of these 
				books did not survive the humidity of the tropics or the 
				invasion of the Spanish, who regarded the symbolic writing as 
				the work of the devil.
 "Four books are known today:
 
					
						
						
						The
						
						Dresden Codex
						
						The Madud Codex
						
						The Paris Codex
						
						The Grolier Codex" 
			One Mayan artifact to which we have 
			access is the 
			Mayan Calendar, which antedates the Mayan 
			civilization, and stretches out into a distant future.
 The formal history of the Mayas encompasses their Classic Period 
			(300-900 AD) and their Post-Classic Period (1000-1500 AD).
 
				
				"Most artistic and cultural 
				achievement came about during the Classic period 300 - 900 AD. 
				The Maya developed a complex, hierarchical society divided into 
				classes and professions. Centralized governments, headed by a 
				king, ruled territories with clearly defined boundaries. These 
				borders changed as the various states lost and gained control 
				over territory.    
				Mayan centers flourished in Mexico, 
				Guatemala, Belize, Honduras, and El Salvador. The major cities 
				of the Classic period were Tikal (Guatemala), Palenque and 
				Yaxchilán (Chiapas, Mexico), Copán and Quirigua (Honduras). For 
				most of this period, the majority of the Maya population lived 
				in the central lowlands of Mexico and Belize. 
			The themes of the Post Classic 1000 - 
			1500 AD Post Classic period were growth and ruin. 
				
				"[At the beginning of the 
				Post-Classic period] the Maya migrated to the Yucatán peninsula. 
				There they developed their own character, although their 
				accomplishments and artwork are not considered as impressive as 
				the Classic Maya. Chichén Itzá (near Valladolid), Uxmal (near 
				Mérida) and Mayapán (west of Chichén Itzá) were the three most 
				important cities during the Post Classic period.    
				They lived in relative peace from 
				around 1000 - 1100 AD when Mayapán overthrew the confederation 
				and ruled for over 200 years. In 1441 the Maya who had 
				previously ruled Uxmal destroyed the city of Mayapán and founded 
				a new city at Mani. Wars were fought between rival Mayan groups 
				over the territory until the region was conquered by the 
				Spanish." 
			To understand the Mayan prophecies, we 
			must first delve into the Mayan Calendar. It contains the Maya’s 
			most sublime science, based on an advanced astronomical knowledge 
			such as knowledge of the precession of the equinoxes.  
			  
			Researcher 
			
			John Major Jenkins observes,
			 
				
				"As it says in the Popol Vuh: ‘by 
				sheer genius, by sheer acuity, they got it [the Mayan Calendar] 
				done.’"
 "Based upon these simple facts, ancient skywatchers in 
				Mesoamerica were apparently aware of a subtle celestial process, 
				the precession of the equinoxes. Knowledge of that process, and 
				the fact that a major alignment in that process culminates at 
				the end of their Great Cycle, strongly suggest a cosmological 
				understanding which modern yet to explore.
   
				While today the conjunction is 
				hidden behind the rays of the solstice sun, to early skywatchers 
				the future convergence would have been the focus of intense 
				calendar calculations and eschatological myth-making. As it says 
				in 
				the Popol Vuh: "by sheer 
				genius, by sheer acuity, they got it done." People interested 
				today in the scope of ancient Mesoamerican knowledge Inescapably 
				must incorporate these recent findings into their thoughts.
				   
				In doing so, we can better 
				appreciate the profound scale of the cosmological understanding 
				possessed by ancient New World cultures, to which millions of 
				present-day Indians in Middle America are heir." 
			The differences between the Mayan 
			calendar and its Western counterparts are profound.  
			  
			The Mayan calendar is multi-dimensional, 
			based not solely on the orbital travel of Earth around its Sun.
			 
				
				"The European calendar mandated by 
				Pope Gregory in 1583 is the only world calendar that did not 
				intercalate at least two celestial cycles. The Hebraic calendar 
				acquired by Enoch after he was translated in a beam of light 
				intercalated solar and lunar cycles in a fashion similar to the 
				Maya. 
				The Dogon in Africa were given four calendars by visitors 
				from Sirius B: Solar, lunar, Venusian, and civil.    
				The Tibetan calendar is so similar 
				to the Mayan that traditional scholars now speculate that they 
				share a common origin. The Vedic calendar is based on cosmic 
				cycles, or Yugas. An ancient Hindu astrology used 27 houses of 
				13 degrees 20 minutes, which are key numbers in the Mayan 
				calendar…"   
				"In the 1950s, Euro-American 
				astronomers ran headlong into the stunning reality that Native 
				Americans were masters of a sophisticated astronomy previously 
				unrecognized. Since the New World was conquered, the Europeans 
				had believed that Native Americans were ignorant of astronomy. 
				In fact, the Native American concept was completely different 
				than the European and thus not recognized.    
				Where European astronomers tracked 
				large objects, such as the sun and moon, in direct courses, the 
				Native Americans tracked small objects relative to large 
				objects, a far more complex and accurate system. The two systems 
				perceived the heavens from such radically different view points, 
				that the Europeans did not recognize the Native American system 
				as astronomy." 
			The Mayan calendar prophesies an era of 
			great shift in human consciousness and civilization, and calculates 
			the cycles of time within which these rebirths of consciousness will 
			take place.  
			  
			As a general observation, Earth changes and disruptions 
			usher each rebirth in human consciousness. 
				
				"The ancient Maya noticed that the 
				winter solstice sun was slowly moving towards the Milky Way. Two 
				great markers in the sky were converging, presenting a rare 
				celestial juncture. Their calendar accurately tells us when this 
				will occur, and it meant more than the birth of a new solar 
				year.    
				It meant the beginning of a new 
				Great Cycle of time, the resetting of the great celestial 
				star-clock of precession and, perhaps, an unprecedented shift in 
				the nature of human consciousness and civilization." 
			The Mayan calendar can be thought of as 
			a combination 
			Star Gate and mind map, a multi-leveled tool for 
			navigating life as a coordinate of time-space-energy channels that 
			open and develop with the mechanics of celestial movements. 
				
				"The Maya understood 17 different 
				Calendars based on the Cosmos. Some of these calendars go back 
				as far as ten million years and are so difficult that you would 
				need an astronomer, astrologer, geologist, and a mathematician 
				just to work out the calculations. Lucky for us we only need to 
				work with three of these calendars.    
				The calendars that are most 
				important to beings of Earth are the Haab, the Tun-Uc and the 
				Tzolk'in. The Tzolk'in is the most important and the one with 
				the most influence." 
			Celestial within cycles - cycles around 
			our Sun and around our galaxy form the basis of the Mayan calendars.
			 
			  
			The calendars were a precision tool for 
			divination, based upon the architecture and movements of celestial 
			bodies. 
				
				"The 
				Tzolk'in is the Sacred calendar of the Maya and is 
				based on the cycles of the Pleiades. The cycle of the Pleiades 
				uses 26,000 years, but is reflected in the calendar we are using 
				by encompassing 260 days. It uses the sacred numbers 13 and 20. 
				The 13 represents the numbers and 20 represents the sun/glyphs.
				   
				The Tzolk'in has four smaller cycles 
				called seasons of 65 days each guarded by the four suns of 
				Chicchan, Oc, Men and Ahau. There are also Portal days within 
				the Tzolk'in that create a double helix pattern using 52 days 
				and the mathematics of 28. The traditional Maya is still using 
				this sacred calendar for divination all over the Yucatan, 
				Guatemala, and Belize, and Honduras. 
			Now what does the Mayan calendar say 
			about Earth changes in our era? Would it surprise you that the 
			answer is very similar to the Inca prophecies, only more precise? 
			According to the Mayan Calendar, the Mayan Long Count end-cycle 
			occurs on December 22, 2012.
 
			  
			The Long Count end-cycle also coincides 
			with the end of a larger 26,000-year galactic cycle of the Mayan 
			calendar. Mayan cosmology holds that cataclysmic Earth changes, as 
			well as endowment of human cosmic consciousness will accompany these 
			end-cycles. A possible mechanism for predicted Earth changes is the 
			vast distortions of the Sun’s magnetic field, brought on by density 
			waves emanating from the core of our galaxy (the galactic "Sun").
			 
			  
			Human environmental weapons could 
			exacerbate these Earth changes.  
			  
			Contemporary science holds that galactic 
			density waves may have been responsible for creating our Sun, but 
			lacks the sophisticated understanding the Mayans possessed about 
			galactic cycles. The Mayan calendar predicts that Earth and the 
			solar system will enter these galactic beam-waves around the 2012 AD 
			end-cycle. 
			  
			The Mayan calendar predicts that the 
			coming galactic density beam creates Earth changes, as well as a new 
			era of expanded cosmic consciousness on Earth. The age ushered in by 
			the Mayan end-cycle in 2012 AD may finally transform our war-like 
			and eco-cidal human culture into an enlightened civilization.
 The train of discovery and insight responsible for decoding the 
			Mayan prophecies is a moving one.
 
				
				"In 1880 a brilliant, German 
				scholar, who was working as a librarian in Dresden, turned his 
				attention to this codex. By a process of extraordinary detective 
				work he cracked the code of the Mayan calendar making it 
				possible for other scholars and explorers to translate the many 
				dated inscriptions to be found on buildings, stele and other 
				ancient Mayan artifacts.    
				He discovered that the 
				
				
				Dresden Codex 
				itself was concerned with astronomy providing detailed tables of 
				lunar eclipses and other phenomenon. These were so accurate that 
				they put our own calendar to shame. He also found evidence for a 
				curious magic number- 1,366,560 days, which could be factor[ed] 
				in a number of ways and which harmonized the cycles of Venus and 
				Mars with two yearly cycles also used by the Maya: the sacred 
				Tzolk’in of 260 days and the Haab of 365 days.    
				However, he also found that they had 
				another system of counting the days relative to a starting date, 
				called the Birth of Venus and now known to be 13 August 3114 BC. 
				This calendar was divided into months or uinals of twenty days, 
				years or tuns of 360 days and longer periods of 7200 days, the 
				katun and 144,000 days, the baktun.    
				The number 13 was magically 
				important to them and they believed that, starting from the 
				Birth of Venus, after 13 of these longest periods, or baktuns, 
				the world would come to an end. Working from their start date 
				this Mayan Prophecy points to a date in our own time, 22 
				December 2012. 
			Researchers Gilbert & 
			Cotterell have done us a great service in correlating and 
			deducing a possible mechanism by which cataclysmic Earth changes 
			could take place.  
			  
			As the Mayan calendar predicts, Earth 
			changes may be triggered during a transition window around the 
			end-cycle date, 
			December 22, 2012. 
			That mechanism is electromagnetic energy, emitted by solar activity 
			in sunspot cycles, and their devastating effects on the Earth’s 
			magnetosphere - and consequently on the Earth’s weather, climate, 
			and seismicity - of the Earth. The electromagnetic effects of 
			sunspot cycles can actually cause a shift in the magnetic fields and 
			poles of the Earth, unleashing great earthquakes, climatic and 
			weather shifts.
 
			Think of sunspots as mammoth electromagnetic generators, aimed at 
			the Earth’s magnetosphere and magnetic field.
 
 What Gilbert & Cotterell have postulated is that the cycles of the 
			Mayan calendar may be structured around the cycles of destructive 
			sunspot storms, and the destructive effects of the electromagnetic 
			energy they release on the magnetic field of the Earth. As certain 
			Mayan cycles end and new cycles begin, the Earth may suffer 
			cataclysm caused by the electromagnetic energy of storms on the 
			surface of the Sun.
 
			  
			Cotterell found evidence of a larger 
			sunspot cycle of 1,366,040 days, exactly two tuns smaller than the 
			Mayan Long Count of 1,366,560 days. Cotterell proposed that the 
			Mayan and the sunspot cycles are related. 
				
				"As expected his model predicted 
				that there should be a sunspot cycle of roughly eleven and a 
				half years, closely corresponding to what has been observed over 
				several centuries. However, he also found graphic evidence for 
				longer cycles including a period of 1,366,040 days. His work 
				took a new turn when he read about the Mayan super number from 
				the Dresden Codex: 1,366,560 days.    
				This was exactly two 260-day cycles 
				larger than his theoretical sunspot period. He therefore 
				proposed that the two were related. As his earlier work on what 
				he called Astrogenetics indicated that human fertility was 
				dependent on the presence of sunspots, he now had evidence that 
				the Mayan calendar was not arbitrary but was based on a 
				knowledge of the effects of sunspots.    
				This explained the near obsession 
				they had for long cycles of time and their belief in the rise 
				and fall of four previous ages of man." 
			If these correlations are at all 
			factual, the end of the 1,366,560 day mega-cycle Long Count may be 
			related to a 1,366,040 day sunspot cycle.  
			  
			If the end of the Mayan Long count is in 
			fact high in sunspot activity, an indeterminate window around 
			December 22, 2012 may well be a period of cataclysmic Earth changes. 
			Cotterell describes the mechanism by which sunspot activity twists 
			the electromagnetic field of the Earth, ultimately triggering Earth 
			changes.
 
 Solar radiation is also clearly the most important factor in 
			climatic changes…correlating radio carbon levels with solar 
			activity, the European climate, and the advance or retreat of alpine 
			glaciers…. When the sun is very active it generates a large number 
			of sunspots, and these in turn cause large numbers of charged 
			particles to be thrown into space.
 
			  
			This means that there are clouds 
			of charged particles between the sun and the Earth, and there is a 
			thickening of the Van Allen belts.
 There is a direct mechanism between electromagnetic solar activity 
			and Earth changes.
 
			  
			The Maya calendar’s prediction of four 
			prior Earth changes and a fifth destruction in 2012 AD may correlate 
			directly with the five field shifts in the Sun’s magnetic field 
			during the Long Count, beginning on 14 August 3114 BC, and ending on 
			December 22, 2012. 
				
				"When the sun’s magnetic field 
				shifts direction, it tends to twist the Earth off its axis. The 
				tilting Earth is subjected to earthquakes, floods, 
				conflagrations, and volcanic eruptions.
 "The sun’s magnetic field shifts five times every long cosmic 
				cycles. This would seem to be the reason that the Maya and 
				others believed that the Earth has been destroyed four times in 
				the past, and that destruction at the beginning of the 21st 
				century in this, the fifth age of the sun, will follow in the 
				same way."
 
			Cotterell concludes that the end of the 
			Mayan Long Count may well be accompanied by a reversal of the 
			Earth’s magnetic field, caused by solar activity (sunspots). This 
			magnetic reversal of axis may tend to twist the Earth’s magnetic 
			field, inducing tilt in the Earth itself.  
			  
			The outcome may be Earth changes on a 
			cataclysmic scale - mammoth tectonic events; earthquakes; ocean 
			flooding a tsunamis; volcanism. 
				
				"…the Mayan prophecy for the end of 
				the fifth Age concerns a reversal of the Earth’s magnetic field. 
				This and its associated cataclysm, he believes, will occur 
				around 2012 AD." 
			Cotterell correlates the Mayan calendar 
			cycles with the Edgar Cayce prediction that remains of
			
			Atlantis would be found off Bimini, 
			Bahamas in 1968 or 1969.  
			  
			As I did in 1974, Cotterell concludes 
			that the submerged temple or sea wall structures, discovered by the 
			1968-69 Dr. J. Manson Valentine expedition, represent an intentional 
			fulfillment of the Cayce prediction. 
			Now we can speculate with Cotterell on very the near-miraculous 
			source of the knowledge behind the Mayan calendar. The date the 
			Edgar Cayce precognitive information places on the cataclysm which 
			sank this Poseidia portion of Atlantis was 10,500 BC. Cotterell 
			argues, that following the cataclysm, the Poseidia-Atlantis 
			survivors made their way by sea from the Bimini area (Poseidia may 
			have been an island the size of Cuba), carrying their advanced 
			cosmological knowledge to the Yucatan - Palenque area, where their 
			culture transformed itself over the centuries into the Maya.
 
			That Atlantis is possibly the original source for the cosmological 
			knowledge of the Mayan calendar may be supported by references in
			
			the Popol Vuh and other sacred Maya 
			texts. If the line of reasoning suggested by the precognitive Cayce 
			information and the analysis of Mayan sacred texts is a correct one, 
			the advanced cosmology of the Maya calendar may be a direct legacy 
			from a pre-cataclysmic Atlantean civilization.
 
			An Atlantean origin would go a long way toward explaining the 
			mystery of how the Mayan, who had relatively simple agricultural 
			technology, acquired such advanced astronomical and cosmological 
			technology as the calendar. The Mayan ruler and priestly castes 
			would have preserved and transmitted the calendar’s technology and 
			knowledge over the generations.
 
 The Inca and the Maya prophecies appear to have yet another function 
			in common - providing a dimension of deep meaning for the 
			intelligence behind UFOs. Let’s revisit the statements of the Q’ero 
			shamans that our era a would see "A tear in the fabric of time 
			itself," allowing humanity to see what it was becoming.
 
 This time-tear, we suggested, could refer to a dimensional opening 
			by the higher intelligence behind UFOs, using the UFO phenomenon to 
			subliminally cue and condition humanity to become the advanced 
			beings we can be in the future.
 
			The Mayan cosmologist formerly know as 
			
			Jose Arguelles correlates a 
			July 11, 1991 UFO flap over Mexico with Sixth Sun prophecies made by 
			Mayan priests in 755 AD.
 
				
				"Mayan cosmologist and scholar Jose 
				Arguelles reports a wave of confirmed UFO sightings over Mexico 
				starting on July 11, 1991, the date of the "Sixth Sun" total 
				solar eclipse predicted for that date in 755 AD by Mayan priests 
				using the calendar. The Mayan prediction was that an era 
				dominated by two life-altering events "cosmic awareness and 
				Earth changes" would commence with the Sixth Sun eclipse. The 
				1991 UFO flap drew international attention and rigorous analysis 
				by UFOlogist from a number of countries, including Japan.
 "Equating an end-date for the Mayan calendar round with a date 
				in the European-based Gregorian system has been a heartbreaker 
				for astronomers. Since the European and Native American systems 
				are so different, the only truly accurate method of 
				synchronizing the two was to identify a significant astronomical 
				event, such as an eclipse, recorded on both calendars.
   
				This has been impossible due to 
				differences in locations and calendars until July 11, 1991. ‘In 
				755 AD Maya Priests prophesied the total solar eclipse of July 
				11, 1991 would herald two life altering events for humankind: 
				cosmic awareness and Earth changes. Shortly after 1:00 P.M., on 
				July 11th, the prophecy began unfolding...’
 "Beneath the eclipse of the century, that Mayas had labeled 'The 
				Sixth Sun',a silvery disc shaped object hovered silently above 
				the world's largest city. [Seventeen (17)] different people, 
				unknown to each other, in deferent locations of Mexico City, 
				videotaped the structured ship...Cosmic Awareness had begun.
 
 "The wave of UFO activity continued in the skies over Mexico 
				and, due to the video camcorder, became the most documented mass 
				sighting ever.
 
 "For months, a team of international investigators from the 
				U.S., Mexico, and Japan followed the trail of the UFO sightings 
				through the volcano zone to Mount Popocateptl, the fourth 
				largest volcano in the world... Once dormant... Now 
				awakening..."
 
			Richard G. Gall of Scotland’s 
			Skywatch International has published a report of the July 11, 1991 
			Mexico UFO sighting, reviewing the documentation and computer 
			analysis of video taped images of the UFO craft-shaped objects in 
			the sightings.  
			  
			His report includes multiple images of 
			the UFO craft-like object, taken by different civilian observers and 
			a computer enhancement analysis of the images themselves. 
				
				"Millions of people in the huge 
				metropolis, Mexico City held their breath on the afternoon of 11 
				July 1991 as the moon eclipsed the sun, turning day into night 
				for over six minutes. But as stunning as this eclipse was, an 
				even more fantastic event occurred which managed to steal the 
				attention of the thousands of onlookers.    
				At exactly 1:22pm, a shiny metallic 
				object darted down from the skies and hovered silently to the 
				left of the eclipsing sun. It stayed suspended in the sky for a 
				full half-hour, long enough to be video-recorded by 17 different 
				people, all in separate locations throughout the city.
 "Analysis of these tapes later confirmed that this was a 
				metallic craft, spinning on its own axis. (See Images).
 
 "In the ensuing months, Mexico became gripped with what Jaime 
				Maussan - one of the country's most respected TV journalists and 
				host to the popular news program '60 Minutos', has described as 
				'UFO fever'. Maussan first became involved shortly after the 
				eclipse when he appeared on TV asking the public to send in any 
				videos they had taken of the UFO. The response was overwhelming, 
				and his office was inundated with spectacular footage of both 
				day and nighttime UFO activity filmed since the eclipse.
 
 "Maussan, who previously had no real interest in UFOs, said, "I 
				am a journalist and, as such, I only wish to deal with the 
				facts. However, since I became involved with this, along with 
				the rest of Mexico, I have seen overwhelming evidence that 
				convinces me that my country is being visited regularly by a 
				huge number of extraterrestrial craft. The is no other 
				explanation."
 
 "Maussan had collaborated with the US husband and wife PI team 
				Lee and Brit Elders in producing three documentaries, 'The 
				Messengers of Destiny’ series, which have been widely praised by 
				the UFO community for presenting some of the finest UFO footage 
				ever seen by the public or researchers. For many UFOlogists, the 
				footage collated in the video series provides firm evidence that 
				whatever the objects are, they cannot be a product of any known 
				terrestrial technology.
 
 "For example, in one video sequence, a UFO can be seen gliding 
				through cloud. While sceptics argue that the object could be a 
				bird, or a plane (yeah right), or even a meteor (YEAH RIGHT), 
				computer analysis of the image clearly shows that it was a 
				solid, metallic structure shaped like a hockey puck. Computer 
				enhancement of the footage also allows researchers to magnify 
				the individual pixels from which the images are composed, 
				revealing details that would otherwise be invisible to the naked 
				eye.
 
 "An analysis also revealed the presence of two other, smaller 
				craft below the main metallic structure - something not visible 
				on the video. (Images available).
 
 "Computer enhancement has also high-lighted the incredible 
				manoeuvrability of the objects. For instance, in dozens of 
				videos, UFOs are initially recorded as a single circular object 
				that slowly splits into two distinct craft. In one remarkable 
				sequence, a UFO is seen to split into five distinct objects. 
				Other craft are seen accelerating at enormous speeds, moving at 
				impossible speed as they shoot from one part of the sky to 
				another. Analysis shows that the UFO blinks out of sight in a 
				single video frame - less than a 60th of a second!
 
 "Despite this compelling video evidence, the Mexican government 
				has so far remained tight-lipped on the UFO issue. Maybe one of 
				the reasons why, is the concern expressed by airline pilots for 
				the safety of passengers flying into Mexico's airports. This was 
				dramatically illustrated by a series of worrying events that 
				began in the summer of 1994."
 
 "On the evening of July 28, flight 129 was making its final 
				approach into Mexico City airport. The crew and 109 passengers 
				of the DC9 were all expecting a routine landing when suddenly 
				they were involved in a mid-air collision with an unknown 
				object. The pilot, who was a man named Raymond Cervantes Ruana, 
				was forced to take emergency measures and later stated "I've 
				never felt an impact so strong. When we checked the plane we 
				discovered that one of the shock absorbers had been ripped off."
 
 "Ruana managed to land the aircraft safely and rushed to the 
				control tower. "They told me that as I was making my final turn 
				there were two UFOs on their screen. I probably crossed my path 
				with theirs. This is when I declared an emergency." Air traffic 
				controllers confirmed there were no other civilian or military 
				aircraft in the vicinity during the landing.
 
 "Only a month later, another near catastrophe occurred when 
				Flight 304 from Acapulco was attempting to land. The captain 
				later stated "A big silver object came out of a cloud. It was 
				metallic and circular. We clearly saw the object. It passed 
				directly under the plane and we were forced to make a very 
				difficult maneuver to avoid a collision." On landing, the 
				furious pilots confronted the controllers and demanded why they 
				received no warning.
 
 "According to Maussan, these and numerous other events involving 
				passenger aircraft had resulted in a major public outcry. Can 
				you imagine what would happen if there had been a head-on 
				collision with a passenger jet over densely populated Mexico 
				City? How would they explain an accident like this to the 
				general public? Probably the same as TWA Flight 800, cover up 
				the truth.
 
 "Maussan was requested by the Mexican Pilots Association to 
				present two lectures about the UFO wave to assembled pilots. 
				[He] knows how worried they are, they don't care if they are 
				UFOs or identified, they just want to avoid an accident…."
 
 "The Mexican wave was provided many researchers with vast 
				amounts of solid evidence supporting the extraterrestrial 
				hypothesis. The aerial activity recorded on video goes way 
				beyond the fleeting glimpses of UFOs seen in many previous cases 
				and, as yet, denies any terrestrial explanation. Initial efforts 
				to explain the UFOs as the planet Venus or meteors have been 
				scientifically rejected, and sceptics have avoided investigating 
				the Mexican material, even deep down they know, just to ignorant 
				to admit it."
 
			Images from Mexico July 11, 1991 "Sixth 
			Sun" UFO Sightings 
			  
				
					
					Mexico UFO July 11, 1991"At exactly 1:22pm, a 
					shiny metallic object
 darted down from the skies and hovered
 silently to the left of the eclipsing sun. It
 stayed suspended in the sky for a full half
 hour, long enough to be video-recorded by
 17 different people, all in separate
 locations throughout the city. Analysis of
 these tapes later confirmed that this was a
 metallic craft, spinning on its own axis."
 
 
					Mexico UFO 7-11-91 Computer 
					enhancement
 "Computer enhancement of 
					the footage also allows
 researchers to magnify the individual pixels from
 which the images are composed, revealing details
 that would otherwise be invisible to the naked eye.
 An analysis also revealed the presence of two other,
 smaller craft below the main metallic structure -
 something not visible on the video."
 
 
					Mexico UFO 7-11-91 Puebla sighting
 "On 11 July 1991, this 
					bright object was
 filmed by one of the many Mexicans who
 lined the streets of the town of Puebla to
 watch the solar eclipse. The pulsating,
 disc-shaped craft moved slowly and
 silently through the sky, and was
 mistaken by many for a planet. On the
 same day, dozens of other witnesses
 throughout Mexico video-recorded the
 mysterious craft."
 
 
					Mexico UFO 7-11-99 Puebla videos
 Other video-cam 
					recordings of the same Puebla craft
 
 Copyright: Richard 
					Gall
 Scotland Director SKYWATCH INTERNATIONAL
 WWW design and text editing Copyrighted © 1996-1997 by 
					Jeroen Wierda
 Picard UFO Research International
 
			Going over the documentation and 
			analysis of the Sixth Sun UFO sighting, it is reasonable to conclude 
			that real phenomena took place that day.  
			  
			Yet, what were the Sixth Sun phenomena, 
			and how might the phenomena relate to the Maya prophecies? Each 
			entity that has reported on the Sixth Sun UFO flap, has reported it 
			from its own institutional perspective.  
			  
			Reuters News Service’s wire report, 
			dated 5 December 1997, on a UFO conference studying the Sixth Sun 
			flap is typical of the tongue-in-cheek approach the news business 
			has taken: 
				
				"ACAPULCO, Mexico (Reuters) - Mexico 
				has long faced resentment in the United States for exporting 
				illegal aliens, but since 1991 the country has faced its own 
				alien invasion  -  by extraterrestrials, that is." 
			UFO researcher Richard G. Gall explores 
			another possible hypothesis - that the Sixth Sun UFO flap was an 
			intentional disinformation event, staged by secret (probably U.S.) 
			military UFO-aircraft, in fulfillment of the Mayan prophecies.
			 
			  
			Gall notes that the silence of the 
			Mexican military around the flap could be interpreted several ways. 
			He also notes the similarity in profile of the Sixth Sun UFO craft 
			to craft sighted near 
			
			Area 51 Nellis Air Force Base in Nevada. 
				
				"Despite the threat posed by unknown 
				craft - whether alien or not - appearing along civilian air 
				routes, the Mexican air force has only rarely scrambled fighters 
				in an attempt to intercept the objects. This policy of 
				non-intervention has led many researchers to assume that the 
				government does not regard the UFOs as a threat, and may even be 
				welcoming them. Alternatively, the authorities may know exactly 
				what the objects are, but unwilling to discuss it…."
 "In 1995, security-camera footage taken at Nellis Air Force Base 
				in Nevada, was smuggled out and presented to UFO researchers. 
				The video shows a pulsating metallic craft climbing through the 
				sky and has been authenticated by a number of military and 
				defense analysts, including Bill Sweetman, a leading 
				Stealth-technology researcher. In 1996, researchers from the US 
				TV program 'Sightings' compared the craft at Nellis, with the 
				object filmed in Mexico during the eclipse. Some researchers 
				concluded that the two were identical, and suggested that the 
				UFOs over Mexico could be part of a secret US military 
				program…"
 
			Gall himself leaves us with one key 
			question - why did this very large exhibitionist UFO flap occur in 
			Mexico? 
				
				"Despite the strength of the 
				evidence, one question remains. Why Mexico? Jaime Maussan 
				speculates that the population is being tested to gauge its 
				reaction towards the presence of extraterrestrials. He believes 
				that such overt and seemingly deliberate exhibitionism can only 
				be explained as a prelude to something greater." 
			He answers his own question with a 
			personal conclusion that the July 11, 1991 Mexico UFO phenomenon can 
			be most creatively seen in the context of the Mayan prophecies, 
			specifically the Sixth Sun 
			prophecy. 
				
				"One of the most intriguing aspects 
				of the current UFO wave in Mexico is the fact that this and 
				other events were prophesied accurately over 1000 years ago by 
				the country's ancient ancestors, the Maya.    
				The decoding of the Dresden Codex, a 
				stone tablet depicting Maya cosmology, revealed that the ancient 
				civilization was able to predict the cycle of solar eclipses 
				with great accuracy. According to the Maya, during the birth of 
				the 'sixth sun' (the period following an eclipse in 1991) the 
				'Masters of the Stars' or 'Messengers of Destiny' would return.
				   
				The prophecy continues 'In the era 
				of the sixth sun, all that is buried will be discovered, truth 
				shall be the seed of light and the sons of the sixth sun shall 
				be the ones who travel through the stars.' (Us?) For many UFO 
				researchers this is strong evidence that the objects over Mexico 
				are definitely from another world."  
			Let’s retreat for a moment to the 
			science of communications. Context functions as an interpretive 
			framework within which a communication is made. A communication’s 
			context is its single most effective component that enhances the 
			definition, depth, and message content of the communication. 
			How do the Inca and Maya prophecies function in the Sixth Sun UFO 
			flap?
 
 They provide a high-definition context for the UFO flap itself. The 
			UFO flap becomes a communication within the backdrop of the Maya and 
			Inca prophecies of cosmic awareness and Earth changes.
 
 If a UFO flap occurs on a date predicted by the Star Gate and mind 
			map that is the Maya calendar, all of the referents of the Maya 
			cosmology become part of the UFO flap’s communication. Specifically, 
			Maya references to Earth changes culminating in 2012 AD. 
			Specifically, Maya and Inca prophecies of the sixth world to come - 
			an age of cosmic awareness among humankind.
 
			The Maya calendar and Inca prophecies place UFO phenomena in full 
			context, as a "tear in the fabric of time." Whatever the nature of 
			the UFO phenomenon might be - dimensional, extraterrestrial, 
			electromagnetic, human-military - the context of the Maya and Inca 
			prophecies surround it with the deepest referential meaning.
 
			  
			The Sixth Sun UFO flap, acquires a 
			fullness of communication precisely because if occurs as a 
			fulfillment of Maya prophecies of cosmic cycles. Without the Maya 
			calendar context, a UFO flap over any major Western city would be 
			remarkable, to be sure, but the information communicated by the flap 
			would less rich, more superficial and ambiguous. 
			A typical, Western UFO sighting would be wrapped in a thinner, more 
			secular context without a living, rich, ancient cultural and 
			prophetic reference. Perhaps that is why Western cultures find the 
			UFO phenomenon puzzling, irritating and fractious - they lack a 
			cultural context and grounding for interpreting the phenomena, as 
			modern-day Mayan and Incan-based cultures may have.
 
			  
			Native American medicine man 
			
			Robert 
			Ghost Wolf alludes to this lack of cultural reference for UFOs in 
			North American culture. 
				
				"Why is it that they have news about 
				these (UFOs) in Mexico, but they don't have news of them here? 
				Why is it that people in other countries can sit down and have 
				intelligent conversations about what's going on, while we don't 
				have them here? We are ridiculed and called madmen and 
				heretics…" 
			These observations about the 
			relationship of Mayan prophecy and UFO flaps may have been borne out 
			by Mexican UFO flaps following the 1991 Sixth Sun flap.  
			  
			Gall reports 
			formations of UFO craft-objects flying in formations that look like 
			astronomical constellations. 
				
				"Whatever their purpose, the strange 
				objects above Mexico continue to be witnessed and filmed. The 
				latest footage appears to show groups of up to 40 of these UFOs 
				forming into patterns which many researchers have taken to be 
				constellations. Could this be an obscure attempt at 
				communication, as some researchers believe? Let’s wait and see." 
			In parsing these reports, I realize the 
			temptations and the pitfalls of over-projecting anthropomorphic 
			views onto the UFO phenomenon.  
			  
			In prior theoretical work on UFO content 
			analysis, I suggested that UFO encounters could be analyzed and 
			interpreted using the disciplines of dream interpretation, because 
			many UFO reports were structured almost as dreams, with conscious 
			and subconscious content. 
			Taking that approach, it would seem that the constellation pattern 
			would constitute a deliberate communication, assuming the UFO 
			phenomenon has intention and intelligence. If the "formation" 
			reports are erroneous, well the reports are just more data. As an 
			intentional communication, however, the UFO formation might mean a 
			simple signal - "outer space"; "we are from a constellation."
 
			Remember, however, that the Sixth Sun UFO flap occurred within the 
			context of a Calendar prophecy that Mayan priests had made in 755 
			AD. It seems more reasonable to assume that, as Mayan calendar may 
			have been the context for the Sixth Sun UFO flap, so follow-on UFO 
			flaps may also have been designed within a Mayan calendar context.
 
			The Mayan calendar itself is structured around the celestial 
			clockwork of constellations. Therefore the reports of formations of 
			UFO craft arrayed as a "constellation" may be an intentional 
			communication in the context of the Mayan calendar predictions. The 
			content of the UFO communication could be its context.
 
			  
			By the principles of dream 
			interpretation, one interpretation of the "UFO 
			formation-constellation" content is:  
				
				"The Mayan prophecies are now 
				operative."  
			I am sure you yourself can develop a 
			whole list of alternative interpretations of the Sixth Sun UFO 
			formation-constellation message. 
			We can analyze the 1991 Sixth Sun UFO flap as a phenomenon which is 
			meaningfully related to the Mayan calendar prophecies. What is more, 
			our Mayan calendar analysis is consistent with any of the 
			alternative Interpretations of the underlying UFO phenomenon itself, 
			as a dimensional, extraterrestrial, electromagnetic, or 
			human-military phenomenon.
 
			For example, suppose the intelligence behind the 1991 Sixth Sun UFO 
			flap is on the order of a mega-intelligence that is 
			multi-dimensional. That UFO intelligence could create the UFO flap 
			through advanced electromagnetic technology, and use the 1991 flap 
			as a peripheral cue to condition humankind into the concepts of 
			cosmic consciousness and Earth changes.
 
			  
			Alternatively, if the intelligence 
			behind the UFO flap were extraterrestrial, it would use its UFO 
			craft as peripheral cues for the same purpose of psychologically 
			reinforcing cosmic consciousness and Earth changes awareness. 
			Suppose the UFO flap is a purely physical phenomenon, created by 
			random electromagnetic energy, perhaps related to the total solar 
			eclipse. Still, the UFO flap would be an example of synchronicity, 
			and related in meaning to the Maya calendar. The concept of 
			synchronicity, as articulated by psychologist Carl Jung, holds that 
			meaning is a dimension in the universe, much as other dimensions 
			such as space and time.
 
			  
			Even if the 1991 UFO flap were created 
			by random electromagnetic energy, it may nevertheless be related in 
			time, space, and meaning to the Mayan calendar, if the context and 
			content of the UFO flap and the Mayan calendar are integrally 
			linked. Prophecy may be fulfilled by random, meaningful events. 
			Finally, suppose the 1991 UFO Sixth Sun flap were actually a 
			disinformation operation using secret military craft (this seems 
			doubtful, if reports of 40 UFOs flying in constellation formation 
			are accurate). This would assume that the military intelligence 
			directing the UFO secret craft had designed a flap in fulfillment of 
			the Mayan Sixth Sun prophecy. It would also assume that the military 
			intelligence behind the UFO is Gaia-conscious, which may well not be 
			the case.
 
			  
			As we have seen, intentional human 
			action can fulfill prophecy, as in the Edgar Cayce-predicted 
			Poseidia findings off of Bimini in 1969. If the 1991 Sixth Sun flap 
			were in fact a secret military operation, this intentional human 
			intervention would still be the functional equivalent of a 
			fulfillment. 
			Whatever its actual origin, the 1991 Sixth Sun UFO phenomena are a 
			living confirmation of the Maya calendar and its prophesized events, 
			vividly activating and quickening our collective consciousness of 
			humankind’s twin path - cosmic consciousness and Earth changes.
 
 We now can come full circle back to where we started - prophesized 
			Earth changes brought about by environmental warfare.
 
 Well, the effects of destructive electromagnetic energy on the 
			Earth’s systems may trigger the Earth changes predicted by the Mayan 
			calendar for the end of the long count in 2012. The Mayan age of 
			Earthquake which starts in 2012 AD may result from the 
			electromagnetic energy released by solar activity (sunspot cycle), 
			and the electromagnetic energy released by Environmental weapons and 
			nuclear explosions.
 
			Mayan cosmologist Jose Arguelles has developed an advanced 
			theoretical framework for understanding both the UFO phenomenon and 
			the effects of Environmental warfare, within the context of the 
			Mayan calendar.
 
			  
			Arguelles integrates the cycles of 
			evolution of the Mayan calendar with concept that the intelligence 
			behind UFOs may be actually a dimensional being. 
				
				"Extraterrestrials, UFOs, the "space 
				brothers" - these are not alien entities, but emanations of 
				/being/ itself. And being is, in its essence, light, radiant 
				energy. During the time that we have spun our historical tale, 
				we have been participating in the unfoldment of a larger being. 
				But by the very nature of the phase of the 5,125-year/5,200-tun 
				galactic synchronization beam in which we have been involved, we 
				have lost sight of this fact.
 "Spun through the increasingly accelerated phases of the 
				thirteen cycles of this beam (called "baktun" by the Maya), our 
				planet has arrived at an advanced stage of conscious 
				synchronization of component elements. This has been brought 
				about by the most complex forms of DNA, inducing an artificial 
				leap - the sprawl of civilization - which in actuality had one 
				goal - the quickening of the transformation of matter. This is 
				the critical significance of the 13th cycle, Baktun 12, 
				A.D.1618-2012.
 
 The first detonation of atomic energy in the Trinity Test of 
				July 16, 1945 is a watershed event within this last baktun 
				cycle. The Trinity Test both releases the first of a literal 
				flood of destructive electromagnetic energy into the Earth’s 
				environment, and triggers a process of polarization of 
				consciousness in our human species.
 
				"Once this critical transformation of matter was attained on 
				July 16, 1945 [Trinity Test - date of first testing of atomic 
				bomb at Trinity, New Mexico], two basic processes were set in 
				motion. One involved the materialist aggrandizement of power 
				represented by the entrenchment of the prevalent global 
				industrial-social order; the other involved the dissonant 
				quickening of the resonant field of the planet resulting in a 
				wide spectrum of effects from UFO sightings to increased 
				psychism to tectonic plate shifts and terrorism.
 
 "The reason for the intense subjective effects experienced by 
				the human psyche lies in the overall impact of radioactivity and 
				electromagnetic pollution on the infrastructure of DNA, causing 
				increased randomness and entropy of behavior. But this response 
				of DNA experienced as socially disruptive behavior in the human 
				realm, inclusive of rises in the incidence of cancer and new 
				diseases like AIDS, is actually only a complement of what is 
				occurring in the larger host organism, Earth."
 
			Arguelles describes the Earth-system 
			mechanisms by which destructive forces predicted by the Mayan 
			calendar can ultimately cause cataclysmic Earth changes, including 
			"a shattering of the planetary form." Electromagnetic energy is a 
			central mechanism to these prophecies.  
			  
			These destructive forces include 
			electromagnetic energy from nuclear explosions and environmental 
			weapons. 
				
				"The resonant body of Earth, the 
				vibratory infrastructure that literally holds together the 
				sense-perceptible body of Earth, is in a condition of intense 
				‘fever’ called resonant dissonance. Remembering that the planets 
				function as gyroscopes holding the frequency pattern of their 
				particular orbits, we see that environmentally impact full 
				events since 1945 have actually set in motion a dissonant 
				vibratory wave affecting the overall spin of the planet. 
				   
				If the dissonance were not checked, 
				then, similar to an uncontrolled nuclear reaction, the 
				end-result would be the development of a wobble in the spin and 
				a consequent shattering of the planetary form.
 "In order to accommodate the increased dissonance of frequency, 
				wave adjustments are set off at the crystalline core of the 
				Earth until a new harmonic resonance of slightly higher 
				frequency is attained, thus accommodating the dissonance and 
				stabilizing at a new level of resonance.
   
				If this new level can be attained 
				before further destructive impacts are inflicted upon the 
				planetary field - whether as increased CO2 or further 
				nuclear testing - then the planet will have successfully charted 
				the 5,200-tun synchronization beam." 
			Maya calendar scholar John Major Jenkins 
			has criticized Arguelles’ attempts to derive a modified Dreamspell 
			calendar based upon the original Mayan calendar itself.  
			  
			I do not believe Jenkins’ criticisms, 
			which are directed at the modified calendar, diminish Arguelles’ 
			insights into the significance of Earth changes and of UFO phenomena 
			predicted by the original calendar. 
				
				"Dreamspell is a perfect example of 
				how indigenous handiwork gets appropriated, misrepresented and 
				distorted. This has been a controversial issue: the 
				opportunistic and disrespectful selling of sacred indigenous 
				traditions.    
				The key words here are 
				misrepresented and disrespectful. In Dreamspell literature, now 
				widely available on the World Wide Web and thus influencing 
				people around the world, the unique and creative perspective 
				developed by visionary channeler 
				
				Jose Arguelles 
				is being promoted as the Mayan calendar.    
				As some kind of measure of authority 
				in these matters, he claims to channel the spirit of the great 
				ruler of Palenque,
				
				Pacal. If Jose’s new 
				perspectives were presented as new perspectives, derived from 
				Mayan tradition, there would be a lot less to complain about 
				here. However, it is simply deplorable that Dreamspell is 
				spewing its distorted derivations around the world and labeling 
				them the real thing. This is bad enough, and it gets worse." 
			I do not feel competent to judge these 
			issues. I myself was co-host and producer of a live radio program, 
			broadcast to public radio stations in the U.S., meant to celebrate 
			the Harmonic Convergence of August 16-17, 1987, an important 
			prophetic date on the Mayan calendar, according to Arguelles. 
			Arguelles’ observations about the effects on the Earth system of 
			electromagnetic energy released by nuclear warfare and testing since 
			the advent of Trinity Test on July 16, 1945 are consistent with 
			public interest research data showing that Earth seismicity has 
			significantly increased in the nuclear age.
 
			  
			The mechanism of this increased 
			seismicity is most probably electromagnetic energy released by 
			nuclear explosions. Nuclear explosions release electromagnetic 
			energy, which distorts the magnetic fields of the Earth, twisting 
			them, tilting the Earth, and causing tectonic activity.  
			  
			There may be resonant frequencies 
			activated in the Earth’s surface as well, activating tectonic shifts 
			and contribute to increased seismicity. 
			  
			Earth Changes
 The Mayan calendar suggests two outcomes of the end-beginning cycle 
			starting December 22, 2012. These are Earth changes and cosmic 
			consciousness. Both of these may be the outcomes of the same set of 
			forces, converging simultaneously on our Earth.
 
			Remember the principle we have may have discovered: Human 
			intervention can fulfill prophecy, of itself or in concert with 
			other forces.
 
			Let’s evaluate the electromagnetic forces that may converge to the 
			trigger cataclysmic Earth changes predicted by the Mayan calendar 
			for the end-cycle of the Long Count, starting in 2012.
 
			Solar activity (sunspot cycles) is 
			one of the forces may create a critical field of Earth disturbance. 
			Mini-cycles of solar activity (sunspots) occur approximately every 
			11.5 years, and the next sunspot cycle scheduled following the 
			2001-2001 cycle occurs during 2012.
 
				
				"As the current solar cycle ('Cycle 
				23') ascends, as part of an 11-year cycle estimated to peak 
				between mid-2000 and early-2001, so does solar activity such as 
				sunspots and solar flares. 
				"Solar flares, an intense temporary release of high-energy 
				particles (from visible light to radio waves, and gamma- and x- 
				rays), usually occur near sunspots, and may be associated with 
				'coronal mass ejections' (or CMEs). Flares are categorized into 
				three groups, the lowest being the C-class flare. A M-class 
				flare, which usually produces shortwave fadeout in the daylight 
				hemisphere of Earth, is between the C-class and the X-class 
				flare. X-class flares are very energetic events that definitely 
				produce a shortwave fadeout in the daylight hemisphere of Earth.
 
				"CMEs, which can also occur independently, are streams of gas 
				and magnetic fields that can contain a billion tons of matter, 
				accelerating at several million miles per hour into 
				interplanetary space…
 
				"Scientists have found that magnetic disturbances are more 
				probable around the equinox months.
 
				"About 15% of incoming radiation is absorbed by the atmosphere, 
				and the potentially most dangerous gamma- and x-rays are mostly 
				absorbed by the ionosphere. Ultraviolet radiation is generally 
				absorbed by the Ozone layer, although what UV rays do get 
				through contribute to such things as skin cancer and it is 
				believed they affect a diversity of life, including plants, 
				amphibian eggs and even single-celled organisms."
 
			Prophecy researcher Peter Petrisko 
			notes that the mini-cycles of solar activity (sunspots) have been 
			plotted for the last 300 years and none has triggered Earth changes 
			of a cataclysmic scale. 
			While some have prophesied an all-encompassing, life-ending flare or 
			ejection, a few points should be noted. First, in the 300 or so 
			years of recorded solar activity, no such event has occurred (not 
			even during the most intense 'Cycle 19' of the late 50s). Lastly, at 
			known levels, even if in an aircraft at extremely high altitudes, 
			the amount of radiation one would absorb would be akin to that of an 
			x-ray machine at the doctor's office.
 
 However, solar electromagnetic activity can disrupt and twist 
			Earth’s electromagnetic fields, in turn leading to seismic activity. 
			This linkage between increased solar activity, twisting of the 
			Earth’s magnetic field, and increased seismicity is a potential 
			mechanism of Earth changes.
 
			  
			If the effects of solar activity on the 
			Earth’s magnetic field, and on tectonic structures are large enough, 
			Earth changes of a large scale could occur. 
				
				"If directed at the Earth, these 
				solar materials can buffet the planet's magnetosphere, which 
				results in geomagnetic activity. This activity is a natural 
				variation in the Earth's geomagnetic field, and is classified 
				into quiet, unsettled, active and storm conditions. A 
				geomagnetic storm may occur 1 to 3 days after a large solar 
				flare, and CMEs may be associated with a disturbance in the 
				planet's magnetic field or ionosphere. 
			From the perspectives of the Mayan 
			calendar, and of some observers of solar activity, the sunspot cycle 
			of 2012 AD may be vastly different in nature and scale from the 
			11.5-year sunspot cycles that have been observed for the last 300 
			years. 
			Researcher 
			Maurice Cotterell has analyzed 
			the patterns of sunspot cycles going back for the 18,139 years of 
			the grand solar cycle. He notes that the sun’s magnetic field has 
			shifted five (5) times during this grand cycle.
 
				
				"This means that the [Sun’s magnetic 
				field] shifts five times during every 18,139-year grand cycle. 
				The sun’s magnetic field shifts after 3740 years, again after 
				3553 years, again after 3553 years, and again after 3740 years, 
				and finally for the fifth time after 3553 years during the grand 
				cycle." 
			The Sun’s magnetic field shifts for its 
			fifth and final time around 2012, the end of this grand solar cycle.
			 
			  
			This shift in the solar magnetic field 
			corresponds roughly to the end of the current grand cycle of the 
			Mayan calendar on December 22, 2012. This fifth sunspot cycle is 
			approximately 1,366,040 days long. This end-cycle of the Mayan 
			calendar is almost conterminous with the solar activity (sunspot), 
			and is 1,366,560 days long, when corrected for calendar variances. 
			Cotterell notes this correlation in end-cycle shifts in the Sun’s 
			magnetic field and the Mayan cosmology that Earth changes at the end 
			of each Mayan calendar Long Count.
 
			  
			He speculates that this end-cycle shift 
			in the Sun’s magnetic field may be the mechanism for the Mayan 
			account of the four prior destructions of the Earth, and the 
			possible fifth destruction, starting in 2012 AD the end of the 
			current Long Count. 
				
				"It was this last period of 
				1,366,040 days [the sunspot mega-cycle] that was in Cotterell’s 
				mind when he first read about the Mayan super-number of 
				1,366,560 days [the Long Count cycle) recorded in the Dresden 
				Codex. It seemed too similar to be a coincidence. What is more, 
				his division of the greater period of reversals of the sun’s 
				polarity seemed to mirror the Mayan conception of earlier ages.
				   
				They like his data, indicated there 
				had been four earlier ages before our own. It seemed what they 
				[the Maya] were talking about was the shifting or reversal of 
				the sun’s magnetic field. Could this be the mechanism behind the 
				collapse of one age and the start of another? 
			So, what does this mean in relation to 
			predicted Earth changes? 
			It means that we have identified a possible mechanism for Earth 
			changes as prophesized in the Mayan calendar - a reversal in the 
			magnetic field of the Sun, somewhere in a time window around 2012. A 
			reversal in the Sun’s magnetic field can be predicted from the 
			larger solar sunspot end-cycle to occur in the 2012 time window.
 
			  
			The Mayan calendar indicates the end of 
			the Mayan Long Count cycle is also in 2012.  
			  
			If Cotterell’s speculations are correct, 
			the four prior reversals of the Sun’s magnetic field the current 
			grand solar cycle may correspond to the four prior "destructions" of 
			the Earth held by the Mayan cosmology. The end of the Mayan Long 
			Count on December 22, 2012 may coincide with a reversal of the Sun’s 
			magnetic field, which has occurred four times earlier during the end 
			of a sunspot mega-cycle. 
			Now we can see a basis for reasoning that the effects of solar 
			activity occurring around 2012 AD may be of a vastly different scale 
			and degree than the effects experienced during the "normal" 11.5 
			year sunspot mini-cycles we have been measuring for the last 300 
			years. If the Sun’s magnetic field is greatly disturbed or does 
			reverse during the 2012 AD time window, the impact of the Earth’s 
			magnetic field could be such as to create Earth changes of a 
			cataclysmic scale.
 
 
			One mechanism of these Earth changes 
			could be a devastating distortion and twisting of the Earth’s 
			electromagnetic field by the Sun’s reversal of magnetic polarity. 
			This twisting of the Earth’s magnetic field in turn would tend to 
			tilt the Earth, throwing its tectonic plates out of balance, and 
			triggering large-scale tectonic activity - Earth changes.  
			  
			Conceivably, the Earth changes could 
			include changes in surface landmasses and ocean. If the surface 
			distribution of Earth mass were to shift significantly, a shifting 
			of the Earth around its core would be theoretically possible. A 
			reversal of the Earth’s magnetic poles is also possible, and has 
			occurred historically. 
			Cotterell integrates (1) the science of solar magnetic field shifts 
			and (2) the cosmology of cyclical Earth destruction under Mayan 
			calendar.
 
				
				"When the sun’s magnetic field 
				shifts direction, it tends to twist the Earth off its axis. The 
				tilting Earth is subjected to Earthquakes, floods, 
				conflagrations and volcanic eruptions.
 "The sun’s magnetic field shifts five times every long cosmic 
				cycle. This would seem to be the reason that the Maya and others 
				believed that the Earth has been destroyed four times in the 
				past, and that destruction at the beginning of the 21st century 
				in this, the fifth age of the sun, will follow in the same way."
 
			Is Cotterell’s brilliant breakthrough 
			correlating great solar cycles with the Mayan Long Count end-cycles 
			science or pseudo-science?  
			  
			I say it is science. I say the burden of 
			proof now lies on the Earth sciences to show cause why we have not 
			been warned about the possible Earth changes of the 2012 AD time 
			window. If such cataclysmic changes in the Sun’s magnetic field and 
			on the Earth itself may occur sometime after the 2012 AD time 
			window, why is modern Earth science so oblivious to the possibility 
			of this scale of destruction? Rudimentary principles of risk 
			assessment would require that a vulnerability analysis of the 
			impacts on Earth of a possible reversal of the Sun’s magnetic field. 
			That has not occurred? Why?
 
			One answer may lie in the perceptual blinders of the modern 
			scientific method. Perhaps our civilization will shed its perceptual 
			blinders with the cosmic consciousness of new Mayan cycle. But we 
			get ahead of ourselves. Let us return to the subject of Earth 
			changes and human warfare, that prime economic activity and 
			technological focus of our current human civilization.
 
			There is a key question we must address in order to discover the 
			potential meaning of contemporary Environmental weapons in the light 
			of the Mayan end-cycle in 2012 AD.
 
			That key question is a matter of simple logic.
 
			What can be the Earth changes effects of environmental, 
			electromagnetic warfare in the period leading up to, and during 
			intense electromagnetic shifts brought about by a possible reversal 
			of the Sun’s magnetic fields around 2012 AD?
 
			Aha! Welcome, skeptics and seers alike, let us reason together.
 
			We have seen that there is a strong correlation between nuclear 
			weapons testing and deterioration in the Earth’s electromagnetic 
			field. The mechanism of this deterioration is most probably the 
			electromagnetic energy released into the Earth’s atmosphere and 
			magnetosphere. Nuclear weapons, in fact, function as environmental 
			electromagnetic weapons, and may have been consciously used as such 
			by nations testing them.
 
			Now, let us turn to the possible Earth changes effects of new 
			generation of Environmental weapons. These are weapons designed to 
			deliver highly charged electromagnetic energy for designated 
			purposes. Some electromagnetic weapons are designed for "mind 
			control" purposes.
 
			  
			"Environmental weapons" are those using 
			Earth systems such as weather and climate to inflict destruction 
			upon a military enemy. Both mind control weapons and environmental 
			weapons employ electromagnetic energy, and may trigger Earth changes 
			consequences for our planet. 
			With regard to environmental weapons, researcher and activist Dr. 
			Nick Begich notes:
 
				
				"Over the last several years 
				Earthpulse has been investigating the latest developments in 
				technology. We explore subjects related to improving the human 
				condition and expose projects which we believe are risky and 
				unnecessary. This essay is about some of the science being 
				developed and contemplated by military planners and others that 
				could profoundly effect our lives. The intent of this essay is 
				to focus discussion on these new systems by bringing them into 
				the light of day.
 "Is it possible to trigger Earthquakes, volcanic eruptions or 
				weather changes by man-made activities? Is it possible to create 
				and direct balls of energy at lightning speeds, to destroy an 
				enemy? Is it possible to manipulate the behavior, and even the 
				memories, of people using specialized technologies? The United 
				States military and others believe that this is the case. Many 
				of these systems are well on their way to being used in the 
				battlefield."
 
			Dr. Begich specifically describes 
			environmental weapons: 
			  
				
				"Manipulating the Environment"There has been a good deal 
				of speculation about the possibilities of creating artificial 
				weather and of controlling the weather. This is not new and has 
				been the subject of on-going military research for decades. 
				Moreover, in 1976 the United States signed international 
				treaties calling for a ban on "geophysical warfare".
 
 "The use of new weapons is not limited to governments and 
				sophisticated science laboratories. In April 1997, the United 
				States Secretary of Defense, William Cohen made the following 
				comment:
 
 "’Others are engaging even in an eco-type of terrorism whereby 
				they can alter climate, set off Earthquakes, volcanoes remotely 
				through the use of electromagnetic waves.’
 
 "This is not new either but has its roots in 1960-70's era 
				research by American scientists and continues to appear in 
				numerous articles and reports. The idea of creating artificial 
				weather including cyclones is being explored. In a recent 
				article in the Wall Street Journal it was reported that ‘a 
				Malaysian company, BioCure Sdn. Bhd., will sign a memorandum of 
				understanding soon with a government-owned Russian party to 
				produce the Cyclone.’
   
				The deal with the Russians was set 
				up so that if the technology did not work the Malaysians did not 
				have to pay for the attempt. There have been other reports of 
				Russian research into this area. 
				
 "Photon Torpedoes
 "What else might be on the 
				way? In a 1989 patent a most interesting bit of science is 
				revealed. The development of new energy weapons has occupied the 
				imaginations and resources of our national and private 
				laboratories. One such weapon idea is owned by the United States 
				Department of Energy.
   
				It is a new kind of weapon that 
				allows electromagnetic or acoustic energy to be focused into a 
				tight package of energy that can be projected over great 
				distances without dissipating. When scientists think of this 
				energy being projected through the air it was always assumed 
				that the energy would dissipate, dispersing at such a rapid rate 
				that no weapon's effect could be realized.
 "What has been discovered is that there is a way to create such 
				a system. In a U. S. patent the following summary appears:
 
					
					"’The invention relates generally to transmission of pulses of 
				energy, and
				more particularly, to the propagation of localized pulses of
				electromagnetic or acoustic energy over long distances without
				divergence….’ 
				"The patent describes the energy effect as ‘electromagnetic 
				missiles or bullets’ which could destroy almost any object in 
				their path." 
			Probably the most well known 
			environmental weapons system is
			
			HAARP, operated by the United States military.  
			  
			In submitting their comments for the 
			Environmental Impact Statement for HAARP, major U.S. environmental 
			groups stated, in 1996, that new developments about HAARP had come 
			to light, requiring an expanded statement. 
			Functionally, these new developments relate mainly to HAARP’s 
			potential for Environmental warfare:
 
				
				"If there remains a "major federal 
				action" to occur, and if the new information is sufficient to 
				show that the remaining action will "affect the quality of the 
				human environment" in a significant manner or to a significant 
				extent not already considered, a supplemental . . . [impact 
				statement] must be prepared.
 
				"II. Factual Background
 "As you know, in late 1993, 
				the Air Force, in cooperation with the Navy, began construction 
				of HAARP in Gakona, Alaska. The main element of HAARP is a large 
				radio wave transmitter which "utilize[s] powerful, high 
				frequency (HF) transmissions and a variety of associated 
				observational instruments to investigate naturally occurring and 
				artificially induced ionospheric processes that support, enhance 
				or degrade the propagation of radio waves." ROD at 1.
   
				Construction of the HAARP facility 
				is currently scheduled to be completed within six or seven years 
				and presently it runs at about ten percent of projected power 
				levels. See O'Harra, HAARP's Mixed Signals; Solid Research Or 
				Menace To Alaskans, Anchorage Daily News (April 7, 1996).
 "As the Air Force originally explained, HAARP is aimed at 
				studying the ionosphere, ‘with particular emphasis placed on 
				being able to better understand and use it to enhance 
				communications and surveillance systems for both civil and 
				defense purposes.’ FEIS Vol. I at iii. As an example, one touted 
				potential military benefit from the project is the development 
				of a communication system for use with submerged submarines.
 
 "The Air Force, in the FEIS, detailed its view of the impacts of 
				the project. The Air Force focused almost exclusively on the 
				local and regional impacts of HAARP, primarily on things such as 
				impacts to animals, degradation of air quality and vegetation 
				loss due to construction activities. FEIS at 3-1 to 3-165.
   
				The Air Force deemed HAARP's effects 
				to the atmosphere and biological effects to be non-existent or 
				insignificant. See id; see also ROD at Table 2.4-1. The only 
				admitted potentially significant impact is ‘interference to 
				radio communication systems and electro-explosive devices during 
				transmitting periods.’ 
 "In the years since the EIS process was completed, several 
				groups and individuals have raised questions concerning the uses 
				to which HAARP will be put and the likely effects flowing from 
				those uses. Some of these assertions are set forth in a book, 
				published in1995, called "Angels 
				Don't Play This HAARP".
 
				Manning, Begich 
				Earthpulse Press (1995) 
			In this book, the authors set forth a 
			detailed and fully-referenced description of HAARP and its potential 
			uses and effects.    
			During the course of their research for 
			the book, the authors found that, rather than the innocuous project 
			described by the Air Force, HAARP represents a technology which 
			could lead to a new class of weapons that could change our world 
			profoundly - an all-purpose military tool. If misused, the tool 
			could mess up the weather.    
			It could be used against humanity in a 
			way that would change what people think, believe and feel.
 
			[HAARP could]: 
				
					
					
					manipulate global weather
					
					hurt ecosystems
					
					knock out electronic 
					communications
					
					change our moods and mental 
					states 
				
				"A detailed recitation in this 
				discussion of the assertions and facts contained in "Angels 
				Don't Play This HAARP" would serve no useful purpose; the book 
				stands on its own as a question mark affixed to the Air Force's 
				contrary description of the uses and effects of HAARP.2
				 
				  
				As set 
				out below, this request is based upon questions and concerns 
				about HAARP raised by facts surrounding both the Air Force's 
				current intended uses for the project and scientific evidence 
				raising questions about HAARP's effects." 
			HAARP was not developed in isolation.
			 
			  
			Dr. Rosalie Bertell of Toronto, 
			Ontario, concludes that HAARP was developed by the U.S. military as 
			part of an established program of electromagnetic weapons, for 
			application in Environmental warfare. 
				
				"It would be rash to assume that 
				HAARP is an isolated experiment which would not be expanded. It 
				is related to fifty years of intensive and increasingly 
				destructive programs to understand and control the upper 
				atmosphere.
 "It would be rash not to associate HAARP with the space 
				laboratory construction which is separately being planned by the 
				United States. HAARP is an integral part of a long history of 
				space research and development of a deliberate military nature.
 
 "The military implications of combining these projects is 
				alarming. Basic to this project is control of communications, 
				both disruption and reliability in hostile environments. The 
				power wielded by such control is obvious.
 
 "The ability of the HAARP / Spacelab/ rocket combination to 
				deliver very large amount of energy, comparable to a nuclear 
				bomb, anywhere on Earth via laser and particle beams, are 
				frightening.
 
 "The project is likely to be "sold" to the public as a space 
				shield against incoming weapons, or, for the more gullible, a 
				devise for repairing the ozone layer."
 
			Because of its implications for 
			influencing predicted Earth changes, I think it is useful to 
			thoroughly review the history of the development of environmental 
			warfare.  
			  
			Dr. Bertell’s review of the 35-year 
			history of environmental weapons development preceding HAARP is a 
			chilling one. 
				
				"Prepared by Military interest in 
				space became intense during and after World War II because of 
				the introduction of rocket science, the companion to nuclear 
				technology. The early versions include the buzz bomb and guided 
				missiles. They were thought of as potential carriers of both 
				nuclear and conventional bombs.
 "Rocket technology and nuclear weapon technology developed 
				simultaneously between 1945 and 1963. During this time of 
				intensive atmospheric nuclear testing, explosions at various 
				levels above and below the surface of the Earth were attempted. 
				Some of the now familiar descriptions of the Earth's protective 
				atmosphere, such as the existence of the Van Allen belts, were 
				based on information gained through stratospheric and 
				ionospheric experimentation.
 
 "The Earth's atmosphere consists of the troposphere, from sea 
				level to about 16 km above the Earth's surface; the stratosphere 
				(which contains the ozone level) which extends from about the 16 
				to 48 km above the Earth; and the ionosphere which extends from 
				48 km to over 50,000 km above the surface of the Earth."
 
 "The Earth's protective atmosphere or "skin" extends beyond 
				3,200 km above sea level to the large magnetic fields, called 
				the Van Allen Belts, which can capture the charged particles 
				sprayed through the cosmos by the solar and galactic winds. 
				These belts were discovered in 1958 during the first weeks of 
				the operation of America's first satellite, Explorer I. They 
				appear to contain charged particles trapped in the Earth's 
				gravity and magnetic fields.
   
				Primary galactic cosmic rays enter 
				the solar system from interstellar space, and are made up of 
				protons with energies above 100 MeV, extending up to 
				astronomically high energies. They make up about 100 percent of 
				the high-energy rays. Solar rays are generally of lower energy, 
				below 20 MeV (which is still high energy in Earth terms). These 
				high-energy particles are affected by the Earth's magnetic field 
				and by geomagnetic latitude (distance above or below the 
				geomagnetic equator).    
				The flux density of low energy 
				protons at the top of the atmosphere is normally greater at the 
				poles than at the equator. The density also varies with solar 
				activity, being at a minimum when solar flares are at a minimum.
 "The Van Allen belts capture charged particles (protons, 
				electrons and alpha particles) and these spiral along the 
				magnetic force lines toward the Polar Regions where the force 
				lines converge. They are reflected back and forth between the 
				magnetic force lines near the poles. The lower Van Allen Belt is 
				about 7700 km above the Earth's surface, and the outer Van Allen 
				Belt is about 51,500 km above the surface.
   
				According to the Encyclopedia 
				Britannica, the Van Allen belts are most intense along the 
				equator, and effectively absent over the poles. They dip to 400 
				km over the South Atlantic Ocean, and are about 1,000 km high 
				over the Central Pacific Ocean. In the lower Van Allen Belt, the 
				proton intensity is about 20,000 particles with energy above 30 
				MeV per second per square centimeter.    
				Electrons reach a maximum energy of 
				1 MeV, and their intensity has a maximum of 100 million per 
				second per square centimeter. In the outer Belt, proton energy 
				averages only 1 MeV.    
				For comparison, most charged 
				particles discharged in a nuclear explosion range between 0.3 
				and 3 MeV, while diagnostic medical X-ray has peak voltage 
				around 0.5 MeV. 
			  
			Project Argus (1958) 
				
				"Between August and September 1958, 
				the US Navy exploded three fission type nuclear bombs 480 km 
				above the South Atlantic Ocean, in the part of the lower Van 
				Allen Belt closest to the Earth's surface. In addition, two 
				hydrogen bombs were detonated 160 km over Johnston Island in the 
				Pacific. The military called this "the biggest scientific 
				experiment ever undertaken."    
				It was designed by the US Department 
				of Defense and the US Atomic Energy Commission, under the code 
				name Project Argus. The purpose appears to be to assess the 
				impact of high altitude nuclear explosions on radio transmission 
				and radar operations because of the electromagnetic energy, and 
				to increase understanding of the geomagnetic field and the 
				behavior of the charged particles in it.
 "This gigantic experiment created new (inner) magnetic radiation 
				belts encompassing almost the whole Earth, and injected 
				sufficient electrons and other energetic particles into the 
				ionosphere to cause worldwide effects. The electrons traveled 
				back and forth along magnetic force lines, causing an artificial 
				"aurora" when striking the atmosphere near the North Pole.
 
 "The US Military planned to create a "telecommunications shield" 
				in the ionosphere, reported in 13-20 August 1961, Keesings 
				Historisch Archief (K.H.A.). This shield would be created "in 
				the ionosphere at 3,000 km height, by bringing into orbit 
				350,000 million copper needles, each 2-4 cm long [total weight 
				16 kg], forming a belt 10 km thick and 40 km wide, the needles 
				spaced about 100 m apart." This was designed to replace the 
				ionosphere "because telecommunications are impaired by magnetic 
				storms and solar flares."
   
				The US planned to add to the number 
				of copper needles if the experiment proved to be successful. 
				This plan was strongly opposed by the Intentional Union of 
				Astronomers. 
			
 Project Starfish (1962)
 
				
				"On July 9, 1962, the US began a 
				further series of experiments with the ionosphere. From their 
				description:  
					
					"one kiloton device, at a height of 60 km and one 
				megaton and one multi-megaton, at several hundred kilometers 
				height"  
					(K.H.A., 29 June 1962). 
					 
				These tests seriously disturbed 
				the lower Van Allen Belt, substantially altering its shape and 
				intensity.  
					
					"In this experiment the inner Van 
				Allen Belt will be practically destroyed for a period of time; 
				particles from the Belt will be transported to the atmosphere. 
				It is anticipated that the Earth's magnetic field will be 
				disturbed over long distances for several hours, preventing 
				radio communication. The explosion in the inner radiation belt 
				will create an artificial dome of polar light that will be 
				visible from Los Angeles"  
					(K.H.A. 11 May 1962). 
					 
				A Fijian Sailor, present at this 
				nuclear explosion, told me that the whole sky was on fire and he 
				thought it would be the end of the world. This was the 
				experiment that called forth the strong protest of the Queen's 
				Astronomer, Sir Martin Ryle in the UK.
 "The ionosphere [according to the under-standing at that time] 
				that part of the atmosphere between 65 and 80 km and 280- 320 km 
				height, will be disrupted by mechanical forces caused by the 
				pressure wave following the explosion. At the same time, large 
				quantities of ionizing radiation will be released, further 
				ionizing the gaseous components of the atmosphere at this 
				height.
   
				This ionization effect is 
				strengthened by the radiation from the fission products... The 
				lower Van Allen Belt, consisting of charged particles that move 
				along the geomagnetic field lines... will similarly be 
				disrupted. As a result of the explosion, this field will be 
				locally destroyed, while countless new electrons will be 
				introduced into the lower belt" (K.H.A. 11 May 1962).  
				  
				"On 19 
				July... NASA announced that as a consequence of the high 
				altitude nuclear test of July 9, a new radiation belt had been 
				formed, stretching from a height of about 400 km to 1600 km; it 
				can be seen as a temporary extension of the lower Van Allen 
				Belt" (K.H.A. 5 August 1962).
 "As explained in the Encyclopedia Britannica: ‘.. Starfish made 
				a much wider belt [than Project Argus] that extends from low 
				altitude out past L=3 [i.e. three Earth radiuses or about 13,000 
				km above the surface of the Earth].’
   
				Later in 1962, the USSR undertook 
				similar planetary experiments, creating three new radiation 
				belts between 7,000 and 13,000 km above the Earth. According to 
				the Encyclopedia, the electron fluxes in the lower Van Allen 
				Belt have changed markedly since the 1962 high- altitude nuclear 
				explosions by the US and USSR, never returning to their former 
				state.    
				According to American scientists, it 
				could take many hundreds of years for the Van Allen Belts to 
				restabilize at their normal levels. (Research done by: Nigel 
				Harle, Borderland Archives, Cortenbachstraat 32, 6136 CH Sittard, 
				Netherlands.) 
			
 SPS - Solar Power Satellite Project 
			(1968)
 
				
				"In 1968 the US military proposed 
				Solar Powered Satellites in geostationary orbit some 40,000 km 
				above the Earth, which would intercept solar radiation using 
				solar cells on satellites and transmit it via a microwave beam 
				to receiving antennas, called rectennas, on Earth. The US 
				Congress mandated the Department of Energy and NASA to prepare 
				an Environmental Impact Assessment on this project, to be 
				completed by June 1980, and costing $25 Million.    
				This project was designed to 
				construct 60 Solar Powered Satellites over a thirty year period 
				at a cost between $500 and $800 thousand million (in 1968 
				dollars), providing 100 percent of the US energy needs in the 
				year 2025 at a cost of $3000 per kW. At that time, the project 
				cost was two to three times larger than the whole Department of 
				Energy budget, and the projected cost of the electricity was 
				well above the cost of most conventional energy sources. 
				   
				The rectenna sites on Earth were 
				expected to take up to 145 square kilometers of land, and would 
				preclude habitation by any humans, animals or even vegetation. 
				Each Satellite was to be the size of Manhattan Island. 
			  
			Saturn V Rocket (1975)
 
				
				"Due to a malfunction, the Saturn V 
				Rocket burned unusually high in the atmosphere, above 300 km. 
				This burn produced "a large ionospheric hole" (Mendillo, M. Et 
				al.,Science p. 187, 343, 1975).    
				The disturbance reduced the total 
				electron content more than 60% over an area 1,000 km in radius, 
				and lasted for several hours. It prevented all 
				telecommunications over a large area of the Atlantic Ocean. The 
				phenomenon was apparently caused by a reaction between the 
				exhaust gases and ionospheric oxygen ions. The reaction emitted 
				a 6300 A airglow.    
				Between 1975 and 1981 NASA and the 
				US Military began to design ways to test this new phenomena 
				through deliberate experimentation with the ionosphere. 
			  
			SPS Military Implications (1978)
 
				
				"Early review of the Solar Powered 
				Satellite Project began in around 1978, and I was on the review 
				panel. Although this was proposed as an energy program, it had 
				significant military implications. One of the most significant, 
				first pointed out by Michael J. Ozeroff, was the possibility of 
				developing a satellite-borne beam weapon for anti-ballistic 
				missile (ABM) use.    
				The satellites were to be in 
				geosynchronous orbits, each providing an excellent vantage point 
				from which an entire hemisphere can be surveyed continuously. It 
				was speculated that a high-energy laser beam could function as a 
				thermal weapon to disable or destroy enemy missiles. There was 
				some discussion of electron weapon beams, through the use of a 
				laser beam to preheat a path for the following electron beam.
 "The SPS was also described as a psychological and anti- 
				personnel weapon, which could be directed toward an enemy. If 
				the main microwave beam was redirected away from its rectenna, 
				toward enemy personnel, it could use an infrared radiation 
				wavelength (invisible) as an anti-personnel weapon. It might 
				also be possible to transmit high enough energy to ignite 
				combustible materials. Laser beam power relays could be made 
				from the SPS satellite to other satellites or platforms, for 
				example aircraft, for military purposes.
   
				One application might be a laser 
				powered turbofan engine that would receive the laser beam 
				directly in its combustion chamber, producing the required high 
				temperature gas for its cruising operation. This would allow 
				unlimited on-station cruise time. As a psychological weapon, the 
				SPS was capable of causing general panic
 "The SPS would be able to transmit power to remote military 
				operations anywhere needed on Earth. The manned platform of the 
				SPS would provide surveillance and early warning capability, and 
				ELF linkage to submarines. It would also provide the capability 
				of jamming enemy communications. The potential for jamming and 
				creating communications is significant. The SPS was also capable 
				of causing physical changes in the ionosphere
 
 "President Carter approved the SPS Project and gave it a go- 
				ahead, in spite of the reservation which many reviewers, myself 
				included, expressed. Fortunately, it was so expensive, exceeding 
				the entire Department of Energy budget, that funding was denied 
				by the Congress. I approached the United Nations Committee on 
				Disarmament on this project, but was told that as long as the 
				program was called Solar Energy by the United States, it could 
				not be considered a weapons project.
   
				The same project resurfaced in the 
				US under President Reagan. He moved it to the much larger budget 
				of the Department of Defense and called it Star Wars. Since this 
				is more recent history, I will not discuss the debate that raged 
				over this phase of the plan.
 "By 1978, it was apparent to the US Military that communications 
				in a nuclear hostile environment would not be possible using 
				traditional methods of radio and television technology (Jane's 
				Military Communications 1978). By 1982, GTE Sylvania (Needham 
				Heights, Massachusetts) had developed a command control 
				electronic sub-system for the US Air Force's Ground Launch 
				Cruise Missiles (GLCM) that would enable military commanders to 
				monitor and control the missile prior to launch both in hostile 
				and non-hostile environments.
   
				The system contains six radio 
				subsystems, created with visible light using a dark beam (not 
				visible) and is resistant to the disruptions experienced by 
				radio and television. Dark beams contribute to the formation of 
				energetic plasma in the atmosphere. This plasma can become 
				visible as smog or fog. Some has a different charge than the 
				sun's energy, and accumulates in places where the sun's energy 
				is absent, like the Polar Regions in the winter.    
				When the polar spring occurs, the 
				sun appears and repels this plasma, contributing to holes in the 
				ozone layer. This military system is called: Ground Wave 
				Emergency Network (GWEN). (See The SECOMII Communication System, 
				by Wayne Olsen, SAND 78- 0391,Sandia Laboratories, Albuquerque, 
				New Mexico, April 1978.)    
				This innovative emergency radio 
				system was apparently never implemented in Europe, and exists 
				only in North America. 
			
 Orbit Maneuvering System (1981)
 
				
				"Part of the plan to build the SPS 
				space platforms was the demand for reusable space shuttles, 
				since they could not afford to keep discarding rockets. The NASA 
				Spacelab 3 Mission of the Space Shuttle made, in 1981, "a series 
				of passes over a network of five ground based observatories" in 
				order to study what happened to the ionosphere when the Shuttle 
				injected gases into it from the Orbit Maneuvering System (OMS).
				   
				They discovered that they could 
				"induce ionospheric holes" and began to experiment with holes 
				made in the daytime or at night over Millstone, Connecticut, and 
				Arecibo, Puerto Rico.    
				They experimented with the effects 
				of "artificially induced ionospheric depletions on very low 
				frequency wave lengths, on equatorial plasma instabilities, and 
				on low frequency radio astronomical observations over Roberval, 
				Quebec, Kwajelein, in the Marshall Islands and Hobart, Tasmania" 
				(Advanced Space Research, Vo1.8, No. 1, 1988). 
			  
			Innovative Shuttle Experiments 
			(1985)
 
				
				"An innovative use of the Space 
				Shuttle to perform space physics experiments in Earth orbit was 
				launched, using the OMS injections of gases to "cause a sudden 
				depletion in the local plasma concentration, the creation of a 
				so called ionospheric hole." This artificially induced plasma 
				depletion can then be used to investigate other space phenomena, 
				such as the growth of the plasma instabilities or the 
				modification of radio propagation paths.    
				The 47 second OMS burn of July 29, 
				1985, produced the largest and most long-lived ionospheric hole 
				to date, dumping some 830 kg of exhaust into the ionosphere at 
				sunset. A 6-second, 68-km OMS release above Connecticut in 
				August 1985, produced an airglow that covered over 400,000 
				square km.
 "During the 1980's, rocket launches globally numbered about 500 
				to 600 a year, peaking at 1500 in 1989. There were many more 
				during the Gulf War. The Shuttle is the largest of the solid 
				fuel rockets, with twin 45-meter boosters. All solid fuel 
				rockets release large amounts of hydrochloric acid in their 
				exhaust, each Shuttle flight injecting about 75 tons of ozone 
				destroying chlorine into the stratosphere.
   
				Those launched since 1992 inject 
				even more ozone-destroying chlorine, about 187 tons, into the 
				stratosphere (which contains the ozone layer). Mighty Oaks 
				(1986)
 "In April 1986, just before the Chernobyl disaster, the US had a 
				failed hydrogen test at the Nevada Test Site called Mighty Oaks. 
				This test conducted far underground, consisted of a hydrogen 
				bomb explosion in one chamber, with a leaded steel door to the 
				chamber, two meters thick, closing within milliseconds of the 
				blast.
   
				The door was to allow only the first 
				radioactive beam to escape into the "control room" in which 
				expensive instrumentation was located. The radiation was to be 
				captured as a weapon beam. The door failed to close as quickly 
				as planned, causing the radioactive gases and debris to fill the 
				control room, destroying millions of dollars worth of equipment. 
				The experiment was part of a program to develop X-ray and 
				particle beam weapons.    
				The radioactive releases from Mighty 
				Oaks were vented, under a "licensed venting" and were likely 
				responsible for many of the North American nuclear fallout 
				reports in May 1986, which were attributed to the Chernobyl 
				disaster. 
			
 Desert Storm (1991)
 
				
				"According to Defense News, April 13 
				- 19, 1992, the US deployed an electromagnetic pulse weapon (EMP) 
				in Desert Storm, designed to mimic the flash of electricity from 
				a nuclear bomb.    
				The Sandia National Laboratory had 
				built a 23,000 square meter laboratory on the Kirkland Air Force 
				Base, 1989, to house the Hermes II electron beam generator 
				capable of producing 20 Trillion Watt pulses lasting 20 
				billionths to 25 billionths of a second. This X-ray simulator is 
				called a Particle Beam Fusion Accelerator.    
				A stream of electrons hitting a 
				metal plate can produce a pulsed X-ray or gamma ray. Hermes II 
				had produced electron beams since 1974. These devises were 
				apparently tested during the Gulf War, although detailed 
				information on them is sparse. 
			
 High Frequency Active Auroral Research 
			Program, HAARP (1993)
 
				
				"The 
				
				HAARP Program is jointly 
				managed by the US Air Force and the US Navy, and is based in Gakona, Alaska. It is designed to "understand, simulate and 
				control ionospheric processes that might alter the performance 
				of communication and surveillance systems."    
				The HAARP system intends to beam 3.6 
				Gigawatts of effective radiated power of high frequency radio 
				energy into the ionosphere in order to: 
					
					
					Generate extremely low frequency 
					(ELF) waves for communicating with submerged submarines
					
					
					Conduct geophysical probes to 
					identify and characterize natural ionospheric processes so 
					that techniques can be developed to mitigate or control them
					
					
					Generate ionospheric lenses to 
					focus large amounts of high frequency energy, thus providing 
					a means of triggering ionospheric processes that potentially 
					could be exploited for Department of Defense purposes
					
					Electron acceleration for 
					infrared (IR) and other optical emissions that could be used 
					to control radio wave propagation properties 
					
					Generate geomagnetic field 
					aligned ionization to control the reflection/scattering 
					properties of radio waves
					
					Use oblique heating to produce 
					effects on radio wave propagation, thus broadening the 
					potential military applications of ionospheric enhancement 
					technology. 
			
 Poker Flat Rocket Launch (1968 to 
			Present)
 
				
				"The Poker Flat Research Range is 
				located about 50 km North of Fairbanks, Alaska, and it was 
				established in 1968. It is operated by the Geophysical Institute 
				with the University of Alaska Fairbanks, under NASA contract. 
				About 250 major rocket launches have taken place from this site, 
				and in 1994, a 16-meter long rocket was launched to help NASA 
				"understand chemical reactions in the atmosphere associated with 
				global climate change."    
				Similar experiments, but using 
				Chemical Release Modules (CRM), have been launched from 
				Churchill, Manitoba. In 1980, Brian Whelan's "Project Waterhole" 
				disrupted an aurora borealis, bringing it to a temporary halt. 
				In February 1983, the chemical released into the ionosphere 
				caused an aurora borealis over Churchill.    
				In March 1989, two Black Brant X's 
				and two Nike Orion rockets were launched over Canada, releasing 
				barium at high altitudes and creating artificial clouds. These 
				Churchill artificial clouds were observed from as far away as 
				Los Alamos, New Mexico.
 "The US Navy has also been carrying on High Power Auroral 
				Stimulation (HIPAS) research in Alaska. Through a series of 
				wires and a 15-meter antenna, they have beamed high intensity 
				signals into the upper atmosphere, generating a controlled 
				disturbance in the ionosphere. As early as 1992, the Navy talked 
				of creating 10-kilometer long antennas in the sky to generate 
				extremely low frequency (ELF) waves needed for communicating 
				with submarines.
   
				Another purpose of these experiments 
				is to study the Aurora Borealis, called by some an outdoor 
				plasma lab for studying the principles of fusion. Shuttle 
				flights are now able to generate auroras with an electron beam. 
				On November 10, 1991, and aurora borealis appeared in the Texas 
				sky for the first time ever recorded, and it was seen by people 
				as far away as Ohio and Utah, Nebraska and Missouri.    
				The sky contained "Christmas colors" 
				and various scientists were quick to blame it on solar activity. 
				However, when pressed most would admit that the ionosphere must 
				have been weakened at the time, so that the electrically charged 
				particle hitting the Earth's atmosphere created the highly 
				visible light called airglow. These charged particles are 
				normally pulled northwards by the Earth's magnetic forces, to 
				the magnetic north pole.    
				The Northern Lights, as the aurora 
				borealis is called, normally occurs in the vortex at the pole 
				where the energetic particles, directed by the magnetic force 
				lines, are directed. 
			Others speak of the proliferation of 
			environmental weapons. 
				
				"But with (HAARP's) beam-steering, 
				the pulsing capabilities, and maybe some instigation from secret 
				organizations or counter-proliferation groups within the U. S. 
				government, there could be some bad effects." 
			The adverse human health effects of 
			environmental weapons are also a concern. 
				
				"Possible effects of future HAARP 
				fields on living systems is a concern that should be discussed, 
				Dr. Flanagan told the committee. "One of the purposes of HAARP 
				is to develop ELF (extremely low frequency) capability, for 
				transmitting high-energy ELF waves, from .001 HZ all the way up 
				to 40 Kilohertz, as described in (the military's) literature."
 "In the meantime, new research by other scientists shows that 
				ELF signals may have profound effects on living organisms. Dr. 
				Flanagan cited the example of known effects of ELF on the 
				Circadian rhythms, which is the biological clock, of all living 
				organisms including humans.
 
			Importantly, an international 
			constituency against environmental weapons is beginning to build. 
				
				"Individual members of the European 
				Parliament are among the growing number of people worldwide who 
				have been startled to hear about HAARP. Voices expressing 
				various levels of concern are being heard in many countries.
				   
				For example, in contrast with the 
				cautiously worded comment of Dr. Bertell, a Germany-based 
				researcher in the field of quantum electrodynamics, Al 
				Zielinski, paints an apocalyptic word-picture. (He says HAARP 
				technology could trigger a disaster with a global impact - 
				electromagnetic waves causing destruction "when interacting with 
				protective layers of the Earth and its gravitational field".) 
			Two historical newspaper (New York 
			Times) interviews with inventor 
			
			Nicola Tesla - one in 1915 and one in 1940 - set a 
			prescient theoretical vision of the forces now driving the 
			development and deployment of environmental weapons. 
			  
			Tesla is quoted in a New York Times 
			article of December 8, 1915: 
				
				"Nikola Tesla, the inventor, has 
				filed patent applications on the essentialparts of a machine, possibilities which test a layman's 
				imagination and
 promise a parallel of Thor's shooting thunderbolts from the sky 
				to punish
 those who had angered the gods...Suffice it to say that the 
				invention will
 go through space with a speed of 300 miles a second, a manless 
				ship
 without propelling engine or wings sent by electricity to any 
				desired point
 on the globe on its errand of destruction, if destruction its 
				manipulator
 wishes to effect."
 
 'It is not a time,' said Dr. Tesla yesterday, 'to go into the 
				details of this
 thing. It is founded upon a principle that means great things in 
				peace; it
 can be used for great things in war. But I repeat, this is no 
				time to talk of
 such things.'
 
 'It is perfectly practicable to transmit electrical energy 
				without wires and
 produce destructive effects at a distance. I have already 
				constructed a
 wireless transmitter which makes this possible, and have 
				described it in
 my technical publications, among which I refer to my patent 
				number
 1,119,732 recently granted. With transmitters of this kind we 
				are enabled
 to project electrical energy in any amount to any distance and 
				apply it for
 innumerable purposes, both in war and peace. Through the 
				universal
 adoption of this system, ideal conditions for the maintenance of 
				law and
 order will be realized, for then the energy necessary to the 
				enforcement
 of right and justice will be normally productive, yet potential, 
				and in any
 moment available, for attack and defense. The power transmitted 
				need
 not be necessarily destructive, for, if distance is made to 
				depend upon it,
 its withdrawal or supply will bring about the same results as 
				those now
 accomplished by force of arms.'
 
			Tesla continues this theme in a second 
			article in the New York Times, on September 22, 1940: 
				
				"Nikola Tesla, one of the truly 
				great inventors, who celebrated hiseighty-fourth birthday on July 10, tells the writer that he 
				stands ready to
 divulge to the United States government the secret of his 'teleforce', 
				with
 which, he said, airplane motors would be melted at a distance of 
				250
 miles, so that an invisible Chinese Wall of Defense would be 
				built around
 the country..."
 
 "This 'teleforce', he said, is based upon an entirely new 
				principle of
 physics that 'no one has ever dreamed about', different from the 
				principle
 embodied in his inventions relating to the transmission of 
				electrical power
 from a distance, for which he has received a number of basic 
				patents.
 This new type of force, Mr. Tesla said, would operate through a 
				beam
 one hundred-millionth of a square centimeter in diameter, and 
				could
 be generated from a special plant that would cost no more than
 $2,000,000 and would take only about three months to construct."
 
 "The beam, he states, involves four new inventions, two of which 
				already
 have been tested. One of these is a method and apparatus for 
				producing
 rays 'and other manifestations of energy' in free air, 
				eliminating the
 necessity for a high vacuum; a second is a method and process 
				for
 producing 'very great electrical force'; the third is a method 
				for amplifying
 this force and the fourth is a new method for producing 'a 
				tremendous
 electrical repelling force'. This would be the projector, or 
				gun, of the
 system. The voltage for propelling the beam to its objective, 
				according to
 the inventor, will attain a potential of 50,000,000 volts."
 
 "With this enormous voltage, he said, microscopic electrical 
				particles of
 matter will be catapulted on their mission of defensive 
				destruction. He has
 been working on this invention, he added, for many years and has
 recently made a number of improvements in it."
 
			Let’s go back to our key question on 
			Earth changes and Environmental weapons. 
			What could be the Earth changes effects of environmental, 
			electromagnetic warfare in the period leading up to, and during 
			intense electromagnetic shifts brought about by a possible reversal 
			of the Sun’s magnetic fields around 2012 AD?
 
			A possible mechanism between the electromagnetic effects of 
			environmental weapons and the triggering of Earth changes seems 
			relatively straightforward, based on what we know the effects of 
			electromagnetic energy emanating from nuclear testing has been. It 
			is not scientifically credible that environmental weapons have no 
			significant effects on vital Earth event systems, like its 
			electromagnetic fields.
 
			Environmental weapons may likely continue to distort and twist the 
			electromagnetic field of the Earth. They may likely continue to 
			increase the Earth’s seismicity, its proneness to Earthquake. 
			Electromagnetic energy from environmental weapons may, if of 
			sufficient strength, induce significant Earth events on their own, 
			by distorting the Earth’s magnetic field and inducing tectonic tilt, 
			or by inducing resonant and disruptive frequencies in the Earth 
			surface itself.
 
			Environmental weapon’s harm to the Earth’s magnetic field and to its 
			tectonic balance may be cumulative. These weapons may cause a 
			gradual and accumulating structural and dynamic distortion, building 
			up as Environmental weapons are used over the years approaching and 
			subsequent to the Mayan end-cycle.
 
			We can think of three ways that environmental weapons may cause 
			Earth changes predicted by the Mayan end-cycle for 2012.
 
			One way - Human Environmental weapons may gradually distort the 
			Earth’s magnetic field, and exacerbating and predisposing the Earth 
			changes triggered by a reversal of the Sun’s magnetic field around 
			2012.
 
			Second way - Human Environmental warfare during the Mayan solar 
			magnetic reversal may itself trigger the prophesized Earth changes.
 Third way - The Sun’s magnetic field does not reverse or distort 
			around 2012 AD, but human Environmental weapons themselves induce 
			Earth changes, by distortion of the Earth’s magnetic fields.
 
			An aggravating factor in each of these scenarios would be Earth’s 
			collision with near-Earth-objects, such as asteroids.
 
 What is a common element in each of these three Earth changes 
			scenarios?
 
			Human intervention is the common element. In each of these 
			scenarios, human intervention in the form of environmental weapons 
			is a causal factor in fulfilling the Maya prophecies of cataclysmic 
			Earth changes.
 
 
 
			Cosmic 
			Consciousness
 
			Let’s delve more deeply into the possible linkages among Earth 
			changes, Mayan end-cycle solar activity, and human intervention. 
			Perhaps these linkages may lead us to insight into the second 
			prophesized outcome of the Maya end-cycle.
 
			  
			The new cosmic Mayan cycle is to bring 
			the endowment of cosmic consciousness upon our historically war-like 
			human race. 
				
				
				Well, what is the mechanism 
				triggering solar activity? If the Earth sciences say solar 
				activity triggers Earth magnetic disturbance, then what triggers 
				solar magnetic disturbance - what triggers the Sunspot 
				mini-cycles and its megacycles of magnetic polarity reversal?
 
				Answer - Solar activity cycles are 
				triggered by electromagnetic disturbances emanating from the 
				core ("Sun") of the Milky Way Galaxy itself!Oh, you didn’t know the Galaxy has a "core or center" which 
				functions as an "Sun", emanating frequencies of electromagnetic 
				energy?
 
				Well, any school student could have told you, if only they had 
				been so taught.
 
				It’s okay! We’re only an entry level intelligent species anyway.
 
				How do we know the electromagnetic disturbances affecting the 
				Sun come from the Galactic center?
 
				One reason - they are so regular, and come in cosmic-clockwork 
				cycles. Another reason - the Mayan calendar, a most advanced 
				piece of work, has the foresight to tell us so.
 
				Do you really think all human knowledge develops as modern 
				science advances?
 
				No - some knowledge develops as modern humans recognize it 
				already is available.
 
				Every 11.5 years or so, solar activity (sun sports) flare. Every 
				3553 years (approximately), the Sun’s magnetic field reverses. 
				That is no accident. That’s the Galactic center at work in our 
				cosmic clock.
 
				Oh, there’s lots of science to be discovered, believe me. Lot’s 
				of denial to let go of. And it gets better. At the end of every 
				Mayan Long Count, and the end of every Mayan mega-cycle of 
				26,000 years or so, a cosmic Mayan cycle ends and a new cycle 
				starts.
 
				At that end-cycle moment, electromagnetic beams from the 
				Galactic center swing into our quadrant of the Universe, into 
				our solar system.
 The electromagnetic beams from the galactic center may disturb 
				the magnetic fields of the Sun twist the magnetic fields of the 
				Earth, and trigger Earth changes.
 
				The same electromagnetic beams from the galactic center may 
				trigger an onset of cosmic consciousness on Earth. The process 
				of changeover at Mayan end-cycles is one big electromagnetic 
				phenomenon, emanating from the galactic Sun. The Mayan calendar 
				is both an astronomical and a spiritual galactic map, and can 
				help us access Spirit’s orientation in this coming 
				transformation.
 
 So what are these galactic beams through which Maya cosmology 
				say we are passing?
 
				Cosmologist Brian Swimme tells us in The Mayan Factor, that 
				prophetically key vision crafted by the cosmologist formerly 
				known as Jose Arguelles, now Pacal Votan, King of Palenque, 
				Yucatan in the Seventh Century AD.
 
			Galactic beams, and their effects on the 
			dynamics of our Sun, are not unknown to recent science. 
				
				"…modern science has never spoken of 
				such a beam in the way the Maya do. But physicists have recently 
				become aware of ways we are influenced by beams passing through 
				the galaxy, and this is by itself new. Current astrophysics 
				describes these beams as density waves that sweep through the 
				galaxy and that influence galactic evolution.    
				For instance, our Sun’s birth was a 
				result of this wave. The density wave passed through and ignited 
				a giant star, which exploded and evoked our sun’s existence.
 "In fact, all star formation is due primarily to these beams 
				sweeping through our galaxy. We can begin to formulate the 
				notion of the galaxy as an organism, one involved in its own 
				development. We speak of the "self organizing" dynamics of the 
				galaxy. Or, from a more organismic perspective, we speak of the 
				galaxy as unfolding - the births of stars are pictured as part 
				of the galactic epigenesis. The Sun, then, is seen as activated 
				by dynamics governed by the galactic center; just so the eye of 
				a frog is seen as activated by dynamics governed by its own 
				organismic center.
 
 "The obvious question is this: Just how far does the galactic 
				dynamism go with respect to the development of the Sun and its 
				evolving planets? That is, do the galaxy’s dynamics have only to 
				do with the ignition of the Sun after which the Sun and the 
				Earth are on their own? Or is the galactic beam involved with 
				the evolution of life?
 
			Swimme affirms that galactic beams have 
			been integrally involved in the dynamics of Earth in the entire 4.55 
			billion years of the Sun’s existence. 
				
				"First, it can be said quite simply 
				that the galaxy is continually involved with the evolution of 
				Earth and its life. The galactic density beams have swept 
				through the galaxy over the entire 4.55 billion years of the 
				Sun’s existence, and whenever these [beams] pass through the 
				Sun, they alter its dynamics and thus alter the radiant energy 
				that bathes the Earth.  
				  
				I have no doubt that, as evolutionary 
				begins to reflect on this, they will articulate the ways in 
				which the development of life on Earth has been shaped by these 
				dynamics." 
			The limitations of the modern scientific 
			method itself has restricted is knowledge about the existence and 
			nature of a galactic beam such as the Maya describe. 
				
				"We need to recognize that it was 
				simply impossible for modern science to notice the existence of 
				a galactic beam such as the Maya describe. Modern science 
				focused on material, on its change of position. All qualities - 
				colors, smells, emotions, feelings, and intuitions - were termed 
				secondary, and dismissed. That is, we committed ourselves from 
				the beginning to a mode of consciousness that was never going to 
				recognize the galactic beam." 
			The disciplines of modern science and of 
			Mayan cosmology, however, provide us with complementary insights 
			into the galactic beam, a unitary phenomenon that triggers both 
			Earth changes and cosmic consciousness. Contemporary science focuses 
			on the beam as a physical phenomenon, accounting for Earth changes.
			 
			  
			Mayan cosmology focuses on the same 
			galactic beam as a psychic phenomenon, enabling the evolution of 
			human consciousness. 
				
				"The Maya were a people intoxicated 
				with a different cultural aim which required an entirely 
				different development of consciousness. Where the modern 
				scientists have been able to detect experimentally the physical 
				effects of density beams sweeping through the galaxy, the Maya 
				were able to detect experientially beams with different 
				efficacies, beams that influenced not the birth and functioning 
				of stars, but the birth and functioning of ideas, of visions, of 
				convictions.    
				Or rather, what I myself think is 
				the case: both the modern scientists and the Maya respond to the 
				same beams. The modern scientists developed a mode of 
				consciousness enabling them to articulate the physical effects 
				of these [Galactic] beams; the Maya developed a consciousness 
				enabling them to articulate the psychic effects of these beams." 
			What is more, there may be galactic 
			"seasons," eras that favor a particular type or quality of activity 
			in the galaxy. At the physical level, for example, hydrogen atoms 
			appeared at a specific time in the creative cycle of the galaxy.
			 
			  
			There may be as well, seasons for the 
			creation of cultures, ideas, and thoughts - human consciousness. 
				
				"The question immediately surfaces 
				in the western mind: ‘There may be seasons for the birth of 
				atoms, or of galaxies, or of primitive cells. But what about my 
				thoughts? What about human culture? Are these affected by 
				galactic times?’" 
			Mayan cosmology spoke, then, of 
			interaction with the Galactic Mind, much as Maya culture interacted 
			consciously with the mind of our Sun.  
			  
			Through the Sun, the Maya 
			accessed the deeper will of the galaxy, the organism of which we are 
			part. The modern science of consciousness - paraphysics and 
			parapsychology - now informs us that thoughts, feelings, and ideas, 
			like photons, can be transmitted. 
			The galactic core can transmit cosmic consciousness, as well as 
			physically disrupting Earth, planetary and Sun changes, through its 
			beams,
 
				
				"…here we deal with the deepest 
				reaches of the western psyche’s repression. The Maya felt they 
				were engaged with the mind of the Sun, which manifested for them 
				the mind and heart of the galaxy. The Maya felt that the galaxy 
				had desires. Modern scientists heard that and relegated the Maya 
				to the ‘fairy tale’ bin. But our rejection of their wisdom only 
				reveals our dangerously lopsided psychic condition….
 "Our difficulty stems from our cultural mistake in thinking of 
				hydrogen atoms and stars and so forth as "just physical", and 
				ourselves and our psychic life as transcendent, as utterly 
				disconnected from the universe….
 
 "Within this perspective, ‘feelings’ are not fabricated in the 
				transcendent human mind. Instead, feelings are transmitted, just 
				as photons are transmitted. This is really the most ordinary 
				experience. A person standing in the presence of a magnificent 
				granite cliff is suffused with all sorts of feelings; these are 
				the feelings that the mountain has transmitted to the human.
 
			Jose Arguelles gives us the insight that 
			the Maya culture was galactically informed. 
				
				"Precisely, because it is based on 
				the principle of harmonic resonance, a civilization such as the 
				Mayan can be described as galactically informed. That is, by the 
				principle of harmonic resonance, there is a two-way information 
				wave that ripples to and from the individual being to the 
				collective or planetary mind, and from the planetary mind 
				through the Sun to the galactic core." 
			Arguelles integrates the sciences of 
			communication and cosmology in illuminating the mechanisms by which 
			the Maya may have exercised their own cosmic awareness of the 
			influence of the galactic core, known as "Hunab Ku" in the Mayan 
			cosmology. 
				
				"The sole purpose of the continuous 
				emission of intelligent wave-formation from Hunab Ku, the 
				galactic core and cosmic radio station, is the superior 
				coordination of the member organisms, the star systems…
 "The capacity to maintain direct communications and to continue 
				to establish and extend realization of the whole is the 
				conscious attainment of harmony. The end of the process may be 
				nothing more that a transcendent passing of the entire galaxy 
				into an inconceivable stage of harmonic synchronization.
 
 "To be a diviner of harmony, a Maya, would then be to know 
				directly the harmonic frequencies of a level or stage of being, 
				and, in a manner of speaking, to be able to tune into and even 
				take on the qualities of that level or stage of being.
 
 "Because of the attainment of such knowledge, one of the powers 
				of Maya would be that of resonant transduction. Through direct 
				knowledge of wave harmonics and frequency changes, resonant 
				transduction is the ability to apply this knowledge and pass 
				directly from one condition of being to another, from one star 
				system to another.
 
			One aspect of the Mayan end-cycle cosmic 
			consciousness, then, may be humanity’s opening sensitivity to the 
			psychic components of the galactic beam-wave. Our civilization may 
			learn to re-acquire the sort of conscious sensitivity to the mind 
			and will of the galaxy that the Mayas may have possessed. 
			The end of the 26,000 year Mayan/Galactic cycle during the 2012 AD 
			time window has, according to Arguelles, a dominant goal of the 
			quickening and transformation of our universe.
 
				
				"Spun through the increasingly 
				accelerated phases of the thirteen cycles of this beam, our 
				planet has arrived at an advanced stage of conscious 
				synchronization of component elements. This has been brought 
				about by the most complex forms of DNA, inducing an artificial 
				leap - the sprawl of civilization - that in actuality has but 
				one goal - the quickening and transformation of matter. 
			Remember again the significance of the 
			Trinity nuclear bomb test on July 16, 1945. This was the first 
			release into the Earth’s environment of high-level electromagnetic 
			energy.  
			  
			According to Arguelles, it was also the 
			start of a bifurcation of human endeavor into global aggrandizement 
			of power, and increased psychic sensitivity. 
				
				"Once this critical transformation 
				of matter was attained on July 16, 1945 [Trinity Test - date of 
				first testing of atomic bomb at Trinity, New Mexico], two basic 
				processes were set in motion.  
				  
				One involved the materialist 
				aggrandizement of power represented by the entrenchment of the 
				prevalent global industrial-social order; the other involved the 
				dissonant quickening of the resonant field of the planet 
				resulting in a wide spectrum of effects from UFO sightings to 
				increased psychism to tectonic plate shifts and terrorism." 
			A powerful example of how the influences 
			of the galactic beam may work in integrating this bifurcation 
			between the forces of death and the forces of life affirmation 
			involves the present day Maya and the U.S. Central Intelligence 
			Agency.  
			  
			It has been reported that the CIA may 
			have been an architect and funder of a genocidal war against the 
			Maya from the 1960s through 1996 in Guatemala. If this genocide is a 
			covert operation on a classic CIA model, the genocide of the Maya 
			may have been undertaken to deny the Guatemalan rebels a safe haven 
			among the Maya. 
			At a deeper death-force level, the CIA’s Mayan genocide may have 
			been undertaken to destroy the last living culture practicing the 
			Mayan calendar. If the Maya were killed off, this would functionally 
			weaken the cultural base within which the Mayan calendar still 
			functions. The Mayan calendar, however, may be a gift left for us in 
			time by galactic wisdom, so that humanity may more intelligently 
			navigate the 26,000 end-cycle.
 
			  
			If the CIA had been successful in 
			totally obliterating the Mayan culture, the death-force would have 
			been more successful in ensuring that our world would end in 
			cataclysmic Earth changes rather than cosmic consciousness. 
			The New York Times of February 26, 1999, one day after the 
			Traditional Quiche Maya New Year, reports
 
				
				GUATEMALA CITY - A truth commission 
				report has concluded that the United States gave money and 
				training to a Guatemalan military that committed "acts of 
				genocide" against the Mayan people during the most brutal armed 
				conflict in Latin America, Guatemala’s 36-year civil war.
 The report of the independent Historical Clarification 
				Commission, which was released on Thursday, contradicts years of 
				official denial about the torture, kidnapping and execution of 
				thousands of civilians in a war that the commission estimated 
				killed more than 200,000 Guatemalans.
 
 Although the broad outlines of American support to Guatemala’s 
				military have been known, the nine-volume report confirms that 
				the CIA aided Guatemalan military forces.
 
 The commission listed the American training of the officer corps 
				in counterinsurgency techniques as a key factor "which had a 
				significant bearing on human rights violations during the armed 
				confrontation."
 
 The commission, established as a part of a United 
				Nations-supervised peace accord that ended the war in 1996, 
				concluded that the government or allied paramilitary groups were 
				to blame for more than 90 percent of the 42,000 human rights 
				violations, 29.000 of which resulted in deaths or missing 
				persons. That attributes a somewhat higher percentage of deaths 
				to the government and its allies than a report last year by the 
				Roman Catholic Church that examined human rights abuses.
 
 The commission specifically named military intelligence as the 
				organizer of illegal detentions, torture, forced disappearances 
				and executions, and it said that many massacres were a direct 
				result of government policy. It stopped short, however, of 
				identifying individuals responsible for various massacres.
 
 As the conclusions of the long-awaited report were read at a 
				solemn ceremony at the National Theater, human rights workers, 
				relatives of victims and others among the more than 2,000 people 
				broke into standing ovations, sobs, shouts and chants of 
				"Justice! Justice!"
 
 The outbursts repeatedly interrupted speeches as the president 
				and cabinet members sat silently on the theater’s first row.
 
 While the scope of the bloodshed had been generally known, the 
				report is the first by an internationally supported panel to lay 
				out the extent of the violence and pin it on the government and 
				its military allies. In unexpectedly strong language, it 
				describes the Guatemalan policy at the height of the war as a 
				policy of genocide.
 
 The report’s estimate of more than 200,000 deaths is slightly 
				higher than previous figures, and the number of documented 
				massacres substantially exceeds figures used in previous 
				examinations.
 
 The war, which began in 1960, pitted a rightist 
				military-controlled government against a classic Latin American 
				left-wing insurgency. Largely a rural war carried out in the 
				hinterlands where Mayan Indians lived, the military assumed that 
				the Mayans sympathized with the insurgents and provided them 
				with supplies, intelligence and shelter.
 
 As a consequence, entire Mayan villages were attacked, burned 
				and inhabitants were slaughtered in an effort to deny the 
				guerrillas protection. The report said the Mayan population paid 
				the highest price, when the military identified them as natural 
				allies of the guerrillas. The result, the report said, was an 
				"aggressive, racist and extremely cruel nature of violations 
				that resulted in the massive extermination of defenseless Mayan 
				communities."
 
 Christian Tomuschat, the German jurist who led the commission’s 
				18-month investigation, said, "The results of our investigation 
				demonstrate that in general, the excuse that midlevel commanders 
				acted with a wide margin of autonomy - an excuse used in an 
				attempt to justify what happened as "excesses" and "error" not 
				ordered by superiors - is unsubstantiated and totally lacking 
				any basis."
 
 The commission recommended a national reparations program for 
				victims and exhumations of "hundreds" of clandestine cemeteries. 
				It called on President Alvaro Arzu Irigoyen and the 
				ex-guerrilla commanders to assume responsibility in the name of 
				the state and ask all Guatemalans for forgiveness.
 
 The three-member commission and an international staff of 272 
				workers made extensive use of declassified documents from the 
				United States. American assistance fortified the Guatemalan 
				armed forces with aid and training in its anti-Communist 
				campaign. On Thursday, Tomuschat said the commission’s 
				investigation also found that until the mid-1980s, American 
				companies and government officials "exercised pressure to 
				maintain the country’s archaic and unjust socioeconomic 
				structure" and that the CIA supported illegal counterinsurgency 
				operations here.
 
 Besides Tomuschat, the commission members were Edgar Balsells, a 
				lawyer, and Otilia Lux Coti, a leading Mayan educator, both of 
				Guatemala.
 
 The commission did not give specific names of human rights 
				violators, the result of military opposition during the peace 
				negotiations to pointing fingers at specific people.
 
 But some victims’ families said no true reconciliation can be 
				achieved in Guatemala without judicial accountability.
 
 "There has to be an end to impunity," said Helen Mack, whose 
				sister, Myrna, was stabbed and killed in 1990, it is believed, 
				for her research on the refugees driven from their homes by the 
				army. The case resulted in the only conviction yet of an army 
				official for human rights violations, and Ms. Mack is pursuing 
				the trial of three other officers for her sister’s murder.
 
			On Thursday, the weight of nine years of 
			struggle with Guatemala’s ineffective judicial system seem to fall 
			on her as she broke into tears at the National Theater as the 
			commission’s conclusions were read. 
				
				"We the victims feel vindicated,’ 
				she later said. "No one can now tell us we’re following lies or 
				ghosts anymore." 
			Guatemalan officials said on Thursday 
			that they would have a response after they have studied the report.
			 
			  
			The army leadership has remained 
			defiant, accusing international and national "actors" for their 
			roles in the violence and insisting the military acted under a 
			constitutional mandate to defend the state from communism.
 Asked about the accusations against the CIA by the commission, the 
			spokesman for the intelligence agency, Bill Harlow, said,
 
				
				"Since we have not seen the report, 
				it would be inappropriate for us to comment." 
			Donald Planty, the U.S. 
			ambassador, said,  
				
				"I believe that the report’s focus 
				is appropriate, that these were abuses committed by Guatemalans 
				against other Guatemalans - the result of an internal conflict." 
			Defense Minister Hector M. Barrios, who 
			has promised his own report on the war dead and injured, said 
			Thursday,  
				
				"I see as positive any effort that 
				is made on behalf of peaceful co-existence in Guatemala." 
			Arzu left without comment after shaking 
			hands with members of the commission and those formally receiving 
			the report - Alvaro de Soto, a senior U.N. official, and 
			representatives of the Guatemalan government and the ex-guerrilla 
			group, Guatemalan National Revolutionary Unity.
 Aides said protocol prevented the president from personally 
			accepting the report, but that decision was seen by many here as 
			intentionally distancing the government from the commission’s 
			findings. At several points on Thursday, people in the theater 
			shouted for the president to get up on stage and receive the report.
 
 Foreign Affairs Minister Eduardo Stein said the government was 
			already implementing some of recommendations, including compensation 
			for victims, judicial reform and changes in the military. Political 
			repression has greatly been reduced in Guatemala, by most accounts, 
			and the guerrillas have regrouped as a political party.
 
			  
			There has also been a rise of Indigenous 
			rights and human rights organizations - the changing times were 
			underscored on Thursday when scores of Guatemalans openly confronted 
			government officials in angry outbursts.
 But the country is still wrestling with its transition to a full 
			democratic state. Stark poverty and economic inequalities remain. 
			Despite a requirement under the peace accords that the army’s size 
			and role be reduced, experts monitoring the progress say that there 
			has been checkered compliance and that the army still has a hold on 
			internal affairs, rather than being focused solely on the defense of 
			the nation.
 
 And just how fragile the peace is was shown last year when a Roman 
			Catholic bishop and leading defender of human rights, Juan Jose Gerardi, was beaten to death with a concrete block just days after 
			making public the results of a three-year investigation of human 
			rights abuses during the war. That report, sponsored by 
			the Catholic 
			church, identified specific military officers and guerrilla groups, 
			and church and human rights groups say they believe the killing was 
			meant to pressure them into renewed silence.
 
 The most heartfelt applause at the National Theater Thursday came 
			when the bishop’s name was mentioned as yet another political 
			victim.
 
			  
			Many here feel the truth commission’s 
			report can help the country’s efforts toward change, but only if it 
			is etched into the public consciousness. 
				
				"This is not the end of the work," 
				said Feliciana Macario, a board member of a survivors’ group 
				called National Widows Committee, which seeks reparations for 
				the loss of homes and land and "moral damages," such as the 
				psychological trauma suffered by orphaned children. "To us, this 
				is the beginning of another struggle." 
			If you still believe the U.S. Central 
			Intelligence Agency (and its cousins in the intelligence community) 
			to be antiseptic guardians of the truth, please refer to the written 
			works of former CIA agent James Agee, such as CIA Diary.  
			  
			There is little doubt that the profile, 
			methodology, and utter depravity of the CIA’s genocide of the Maya 
			is the same as CIA covert operations which Agee describes taking 
			place in developing nations over the last four decades. James Agee 
			has called for a worldwide repudiation of the CIA, which he 
			describes as the single source generator of human war on the planet. 
			The coming to public light and recognition of the Maya genocide may 
			be illustrative of the workings of the Galactic beam-wave in the 
			realm of human politics and war, particularly environmental war. The 
			Maya genocide story publicly surfaced in February 1999, at the 
			height of the galactic core alignment.
 
			The influence of the psychic content of the galactic beam-wave may 
			have brought the Maya genocide to public light. In the same way, the 
			effects on human consciousness of the galactic beam-wave may 
			deconstruct the global war-like mindset behind Environmental 
			warfare, and disassemble its global weapons systems.
 
			What is striking about the Mayan cosmology is its awareness of the 
			pervasive influence over human affairs of electromagnetic energy, 
			which can simultaneously produce physical events in the Earth 
			environment, and induce consciousness into new levels of universe 
			appreciation.
 
				
				"According to the Mayan Factor, we 
				live at the bottom of an electromagnetic ocean. What we call the 
				physical plane Earth is itself the ocean floor, while we, like 
				squids or semi-blinded denizens, swarm about our little ways; 
				only dimly aware that we swim and move across the bottom of a 
				vast, multi-dimensional electromagnetic ocean.    
				How odd we must seem to those who 
				swim and delve in currents far above us, and what can we say 
				about those beings who are beyond the surface? What must they 
				see?" 
			Mayan cosmology and concepts of the 
			galactic beam-waves of electromagnetic energy work integrate the 
			Earth sciences and psychology with the traditional mystical outlook 
			that all things are alive and think. 
			But if the galactic beam is to create both Earth changes and cosmic 
			consciousness, is that not almost a contradiction in terms? Why 
			would not our civilization regress to anarchy in consciousness as 
			our planet is violently restructured?
 
			One Mayan cosmologist analogizes the cosmic transition of Earth to 
			an upgrade of computer hardware, and a coming "online" to galactic 
			consciousness.
 
				
				"Before the end of the year 2012, 
				the ‘program’ we call civilization will be complete. A new 
				galactic program will be ‘opened’ at that time. The ‘upgrading’ 
				of the Earth’s ‘hardware’ called by some "Earth Changes" and the 
				new ‘operating system’ will be put to the test.  
				  
				The Earth will 
				be ‘galactically on-line’ by the year 2013. What will happen 
				after that is beyond our ability to imagine. Can a baby in the 
				womb imagine what life will be like after its birth? 
			This insight suggests there is a 
			trade-off between Earth changes and cosmic consciousness.  
			  
			If our human civilization experiences 
			the increasing effects of the galactic beam-wave with resistance and 
			death-force, then our devastation becomes greater. Conversely, if 
			our civilization reacts receptively to the galactic beam-wave, the 
			outcomes may be more consciousness transformation rather than 
			physical destruction. 
			At the microcosmic, personal level, the same may be said of 
			individuals as we enter the galactic beam-wave. If our individual 
			mind-set is toward greed, aggression, separation, we may experience 
			greater personal disintegration during these end-cycle times. If we 
			attune ourselves to the cosmic frequencies of the galactic beam-wave 
			(call it the "Mind of God"), we may evolve into a more cosmic 
			personal consciousness and transform into a new being in a new era. 
			One can have a personal "doomsday," or a personal transcendence.
 
			Consciousness is functional and practical and mystical at once.
 
 What time is it in galactic time? Well, recent advances in astronomy 
			suggest that our alignment with the galactic center or equator has 
			actually begun, occurring in the 1998-2001 time window. This is a 
			scholarly quibble with ancient Mayan astrological calculations.
 
			  
			The 
			end of the Mayan Long Count, and if its 26,000 year mega-cycle still 
			occurs on December 22, 2012 (some say December 21, 2012). 
			These subtle re-calculations mean that the effects of the new 
			Galactic beam have already begun, and will be effective across a 
			time window of several decades on either side of the 2012 AD date.
 
				
				"The present alignment began with 
				the September equinox in 1998. The first "phase" of the 
				alignment with is complete with the June solstice in 1999. The "complete" alignment is comprised of thirteen equinoxes and 
				solstices from September 1998 through September 2001.
 "The disk of the Sun, at the exact moment of the December 
				solstices, began to align with the galactic equator around the 
				time of Harmonic Convergence in 1987. This event was also 
				indicated by the Maya Calendar, a useful tool for measuring the 
				flow of galactic energies.
 
			[The Harmonic Convergence, August 16-17, 
			1987, was according to Arguelles, the date on which humanity 
			received the "Galactic imprint".] 
				
				"The disk of the Sun, at the exact 
				moment of the December solstices, will be completing the 
				alignment with the galactic equator at the December solstice in 
				2012. This is recognized as the ending date of a profound Maya 
				Calendar cycle
 "These astronomical alignments between the solstice Sun and the 
				galactic equator suggest the timing for the "reception" of 
				galactic energies and codes into our system. Accessing these 
				codes and frequencies can be done with the proper use of the 
				Maya Calendar.
 
 "There are two popular misconceptions regarding the Galactic 
				Alignment. One of these is that the alignment is with the 
				Galactic Center. It is not; it is actually with the Galactic 
				Equator.
 
 "The other example of misinformation is that the galactic 
				alignment occurs in 2012 and this is why the Maya Calendar ends 
				then. There are two problems with this. The alignment occurs a 
				good thirteen years before 2012. The Maya calendar is not off by 
				this many years. This thirteen-year difference is actually 
				accounted for in the Maya calendar. This information is 
				available to those who have been initiated into how the Maya 
				Calendar really works.
 
 "The 2012 date for the galactic alignment suggests that the Maya 
				Calendar is based on an astronomical alignment that ONLY takes 
				place from the Earth’s perspective. The equinoxes and solstices 
				are Earth events. This implies that the Maya calendar is Earth 
				based. This also implies that the Maya Calendar only works on 
				the Earth.
   
				This view reveals a lack of 
				appreciation and understanding regarding the true "galactic" 
				nature of the Maya calendar." 
			The Mayan calendar is a cosmic tool for 
			navigating our way through a Galactic reality.  
			  
			Prophetic traditions, including the 
			Tibetan, the I Ching (Terence McKenna), the Egyptian, the Aztec, the 
			Judeo-Christian and many others, seem to converge on an end-cycle 
			transformation of our human experience. Each tradition has its 
			variations. As a whole, they point to a unitary truth.  
			  
			The Aztec calendar, for example, may be 
			based on the Pleiades, rather than on the galaxy as is the Mayan 
			tradition. The eternal universe cycles in each tradition may 
			represent the ongoing tension between Light and darkness, which 
			propels our evolution.
 What will the new age of cosmic consciousness look like?
 
 Pacal Votan, formerly known as Jose Arguelles, offers some pictures 
			of the Solar Age on Earth. The Solar Age will have its scientific 
			and perceptual breakthroughs and evolution in human psycho-sensory 
			resonance.
 
			Prophecy commentator Peter Petrisko suggests that if you are 
			unsure how reversing magnetic fields can affect the human mind, 
			think of trying to "re-boot" your brain, as though it were a 
			computer.
 
				
				"The effect of a magnetic reversal 
				on humans is less known. Confusion might reign, and some 
				theorize a complete 'reboot' of the human mind - the brain IS 
				known to contain magnetite - might occur. However, as the field 
				decreases (before a 'reversal'), one could surmise what may 
				happen by looking at a recent experiment by Dr. Valerie Hunt.
				   
				Hunt had a room constructed in which 
				the magnetic field intensity could be varied. The following, as 
				spelled out in her book, ''Infinite Mind'', was observed 
				"When ‘the magnetism was decreased, gross in coordination 
				occurred. The entire neurological integrating mechanism was 
				thrown off. Subjects could not balance their bodies; they had 
				difficulty touching finger to nose or performing simple 
				coordinated movements. They lost kinesthetic awareness.’
 
				Could our bodies adjust as a much more gradual, long-term but 
				worldwide decrease in the magnetic field intensity occurred? 
				That may be doubtful, and if so then at what point near the 
				conclusion of this pre-reversal descent would such in 
				coordination sweep over the human race?"
 
			A "Solar" rather than a "Galactic" 
			perspective on the influence of the galactic beam-wave, and the 
			cosmic consciousness it may bring may constrict Peter Petrisko’s 
			suggestion, however. 
			Pacal Votan, formerly known as Jose Arguelles, reaches for a 
			vision worthy of our evolutionary occasion as the great Mayan cycle 
			inaugurates the Solar Age.
 
			  
			Our inauguration may mean,  
				
				"At last, Earth will be ready for 
				the emergence into interplanetary civilization."   
				"Instead of going to a job at nine 
				o’clock every morning, we shall prepare each day for the 
				celebratory task of ritual sensory attunement to solar galactic 
				pulsation’s. Through sensory fusion - bringing together of 
				various senses into the experience of synaesthesia - we will 
				realize a synergistic amplification of energy and enjoyment.
 "The leisure for doing so will be the natural result of having 
				divested ourselves of an unnecessary military economy and the 
				production of wasteful and even toxic consumer goods that were 
				in total disregard of the reality of the light body. Nourishing 
				ourselves as simply and as locally as possible, we shall turn 
				our surplus wealth into the research, education, and artistic 
				production necessary for the establishment of a healthy organism 
				in resonant attunement with the Sun and, through the Sun, with 
				the galactic core, Hunab Ku…."
 
 "Then it shall be ready. The unique moment, the moment of total 
				planetary synchronization, 13.0.0.0.0 on the beam, will arrive - 
				the closing out not only of the Great Cycle, but also of the 
				evolutionary interim called Homo Sapiens.
   
				Amidst festive preparation and 
				awesome galactic-solar signs psychically received, the human 
				race, in harmony with the animal and other kingdoms and taking 
				its rightful place in the great electromagnetic sea, will unify 
				as a single circuit. Solar and galactic sound transmissions will 
				inundate the planetary field. At last, Earth will be ready for 
				the emergence into interplanetary civilization.
 "Then, as if a switch were being thrown, a great voltage will 
				race through this finally synchronized and integrated circuit 
				called humanity. The Earth itself will be illumined. A current 
				charging both poles will race across the skies, connecting the 
				polar auroras in a single brilliant flash. Like an iridescent 
				rainbow, this circumpolar energy uniting the planetary antipodes 
				will be instantaneously understood as the external projection of 
				the unification of the collective mind of humanity.
   
				In that moment of understanding, we 
				shall be collectively projected into an evolutionary domain that 
				is presently inconceivable." 
			What then is the ultimate meaning of 
			diverse prophecies of cataclysmic Earth changes and cosmic 
			consciousness? 
			One answer is - it all depends on us. We are responsible for 
			co-creating cataclysm and/or enlightenment on a collective basis and 
			in our individual realities.
 The Mayan cosmology suggests that a war-like, heavily armed military 
			industrial complex, intent on destroying key parts of its Earth 
			system and exporting warfare into outer space may not fare very well 
			as the galactic beam-wave intensifies.
 
			  
			Earthly military-industrial civilization 
			may self-destruct, or suffer meltdown, or gradually wither away. 
			That war-like civilization may implode as human consciousness lifts 
			or as Earth changes make shards of its economic and political base. 
			That’s the good news.
 
			The bad news may in the end be good news also.
 
			What Earth changes may occur, if any, is indeterminate. The psychics 
			and the prophecies suggest cataclysmic outcomes may be possible. If 
			Earth changes do come, perhaps they may be the only mechanism by 
			which our terrestrial eco-cidal culture finally reaches death knell. 
			We can only hope that an evolution in our consciousness triggered by 
			the galactic beam-wave will deconstruct environmental warfare before 
			it can do harm.
 
			The wisdom of the Galactic Mind is such that if we humans had been 
			cooperative, evolved, peaceful, eco-centric, enlightened, no Earth 
			changes may have come at all. The galactic beam-wave would meet no 
			resistance from the collective human psyche. It is the resistance of 
			the war-like segment of the human mind to cosmic consciousness that 
			may probably itself create chaos and cataclysm on Earth.
 
			Our history, to paraphrase, is a riddle wrapped in an enigma. As a 
			species, we subject ourselves to repeated cycles of war, 
			destruction, rebuilding, only to fall again into war and 
			destruction. The cosmic reasons for these cycles have not yet 
			registered in our collective consciousness.
 
			We can only hope that this Mayan end-cycle may be the last time 
			around unbroken cycles of collective violence. In cosmic 
			consciousness, perhaps we can stabilize ourselves in an unbroken 
			cycle of conscious evolution.
 
 Advice for Earth changes? Try receptivity, centered prayer, 
			meditation, Love.
 
			  
			We may actually turn the tide toward Light.
 
			
 
			PREPARING, 
			SURVIVING, AND SUSTAINING THE COMING EARTH CHANGES
 
				
					
					The sustaining will come as 
					people give of themselves;survival will come through the preparation and the 
					sustaining....
 channeled by Rev. Mary
 
			The Earth changes that are coming to 
			this world also have a corresponding link with internal changes that 
			will be taking place in each and every person.
 
			Just as the tides rule the oceans, 
			people sometimes feel similar effects inside their bodies, like when 
			there is a full moon. You see, natural occurrences have a 
			corresponding link internally in the soul of man. These effects will 
			be strongly felt with the coming upheavals  -  they will 
			be to such an extent that the people will not be able to ignore them 
			because of the connection in their soul.  
			  
			They will feel these greatly, both 
			psychically, and emotionally. What is going on in different parts of 
			the world will be felt on a soul level. It won't be as easy as 
			turning off the television and ignoring it. People will be feeling 
			the currents, so-to-speak, internally. That is the internal 
			connection. 
			Therefore, people need to know and understand that it is not just 
			external Earth changes, that the Earth changes are internal as well 
			on a soul level for people.
 
			  
			They must now begin to connect with the 
			Light and not to only be focused on the flashy external changes, 
			because that is what is interesting; but to do their work, their 
			inner work, their prayer work, their connection to the Light and to 
			God  -  NOW  -  before these things take place. 
			Because that will be their anchor, and their solid ground or 
			foundation to hold onto during the Earth changes. 
			We are going to address how to prepare, sustain, and survive these 
			internal changes that are, and will be, going on simultaneously with 
			the external changes.
 
 
			Preparation
 We recommend prayer and meditation everyday.
 
			  
			We recommend spiritual reading, whether 
			it would be from the Bible, some psalms (the 23rd psalm is really 
			good), or some other spiritual reading that is uplifting, positive, 
			and helps the people to connect with God.  
			  
			It should be something that is 
			enriching, not just flashy things  -  but something that 
			has a deep spiritual meaning, something that helps people to grow, 
			and something that feeds their souls. We are not talking about more 
			intellectual predictions, but deep, rich, spiritual food that can 
			enrich the soul. There are many, many books like these. 
			Prayer, meditation, spiritual reading, and when the you hear about 
			disasters in the land (U.S.) or somewhere else in the world, send 
			out prayers and positive thoughts to these people, to these areas.
 
			  
			Ask God to bless the people in these areas. This is this point.
 
			Sustaining
 Keeping balanced during the Earth changes. This means that the 
			people must maintain balance  -  NO MATTER WHAT IS GOING 
			ON AROUND THEM.
 
			We realize that this is extremely difficult when all seems to be 
			falling apart, extremely.
 
			  
			They can do this through prayer and 
			meditation. They can do this in prayer with their family. There are 
			prayers that can be prayed. Family prayer is very powerful. They can 
			do their own private meditation. They can send the Light and the 
			Love to the people. But the main thing is for them to remember that 
			these changes are necessary for the growth of the people and that 
			nothing is ever done as punishment, that all is done for the greater 
			development of the soul.  
			  
			No matter what disasters may befall the 
			Earth, they should keep in their minds that this is for the eventual 
			highest good. Even though there are hardships and even death during 
			the changes, ultimately, it is for good. And ultimately, on a soul 
			level, it is for the highest growth and development of everyone 
			going through this. 
			The people who cross over during this time will, in a sense, have it 
			easier than those who must stay and watch and observe and walk 
			through it. Many people think that they will not be affected because 
			they do not live in a dangerous area. The people who survive because 
			they are in a safe area will have a harder road because they will be 
			aware of all the destruction.
 
			  
			But it is also a very great 
			opportunity for these people in sustaining and maintaining their 
			objectivity because they will be able to hold the Light and to be 
			Light houses, so-to-speak, beacons of Light. People need to make 
			sure that the those around them are not in panic, through their own 
			strong anchoring in God and in The Light and in prayer. We cannot 
			emphasize enough  -  the 
			
			power of prayer.  
			  
			And if they will 
			but do this, they will help to maintain the emotional balance within 
			their families, plus aid the people actually walking through these 
			hard experiences.
 
			Surviving the Internal Changes
 This is not something that most people have even considered.
 
			  
			People 
			have not considered internal changes as part of the external. 
			Surviving these internal changes has greatly to do with the 
			preparation and the knowing that they are coming. Knowing that they 
			are coming and preparing for them, will invoke in people a strength 
			of character and of soul and of knowledge.  
			  
			Their survival will be 
			based on the experiential, not the intellectual. People cannot plan 
			this all ahead of time because right now  -  to date  
			-  they do not know exactly what will happen. They know there 
			will be upheaval but they do not know exactly what. We can tell you 
			only it is of such a magnitude that people cannot imagine. There are 
			many things that will be happening, some of which have not been 
			determined yet because it will be like a chain reaction of events. 
			 
			  
			One thing happening will trigger the next, and the next, and the 
			next.  
			  
			Each one will seem more bizarre than the previous one  -  
			to a point where people will be very surprised and think that they 
			cannot be shocked anymore and then the next event like a chain 
			reaction will be triggered and occur and they will say:  
				
				"That is 
			even more bizarre than the one before." 
			Their survival will depend on the preparation and the sustaining and 
			people beginning enough in advance to prepare a solid foundation of 
			Light within themselves.  
			  
			People need to know and to recognize that 
			they must have a corresponding amount of growth WITHIN. The 
			knowledge cannot just be learned on the outside in the intellect. 
			One has to grow in the heart and in the soul and in the spirit, for 
			that is where the real strength comes. It is an inner strength, an 
			inner knowing, an inner Light. It cannot be learned in a book.  
			  
			It 
			cannot be found in a lecture. It cannot be found in a movie. It has 
			to come from within each person during prayer and meditation time, 
			uplifting spiritual reading, sending out Love, Light, prayers, and 
			positive thoughts to the people who are going through the disasters. 
			The sustaining will come as people give of themselves. The survival 
			will come through the preparation and the sustaining.
 
 The first two steps will ultimately determine the outcome of the 
			third. People MUST have compassion in their hearts and FEEL for the 
			plight of their brothers and sisters, to FEEL that they are brothers 
			and sisters of the people in the different areas going through these 
			hard times, and that they are all one, and that they CAN help each 
			other, because that is the spiritual law, and people need to know 
			that these are not just Earthquakes, or disasters.
 
			  
			They are Earth 
			changes and their results will be felt throughout the U.S., 
			throughout all the countries. NO ONE will go through this time 
			unaffected. No one is in a totally safe area. But, this can be a 
			joyous time, a joyous time of great growth and expansion of the 
			soul. It is an opportunity, at this point and time, to really 
			accelerate one's growth through the right conditioning of the body, 
			mind and soul. 
			There will be times when people will just have to stay inside in the 
			shelter of their homes. Then, they can help each other and their 
			families and their neighbors, plus the people walking through the 
			hard times, through the disaster times, by forming prayer circles of 
			Light and Love, sending energies, and prayers and Light and Love out 
			of the group to the affected areas.
 
			People can begin to organize now; this is part of the survival. They 
			can begin to organize these groups and if they live in a close 
			proximity to each other, that is good. They can do it that way or 
			they can have a telephone prayer line, but groups in person are the 
			best. They can begin discussions on how to set up these prayer 
			groups now.
 
			  
			These Light Workers, these prayer and meditation workers 
			can send out the Light and the Love to the troubled areas. This is 
			how they can organize. Then, when a disaster strikes, the people can 
			come together and pray and send Light and Love as a group, to pray 
			from the heart, to pray with High and Holy Intentions to help. 
			We have told you that NO ONE will escape the Earth changes because 
			the ultimate growth of the soul is for EVERYONE. Some people will 
			experience these changes in harsher ways because they will actually 
			have to live or die through them. The ripple effect will be felt by 
			everyone because there will be many things that happen that will 
			affect those people in the safer areas. EVERY ONE will feel the 
			effects.
 
			People's survival will depend on their cultivation of deep spiritual 
			discernment. There are many saying many different things and people 
			need to learn deep spiritual discernment in order to find out what 
			is the truth for them.
 
			One thing that a person is saying will not be correct for everyone. 
			There will be many different people saying many different things. 
			Those listening can pray and ask for deep spiritual discernment to 
			know exactly what to believe and what action to take.
 
			People will have to find out through their own volition, in their 
			own way, in their own timing, WHAT is truth for them.
 
 In so far as timing for the Earth changes is concerned  -  
			we feel that within the next five years it will be completed, 
			beginning in 1998. The time is approximate because it depends on 
			man's free will. If things continue as they are now, we see the time 
			duration to be about five years.
 
			All time is subject to plus or minus from this side; but we feel 
			1998 will be a year of reckoning  -  for the planet  
			-  for the people  -  for the United States. We feel, 
			now until then, many things will be starting economically, worldwide 
			as well for the country, but that the next five years are very 
			crucial for people to decide which way their lives are going, to 
			whom are they serving, and what direction they want to take with 
			their lives and for their souls.
 
			There are some things that will not be able to be changed and there 
			are some things that can be made softer depending upon what mankind 
			does.
 
 It is not, like you say, "One size fits all." Each soul is allowed 
			its free will  -  to pass or fail this test. Many people 
			feel they are just here to help. NO ONE incarnates just to help. 
			EVERYONE has their own karma to work through  -  their own 
			lessons to work through. NO ONE is here just to help. EVERYONE is 
			here to grow.
 
			People focus more on the external than the internal.
 
			  
			We are all here 
			because we have lessons to learn. We have growth to be attained. We 
			have mistakes to be atoned for and that is what karma really is  
			-  experiencing the other side of the coin  -  so the 
			soul knows and the soul grows. Nothing is ever done as punishment. 
			Everything is for the further development of the soul. There are no 
			free rides. Everyone is here because they have work to do within 
			themselves, and people need to know that THIS is the power.  
			  
			This is 
			how they will be able to sustain and survive the Earth changes by 
			going inwardly and becoming VERY, VERY strong. Looking at our 
			faults, looking at our weaknesses and asking for help to turn them 
			into strengths, this is the key. We need to master our own self 
			FIRST. This goes hand in hand with the Earth changes. This is why it 
			is extremely important for people to have a very strong, strong, 
			inner foundation. 
			As these things are happening externally, the things that people 
			have not looked at, or have buried internally, WILL be coming to the 
			surface. This is the inner Earthquake  -  the inner Earth 
			changes that have not been addressed. That is why there is really no 
			escape because the energy that will be coming to the planet at this 
			time is designed to uncover all that has been hidden in darkness, to 
			expose to the Light everything that is not of the Light.
 
			  
			And that 
			includes all individuals, and ALL individuals will not be able to 
			bury these feelings any more. They will not be able to do this.  
			  
			Many 
			people numb themselves through drugs and alcohol, hours and hours of 
			mindless television and movies. They delude themselves. They waste 
			their time. When this energy hits  -  it will be of such a 
			magnitude that none of these things will suffice. They will NOT be 
			of comfort. They will NOT divert the mind because it will be like an 
			inner explosion, and this is VERY GOOD.  
			  
			People need not be fearful 
			of this. They need not to worry. The people who will be greatly 
			affected will be the ones who have never thought about internal 
			growth. The ones who have never tried to look at themselves, have 
			never meditated, have never prayed, have never searched for the 
			truth, have never tried to be close to God, or to learn about God, 
			the material people, the people who think that material things are 
			all that there is, THEY WILL BE THE ONES who will be greatly 
			affected for the most part.  
			  
			However, EVERYONE will feel it. The 
			spiritual people will have an inside track; forewarned is forearmed. 
			These are some of the major changes that Edgar Cayce talked about 
			when he talked about the new millennium and being in the Light. 
			There is no way that the people will be able to carry their old 
			baggage into the Light of the New Millennium! 
			It is something that MUST be pushed through  -  must be 
			worked through. People will not be allowed to accelerate to a higher 
			degree of consciousness with their old "stuff," their old hang ups, 
			and everybody has them. NO ONE here on the Earth is without their 
			own karma  -  or they would not have had to incarnate at 
			this time.
 
			This is not doom and gloom. This is a message of hope. This will be 
			a time of rejoicing because what will be happening to the Earth and 
			its people is that people will no longer be allowed to get away with 
			their games. It is going to call forth a degree of honesty and 
			integrity that has not been seen before on this Earth plane.
 
			  
			THAT is 
			the rejoicing. THAT is the good news. People do not want to hear 
			that they have to go through any hard times to get the growth but, 
			unfortunately, that is the way of this particular transition must 
			play through. The people who are here at this time on the Earth have 
			KNOWN about this on a soul level and begged and pleaded to be 
			allowed to be incarnated at this time, even knowing what they would 
			have to walk through, because this is the time of VERY, VERY great 
			soul growth.  
			  
			Those who can make it and those who can walk through 
			this experience with faith and love, and joy in their hearts  -  
			knowing that all is taking place for the highest good  -  
			WILL ACHIEVE GREAT, HIGH, GROWTH. This will be growth that would not 
			have been possible at any other previous time period. It is an 
			extremely great blessing to be alive at this time.  
			  
			People should not 
			look at this time with fear and dread, but with anticipation of good 
			things coming and to do all they can do to prepare on an inner 
			level. 
			Many people are preparing by stock-piling food and other supplies. 
			It is good to be prepared for an emergency. However, we tell you 
			right here and right now that you cannot stock-pile inwardly unless 
			you do the things that are necessary to bring your soul into accord 
			with the Light of God.
 
			Not everyone will appreciate this message because it is not flashy. 
			It is not celestial music and cosmic lights, but that is okay. The 
			few that will hear, the few that this message will touch their 
			hearts and their souls, is all that we care about. If the majority 
			of the people do not like this message, that is fine.
 
			  
			This is for 
			the few who want to listen, who want to grow, who want to survive, 
			who really want this connection with the Light of God. THAT is what 
			is important. 
			Many have studied these things for years. They know it is coming. It 
			is a time of waking up. It is a time for soul growth. Many of the 
			things that are going to happen are karmic in nature. The United 
			States is not being singled out alone, it is the world.
 
			  
			It is going 
			to be world wide. It is a cleansing, a purification, a heightening 
			of energy.  
			  
			    |